/usr/share/fotoxx/data/userguide-en.html is in fotoxx-common 18.01.1-2.
This file is owned by root:root, with mode 0o644.
The actual contents of the file can be viewed below.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 6476 6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541 6542 6543 6544 6545 6546 6547 6548 6549 6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 6557 6558 6559 6560 6561 6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 6574 6575 6576 6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6597 6598 6599 6600 6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619 6620 6621 6622 6623 6624 6625 6626 6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 6633 6634 6635 6636 6637 6638 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 6709 6710 6711 6712 6713 6714 6715 6716 6717 6718 6719 6720 6721 6722 6723 6724 6725 6726 6727 6728 6729 6730 6731 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744 6745 6746 6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 6759 6760 6761 6762 6763 6764 6765 6766 6767 6768 6769 6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784 6785 6786 6787 6788 6789 6790 6791 6792 6793 6794 6795 6796 6797 6798 6799 6800 6801 6802 6803 6804 6805 6806 6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854 6855 6856 6857 6858 6859 6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 6867 6868 6869 6870 6871 6872 6873 6874 6875 6876 6877 6878 6879 6880 6881 6882 6883 6884 6885 6886 6887 6888 6889 6890 6891 6892 6893 6894 6895 6896 6897 6898 6899 6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6939 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950 6951 6952 6953 6954 6955 6956 6957 6958 6959 6960 6961 6962 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6972 6973 6974 6975 6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 7020 7021 7022 7023 7024 7025 7026 7027 7028 7029 7030 7031 7032 7033 7034 7035 7036 7037 7038 7039 7040 7041 7042 7043 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050 7051 7052 7053 7054 7055 7056 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068 7069 7070 7071 7072 7073 7074 7075 7076 7077 7078 7079 7080 7081 7082 7083 7084 7085 7086 7087 7088 7089 7090 7091 7092 7093 7094 7095 7096 7097 7098 7099 7100 7101 7102 7103 7104 7105 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 7115 7116 7117 7118 7119 7120 7121 7122 7123 7124 7125 7126 7127 7128 7129 7130 7131 7132 7133 7134 7135 7136 7137 7138 7139 7140 7141 7142 7143 7144 7145 7146 7147 7148 7149 7150 7151 7152 7153 7154 7155 7156 7157 7158 7159 7160 7161 7162 7163 7164 7165 7166 7167 7168 7169 7170 7171 7172 7173 7174 7175 7176 7177 7178 7179 7180 7181 7182 7183 7184 7185 7186 7187 7188 7189 7190 7191 7192 7193 7194 7195 7196 7197 7198 7199 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210 7211 7212 7213 7214 7215 7216 7217 7218 7219 7220 7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 7228 7229 7230 7231 7232 7233 7234 7235 7236 7237 7238 7239 7240 7241 7242 7243 7244 7245 7246 7247 7248 7249 7250 7251 7252 7253 7254 7255 7256 7257 7258 7259 7260 7261 7262 7263 7264 7265 7266 7267 7268 7269 7270 7271 7272 7273 7274 7275 7276 7277 7278 7279 7280 7281 7282 7283 7284 7285 7286 7287 7288 7289 7290 7291 7292 7293 7294 7295 7296 7297 7298 7299 7300 7301 7302 7303 7304 7305 7306 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 7319 7320 7321 7322 7323 7324 7325 7326 7327 7328 7329 7330 7331 7332 7333 7334 7335 7336 7337 7338 7339 7340 7341 7342 7343 7344 7345 7346 7347 7348 7349 7350 7351 7352 7353 7354 7355 7356 7357 7358 7359 7360 7361 7362 7363 7364 7365 7366 7367 7368 7369 7370 7371 7372 7373 7374 7375 7376 7377 7378 7379 7380 7381 7382 7383 7384 7385 7386 7387 7388 7389 7390 7391 7392 7393 7394 7395 7396 7397 7398 7399 7400 7401 7402 7403 7404 7405 7406 7407 7408 7409 7410 7411 7412 7413 7414 7415 7416 7417 7418 7419 7420 7421 7422 7423 7424 7425 7426 7427 7428 7429 7430 7431 7432 7433 7434 7435 7436 7437 7438 7439 7440 7441 7442 7443 7444 7445 7446 7447 7448 7449 7450 7451 7452 7453 7454 7455 7456 7457 7458 7459 7460 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 7467 7468 7469 7470 7471 7472 7473 7474 7475 7476 7477 7478 7479 7480 7481 7482 7483 7484 7485 7486 7487 7488 7489 7490 7491 7492 7493 7494 7495 7496 7497 7498 7499 7500 7501 7502 7503 7504 7505 7506 7507 7508 7509 7510 7511 7512 7513 7514 7515 7516 7517 7518 7519 7520 7521 7522 7523 7524 7525 7526 7527 7528 7529 7530 7531 7532 7533 7534 7535 7536 7537 7538 7539 7540 7541 7542 7543 7544 7545 7546 7547 7548 7549 7550 7551 7552 7553 7554 7555 7556 7557 7558 7559 7560 7561 7562 7563 7564 7565 7566 7567 7568 7569 7570 7571 7572 7573 7574 7575 7576 7577 7578 7579 7580 7581 7582 7583 7584 7585 7586 7587 7588 7589 7590 7591 7592 7593 7594 7595 7596 7597 7598 7599 7600 7601 7602 7603 7604 7605 7606 7607 7608 7609 7610 7611 7612 7613 7614 7615 7616 7617 7618 7619 7620 7621 7622 7623 7624 7625 7626 7627 7628 7629 7630 7631 7632 7633 7634 7635 7636 7637 7638 7639 7640 7641 7642 7643 7644 7645 7646 7647 7648 7649 7650 7651 7652 7653 7654 7655 7656 7657 7658 7659 7660 7661 7662 7663 7664 7665 7666 7667 7668 7669 7670 7671 7672 7673 7674 7675 7676 7677 7678 7679 7680 7681 7682 7683 7684 7685 7686 7687 7688 7689 7690 7691 7692 7693 7694 7695 7696 7697 7698 7699 7700 7701 7702 7703 7704 7705 7706 7707 7708 7709 7710 7711 7712 7713 7714 7715 7716 7717 7718 7719 7720 7721 7722 7723 7724 7725 7726 7727 7728 7729 7730 7731 7732 7733 7734 7735 7736 7737 7738 7739 7740 7741 7742 7743 7744 7745 7746 7747 7748 7749 7750 7751 7752 7753 7754 7755 7756 7757 7758 7759 7760 7761 7762 7763 7764 7765 7766 7767 7768 7769 7770 7771 7772 7773 7774 7775 7776 7777 7778 7779 7780 7781 7782 7783 7784 7785 7786 7787 7788 7789 7790 7791 7792 7793 7794 7795 7796 7797 7798 7799 7800 7801 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 7807 7808 7809 7810 7811 7812 7813 7814 7815 7816 7817 7818 7819 7820 7821 7822 7823 7824 7825 7826 7827 7828 7829 7830 7831 7832 7833 7834 7835 7836 7837 7838 7839 7840 7841 7842 7843 7844 7845 7846 7847 7848 7849 7850 7851 7852 7853 7854 7855 7856 7857 7858 7859 7860 7861 7862 7863 7864 7865 7866 7867 7868 7869 7870 7871 7872 7873 7874 7875 7876 7877 7878 7879 7880 7881 7882 7883 7884 7885 7886 7887 7888 7889 7890 7891 7892 7893 7894 7895 7896 7897 7898 7899 7900 7901 7902 7903 7904 7905 7906 7907 7908 7909 7910 7911 7912 7913 7914 7915 7916 7917 7918 7919 7920 7921 7922 7923 7924 7925 7926 7927 7928 7929 7930 7931 7932 7933 7934 7935 7936 7937 7938 7939 7940 7941 7942 7943 7944 7945 7946 7947 7948 7949 7950 7951 7952 7953 7954 7955 7956 7957 7958 7959 7960 7961 7962 7963 7964 7965 7966 7967 7968 7969 7970 7971 7972 7973 7974 7975 7976 7977 7978 7979 7980 7981 7982 7983 7984 7985 7986 7987 7988 7989 7990 7991 7992 7993 7994 7995 7996 7997 7998 7999 8000 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 8010 8011 8012 8013 8014 8015 8016 8017 8018 8019 8020 8021 8022 8023 8024 8025 8026 8027 8028 8029 8030 8031 8032 8033 8034 8035 8036 8037 8038 8039 8040 8041 8042 8043 8044 8045 8046 8047 8048 8049 8050 8051 8052 8053 8054 8055 8056 8057 8058 8059 8060 8061 8062 8063 8064 8065 8066 8067 8068 8069 8070 8071 8072 8073 8074 8075 8076 8077 8078 8079 8080 8081 8082 8083 8084 8085 8086 8087 8088 8089 8090 8091 8092 8093 8094 8095 8096 8097 8098 8099 8100 8101 8102 8103 8104 8105 8106 8107 8108 8109 8110 8111 8112 8113 8114 8115 8116 8117 8118 8119 8120 8121 8122 8123 8124 8125 8126 8127 8128 8129 8130 8131 8132 8133 8134 8135 8136 8137 8138 8139 8140 8141 8142 8143 8144 8145 8146 8147 8148 8149 8150 8151 8152 8153 8154 8155 8156 8157 8158 8159 8160 8161 8162 8163 8164 8165 8166 8167 8168 8169 8170 8171 8172 8173 8174 8175 8176 8177 8178 8179 8180 8181 8182 8183 8184 8185 8186 8187 8188 8189 8190 8191 8192 8193 8194 8195 8196 8197 8198 8199 8200 8201 8202 8203 8204 8205 8206 8207 8208 8209 8210 8211 8212 8213 8214 8215 8216 8217 8218 8219 8220 8221 8222 8223 8224 8225 8226 8227 8228 8229 8230 8231 8232 8233 8234 8235 8236 8237 8238 8239 8240 8241 8242 8243 8244 8245 8246 8247 8248 8249 8250 8251 8252 8253 8254 8255 8256 8257 8258 8259 8260 8261 8262 8263 8264 8265 8266 8267 8268 8269 8270 8271 8272 8273 8274 8275 8276 8277 8278 8279 8280 8281 8282 8283 8284 8285 8286 8287 8288 8289 8290 8291 8292 8293 8294 8295 8296 8297 8298 8299 8300 8301 8302 8303 8304 8305 8306 8307 8308 8309 8310 8311 8312 8313 8314 8315 8316 8317 8318 8319 8320 8321 8322 8323 8324 8325 8326 8327 8328 8329 8330 8331 8332 8333 8334 8335 8336 8337 8338 8339 8340 8341 8342 8343 8344 8345 8346 8347 8348 8349 8350 8351 8352 8353 8354 8355 8356 8357 8358 8359 8360 8361 8362 8363 8364 8365 8366 8367 8368 8369 8370 8371 8372 8373 8374 8375 8376 8377 8378 8379 8380 8381 8382 8383 8384 8385 8386 8387 8388 8389 8390 8391 8392 8393 8394 8395 8396 8397 8398 8399 8400 8401 8402 8403 8404 8405 8406 8407 8408 8409 8410 8411 8412 8413 8414 8415 8416 8417 8418 8419 8420 8421 8422 8423 8424 8425 8426 8427 8428 8429 8430 8431 8432 8433 8434 8435 8436 8437 8438 8439 8440 8441 8442 8443 8444 8445 8446 8447 8448 8449 8450 8451 8452 8453 8454 8455 8456 8457 8458 8459 8460 8461 8462 8463 8464 8465 8466 8467 8468 8469 8470 8471 8472 8473 8474 8475 8476 8477 8478 8479 8480 8481 8482 8483 8484 8485 8486 8487 8488 8489 8490 8491 8492 8493 8494 8495 8496 8497 8498 8499 8500 8501 8502 8503 8504 8505 8506 8507 8508 8509 8510 8511 8512 8513 8514 8515 8516 8517 8518 8519 8520 8521 8522 8523 8524 8525 8526 8527 8528 8529 8530 8531 8532 8533 8534 8535 8536 8537 8538 8539 8540 8541 8542 8543 8544 8545 8546 8547 8548 8549 8550 8551 8552 8553 8554 8555 8556 8557 8558 8559 8560 8561 8562 8563 8564 8565 8566 8567 8568 8569 8570 8571 8572 8573 8574 8575 8576 8577 8578 8579 8580 8581 8582 8583 8584 8585 8586 8587 8588 8589 8590 8591 8592 8593 8594 8595 8596 8597 8598 8599 8600 8601 8602 8603 8604 8605 8606 8607 8608 8609 8610 8611 8612 8613 8614 8615 8616 8617 8618 8619 8620 8621 8622 8623 8624 8625 8626 8627 8628 8629 8630 8631 8632 8633 8634 8635 8636 8637 8638 8639 8640 8641 8642 8643 8644 8645 8646 8647 8648 8649 8650 8651 8652 8653 8654 8655 8656 8657 8658 8659 8660 8661 8662 8663 8664 8665 8666 8667 8668 8669 8670 8671 8672 8673 8674 8675 8676 8677 8678 8679 8680 8681 8682 8683 8684 8685 8686 8687 8688 8689 8690 8691 8692 8693 8694 8695 8696 8697 8698 8699 8700 8701 8702 8703 8704 8705 8706 8707 8708 8709 8710 8711 8712 8713 8714 8715 8716 8717 8718 8719 8720 8721 8722 8723 8724 8725 8726 8727 8728 8729 8730 8731 8732 8733 8734 8735 8736 8737 8738 8739 8740 8741 8742 8743 8744 8745 8746 8747 8748 8749 8750 8751 8752 8753 8754 8755 8756 8757 8758 8759 8760 8761 8762 8763 8764 8765 8766 8767 8768 8769 8770 8771 8772 8773 8774 8775 8776 8777 8778 8779 8780 8781 8782 8783 8784 8785 8786 8787 8788 8789 8790 8791 8792 8793 8794 8795 8796 8797 8798 8799 8800 8801 8802 8803 8804 8805 8806 8807 8808 8809 8810 8811 8812 8813 8814 8815 8816 8817 8818 8819 8820 8821 8822 8823 8824 8825 8826 8827 8828 8829 8830 8831 8832 8833 8834 8835 8836 8837 8838 8839 8840 8841 8842 8843 8844 8845 8846 8847 8848 8849 8850 8851 8852 8853 8854 8855 8856 8857 8858 8859 8860 8861 8862 8863 8864 8865 8866 8867 8868 8869 8870 8871 8872 8873 8874 8875 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<html dir="ltr">
<head>
<meta name="generator" content="HTML Tidy for HTML5 for Linux version 5.2.0">
<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv="content-type">
<title>Fotoxx User Guide</title>
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
</head>
<body style="background-color: white;">
<table style="text-align: left;" width="951" height="30" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><big><span style="font-weight: bold;"><font size="+2">Fotoxx
User Guide</font> v.18.01</span></big></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: right;"><font face="FreeSans"> best window size ==><br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br>
Review <a href="#recent_changes">recent changes</a> to this document.<br>
<br>
<br>
<font face="FreeSans"><a name="fotoxx_overview" id="fotoxx_overview"></a><br></font> <font size=
"+2"><b>Overview</b></font><br>
<br>
<b>Description</b><br>
Fotoxx is a free open source Linux application for editing photos and managing a large collection. The goal of Fotoxx
is to meet the needs of serious photographers while remaining fast and easy to use. Fotoxx has a rich set of editing,
repair, and special effects functions. Image adjustments are displayed instantly in a full-size image, allowing
interactive optimization. Fotoxx can be used to manage a large image collection so that finding desired images is fast
and easy. Albums can be easily created and arranged. Images can be viewed by clicking location markers on an
interactive world map. A detailed list of <a href="#capabilities">Fotoxx capabilities</a> is available below.<br>
<br>
<b>Hardware Requirements</b><br>
Fotoxx works best on a strong PC, e.g. 2+ GHz multi-core CPU, 8+ GB RAM. A weaker PC will generally work, but may be
slow for some functions and unable to edit large images. A monitor smaller than HD (1920x1080) may feel confining for
some functions. The monitor should have accurate color (most do not).<br>
<br>
<b>Software Requirements</b><br>
Most recent releases of popular Linux distributions will work (Debian, Ubuntu, Fedora, Suse, Arch ...). This must be
64-bit Linux. Fotoxx Debian packages are built and tested using Ubuntu. A source tarball and make file is provided to
build Fotoxx for Linux flavors that use other package formats or have incompatible libraries.<br>
<br>
<b>License and Warranty</b><br>
Fotoxx is licensed under the <a href="https://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">GNU General Public License v3</a>. Fotoxx
source code is free to use, modify, and share with others. Fotoxx is not warranted for any purpose, but if you find a
bug, I will try to fix it.<br>
<br>
<b>Origin and Contact</b><br>
Fotoxx originates from the author's web site: <a href="https://kornelix.net/">kornelix.net</a>.<br>
If you have questions, suggestions, or a bug to report, you may <a href=
"https://kornelix.net/contact/contact.html">contact me</a>.<br>
<br>
<b>Downloads</b><br>
The latest source code and install packages (debian format) are available at <a href=
"https://kornelix.net/">kornelix.net</a>. Fotoxx packages are also available on many other web sites and Linux
distributions. <u>Some of these are quite old</u> and should be avoided. It is better to use the above link. If there
is a problem, it is easier to fix if you are using the current release.<br>
<br>
<b>Updates and Bug Fixes</b><br>
Fotoxx is updated periodically with new or improved capabilities and bug fixes. Serious bugs are generally corrected
with a day or two of being known, if possible, and the kornelix.net web site is updated with a new release. Other web
sites and Linux distribution repositories may or may not update for bug fixes. To be notified of new releases,
subscribe to the blog <a href="https://kornelix.blogspot.com">kornelix.blogspot.com</a> (a few messages per year).<br>
<br>
<b>Optional Package - fotoxx-maps</b><br style="font-weight: bold;">
This is a set of geographic maps covering the world. They show image locations as markers (red dots) that can be
clicked to display a corresponding image gallery. Modern cameras with GPS receivers automatically add geotags (earth
coordinates) to photos, and these are used by Fotoxx to locate images on a map. Geotags can also be added to images
individually or with a batch utility. You can add maps of your own at any scale, and your images will populate the new
maps automatically. A source tarball and Debian package are available as described above. <u>If you have a good
internet connection, you may not need this package:</u> Fotoxx can also use interactive and scalable maps obtained as
needed from an internet map service.<br>
<br>
<b>User Guide</b><b><br></b> Fotoxx is easy to use but unconventional. To avoid getting stuck, please read the
introductory sections of this user guide. The rest can be referenced as needed during use, by using the F1 key.<br>
<br>
<b>Translations</b><br>
Translations of the user interface are available for French, German, Spanish, Catalan, Italian, Portuguese.<br>
If you can help with translations, review the topic <a href="#translations">Translations</a>.<br>
<br>
<b><a name="capabilities"></a><br>
Fotoxx Capabilities</b><br style="font-weight: bold;">
<ul>
<li>Thumbnail browser/navigator with variable size thumbnails and list view.</li>
<li>Camera RAW file conversion, single or batch, with retention of 16 bits per color.</li>
<li>Internal processing in 24 bits per color (float), image file output in 8 or 16 bits.<br></li>
<li>A comprehensive set of image edit, retouch and repair functions are available:<br>
brightness, color, contrast, trim/crop, detail enhancement, resize, rotate, sharpen,<br>
de-noise, paint, clone, red eyes, text, warp, HDR, panorama, montage ...</li>
<li>A large set of special effects and arty transformations is available.<br></li>
<li>Select image objects or areas, edit separately from background, copy and paste.</li>
<li>Rapid visual feedback using the full image or a selected zoom-in area.</li>
<li>Metadata editing and reporting (tags, dates, captions, geotags, any metadata ... )</li>
<li>Batch editing: record a series of edits on one image, execute on many images.</li>
<li>Batch tools for file renaming, resizing, converting, adding and revising metadata.</li>
<li>Search images using any metadata and directory/file names or partial names.</li>
<li>Generate a table of image locations and date groups, click for gallery of images.</li>
<li>Generate an image calendar, click on year or month for a gallery of images.<br></li>
<li>Find images by clicking markers on a scalable world map (internet map source).<br></li>
<li>Use locally stored maps (world, continents, nations, cities). Add custom maps.<br></li>
<li>Create albums with selected images. Arrange sequence by drag and drop.</li>
<li>Slide show: use various animated transitions and slow pan/zoom in or out.</li>
<li>Mashup: arrange images and text in an arbitrary layout using the mouse.<br></li>
<li>Print an image at any scale. Printer color calibration utility.</li>
<li>Show video files (first frame) like regular images, click to play video.<br></li>
<li>Comprehensive user guide and help popups via F1 key.</li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="table_of_contents"></a> <br>
<font size="+2"><b>Table of Contents</b></font><br>
<br></font>
<table width="917" height="5677" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#fotoxx_overview">Fotoxx Overview</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">description, prerequisites, license, downloads, capabilities</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#fotoxx_usage">Fotoxx Usage</a></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> <a href="#quick_start">Quick Start</a></td>
<td valign="top">1-page overview document<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> <a href="#user_guide">User Guide</a></td>
<td valign="top">comprehensive Fotoxx usage guide (this document)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> <a href="#installation">Installation</a></td>
<td valign="top">Fotoxx software installation procedure<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> <a href="#initialization">Initialization</a></td>
<td valign="top">Fotoxx initialization procedure<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> <a href="#window_view_modes">Window Views and Menus</a></td>
<td valign="top">top-level windows and associated menus<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> <a href="#file_view">File View</a></td>
<td valign="top">file view window (view image files)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> <a href="#gallery_view">Gallery View</a></td>
<td valign="top">gallery view window (view thumbnails)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> <a href="#worldmap_view">World Map View</a></td>
<td valign="top">world map view window (local map files)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> <a href="#netmap_view">Net Map View</a></td>
<td valign="top">net map view window (internet world map)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#drag-drop">File Drag and Drop</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">file drag and drop methods<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#general_editing">General Image Edit Procedures</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">overview - how to edit image files<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#edit_workflow">Edit Workflow</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">alternative edit methods - simple and complex<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#dialog_mouse_ownership">Dialog Mouse Ownership</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">dialog-mouse control and interaction<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#dialog_completion_buttons">Dialog Completion
Buttons</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">dialog completion options<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#custom_widgets">Custom Dialog Widgets</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">how to use custom dialog widgets<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#curve_editing">Curve Editing</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">how to manipulate curves used in edit functions<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#batch_editing">Batch Editing</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">overview of batch editing functions<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#gallery_selection">Select Images from Galleries</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">file selection procedure used for many functions<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#menu_shortcuts">Menu Shortcuts</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">popup menus, keyboard shortcuts, favorites menu<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#managing_large_collection">Managing a Large Collection</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">collection management and image searching<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#popup_menus">Right-Click Popup Menus</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">popup menu functions for file and gallery views<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">keyboard shortcuts for file/gallery/map views<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#mouse_functions">Mouse Functions</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">mouse functions for file/gallery/map views<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#command_line">Command Line Parameters</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Fotoxx startup options using command line parameters<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#top_panel_information">Top Panel Status Information</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">details of information in the file view top panel<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#file_view_menus">File View Menus</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#favorites_menu">Favorites Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">graphic popup menu with user-selected functions, icons, and layout</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#file_menu">File Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#new_window">New Window</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">start new Fotoxx session in a separate window<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#sync_gallery">Sync Gallery</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">open gallery view from current file view image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#recent_images">Recent Images</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">open gallery view of most recently seen images<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#newest_images">Newest Images</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">open gallery view of newest images in the collection<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#open_image_file">Open Image File</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">find and open an image file for viewing or editing<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#cycle_prev_file">Cycle 2 Previous
Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">cycle through the two most recently seen image files<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#cycle_prev_file">Cycle 3 Previous
Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">cycle through the three most recently seen image files<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#open_raw_file">Open RAW File</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">open a RAW file for viewing or editing<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#view-360">View 360° Panorama</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">view a 360° panorama with a rotating viewpoint and wrap-around</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#new_blank_image">New Blank Image</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">create a new blank image with specified size and color<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#blank_window">Blank Window</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">blank or restore (toggle) the current image window<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#rename_file">Rename Image File</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">rename an image file<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#copy_move">Copy/Move Image File</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">copy or move an image file to another directory<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#copyto_desktop">Copy Image File to Desktop</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">copy an image file to the desktop<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#copy_to_clipboard">Copy to Clipboard</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">copy an image file to the clipboard<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#copy_to_cache">Copy to Image Cache</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">copy an image file to the image cache<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#show_file_on_net_map">Show on Net
Map</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show an image file position in Net Map View<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#delete_trash">Delete/Trash Image
File</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">delete or trash an image files<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#print_image">Print Image File</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">print an image file<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#print_calibrated">Print Calibrated Image</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">print an image file using printer color calibration data<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#file_save">Save to Disk Button</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">save an image file (replace, new version, new file name)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#prev_next">Previous/Next Image Button</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show the previous or next image in the current gallery<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#metadata_menu">Metadata Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"> <br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#view_metadata">View Metadata</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">list image metadata, short or long form<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#tags_overview">Tags Overview</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">image tags (keywords) used for image searching<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#geotags_overview">Geotags Overview</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">image geotags (location data) used for image searching<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#edit_metadata">Edit Metadata</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">edit commonly used metadata<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#manage_tags">Manage Tags
Dialog</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">manage user-defined tags<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#adding_geotags">Adding
Geotags</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">add image geotags from user inputs or web service<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#edit_any_metadata">Edit Any Metadata</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">edit any metadata (add, change)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#delete_metadata">Delete Metadata</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">delete specified metadata or all metadata<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#show_captions">Show Captions on Image</a></td>
<td valign="top">show file name, captions, comments in image corner</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#select_area_menu">Area Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#area_overview">Overview</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">select area - concepts and usage<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">selecting an image object or area for separate editing<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#find_area_gap">Find Area Gap</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">find gap in hand-drawn area outline<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#select_hairy">Select Hairy</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">select a complex area, such as hair or plants<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#area_show_hide">Show/Hide Area</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show or hide area outlines<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#area_enable_disable">Enable/Disable
Area</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">enable or disable an area for editing<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#area_invert">Invert Area</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">invert an area (exchange outside/inside areas)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#area_unselect">Unselect Area</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">remove an area<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#area_copy_paste">Copy and Paste Area</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">copy an area and insert somewhere else later<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#area_open_save">Open and Save Area</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">save an area to a file, open and insert elsewhere later<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#undo_redo">Undo/Redo Button</a></td>
<td valign="top">undo or redo current edit or any edits to current image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#edit_menu">Edit Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#trim_rotate">Trim/Rotate</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Trim unwanted margins, rotate or level an image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#upright">Upright</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Upright an image rotated 90° or 180°<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#resize_image">Resize Image</a></td>
<td valign="top">Change the image pixel dimensions</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#voodoo">Voodoo1</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Automatic 1-click enhancement that may work<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#voodoo">Voodoo2</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Automatic 1-click enhancement that may work<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#retouch_combo">Retouch Combo</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Edit brightness, contrast, color, saturation<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#edit_brightness">Edit Brightness</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Edit brightness distribution, rebalance dark and bright areas<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#gradients">Gradients</a></td>
<td valign="top">Increase local contrast to enhance details</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#flatten">Flatten</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Flatten brightness within local zones to enhance details<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#retinex">Retinex</a></td>
<td valign="top">Rescale RGB brightness values to remove color cast and fog/haze<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#mirror_image">Mirror Image</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Mirror an image horizontally or vertically<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#paint_image">Paint Image</a></td>
<td valign="top">Mouse-paint with a color, brush size, and opacity</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#clone_image">Clone Image</a></td>
<td valign="top">Mouse-paint a copy of one image area over another</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#blend_image">Blend Image</a></td>
<td valign="top">Blend or blur image pixels by painting with the mouse</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#add_text">Add Text</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Write text on an image with special effects<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#add_lines">Add Lines</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Add lines and arrows to an image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#paint_edits">Paint Edits</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Paint a retouch function gradually, using the mouse<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#leverage_edits">Leverage Edits</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Apply a retouch function using brightness or color as a regulator<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#plugins">Plugins</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Use another image edit application as a Fotoxx edit function<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#repair_menu">Repair Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#sharpen_image">Sharpen</a></td>
<td valign="top">Sharpen a blurred image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#blur_image">Blur</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Blur an image or image area<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#denoise">Denoise</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Reduce noise (speckles) in low-light images<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#redeye_remove">Red Eyes</a></td>
<td valign="top">Remove red eyes from flash photos</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#color_mode">Color Mode</a></td>
<td valign="top">Convert to black & white, color, negative, positive, sepia ...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#color_depth">Color Depth</a></td>
<td valign="top">Reduce the number of colors (posterize)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#shift_colors">Shift Colors</a></td>
<td valign="top">Gradually shift RGB colors to GBR or BRG</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#color_saturation">Color Saturation</a></td>
<td valign="top">Increase or reduce color saturation (intensity)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#adjust_RGB_CMY">Adjust RGB/CMY</a></td>
<td valign="top">Adjust image colors using RGB or CMY adjustments</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#adjust_HSL">Adjust HSL</a></td>
<td valign="top">Use HSL to select and change image colors</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#zonal_colors">Zonal Colors</a></td>
<td valign="top">Fix a false color cast that varies within an image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#match_colors">Match Colors</a></td>
<td valign="top">Match the colors in one image to those in another image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#color_fringes">Color Fringes</a></td>
<td valign="top">Reduce chromatic aberation causing color fringes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#smart_erase">Smart Erase</a></td>
<td valign="top">Remove power lines, trash, other small image spoilers</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#bright_ramp">Brightness Ramp</a></td>
<td valign="top">Add a brightness/color ramp across an image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#remove_dust">Remove Dust</a></td>
<td valign="top">Remove dust spots on images scanned from old slides</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#anti_alias">Anti-Alias</a></td>
<td valign="top">Remove pixelation (jaggies) in low resolution image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#stuck_pixels">Stuck Pixels</a></td>
<td valign="top">Fix bright/dark 'stuck' pixels from camera sensor defects</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#paint_transp">Paint Transparency</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Paint increasing transparency using the mouse<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#add_transparency">Add Transparency</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Add transparency based on image brightness or color<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#warp_menu">Warp Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#unbend_image">Unbend</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Fix images having curved lines that should be straight<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#fix_perspective">Fix Perspective</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Straighten an object photographed from below or aside<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#warp_area">Warp Area</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Warp a selected image area by pulling with the mouse<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#unwarp_closeup">Unwarp Closeup</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Reverse distortions of a close-up face photo (e.g. big nose)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#warp_curved">Warp Curved</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Warp entire image or area using the mouse - curvy warp<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#warp_linear">Warp Linear</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Warp image by pulling with the mouse - straight lines preserved<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#warp_affine">Warp Affine</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Warp image by pulling with the mouse - parallel lines preserved<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#flatten_book">Flatten Book Page</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Flatten and straighten a photographed book page<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#sphere">Spherical Projection</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Curve and image into a sphereoid shape<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#selective_rescale">Selective Rescale</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Rescale image down, leaving selected areas unchanged<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#make_waves">Make Waves</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Warp an image with a wave pattern<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#twist">Twist Image</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Twist an image around a chosen center point<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#effects_menu">Effects Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#sketch">Sketch</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Convert a photo into a simulated sketch<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#cartoon">Cartoon</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Convert a photo to a cartoon-like drawing<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#line_drawing">Line Drawing</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Convert a photo to a simulated line drawing<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#color_drawing">Color Drawing</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Convert a photo to a simulated color drawing<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#graduated_blur">Graduated Blur</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Graduated image blur depending on contrast<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#embossing">Embossing</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Convert a photo to a simulated embossing (3D effect)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#tiles">Tiles</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Convert a photo into simulated square tiles<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#dot_matrix">Dots</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Convert a photo into a Roy Lichtenstein style dot matrix<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#painting">Painting</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Convert a photo into a simulated painting<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#vignette">Vignette</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Change brightness or color radially around a chosen center<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#texture">Texture</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Add texture to an image or selected area<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#pattern">Pattern</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Add a background pattern to an image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#mosaic">Mosaic</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Create a mosaic using tiles from all available images<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#custom_kernel">Custom Kernel</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Edit and apply a custom convolution kernel to an image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#directed_blur">Directed Blur</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Blur an image area in a single direction via mouse drag<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#blur_background">Blur Background</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Select foreground areas, blur the background (bokeh, tilt-shift)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#alien_colors">Alien Colors</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">add random strange colors to an image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#combine_menu">Combine Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#HDR">High Dynamic Range</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Combine images for an extended brightness range<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#HDF">High Depth of Field</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Combine images for an extended depth of sharp focus<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#stack_paint">Stack / Paint</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Combind imges to remove transient cars, tourists, etc<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#stack_noise">Stack / Noise</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Combine images to reduce noise by averaging<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#panorama">Panorama</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Stitch together a series of images horizontally<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#vertical_panorama">Vertical Panorama</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Stitch together a series of images vertically<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#PT_panorama">PT Panorama</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Stitch together a series of images using Panorama Tools<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#montage">Montage</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Join many images into a compact table format<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#mashup">Mashup</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">Arrange multiple images and formatted text in a layout<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#process_menu">Process Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#batch_convert">Batch Convert Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">copy, move, resize, rename, convert, add text ...<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#batch_upright">Batch Upright</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">scan for rotated images and upright them<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#batch_delete_trash">Batch
Delete/Trash</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">delete or trash selected images<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#batch_raw">Batch RAW</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">convert RAW files to JPEG/PNG/TIFF, 8 or 16 bit color<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#script_files">Script Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">record edits to a script file, apply script to multiple selected files<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#burn_DVD">Burn Images to DVD/BRD</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">create a DVD or BlueRay disc with selected image files<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#find_duplicates">Find Duplicate
Images</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">search entire collection and find duplicated images<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#export_filelist">Export File List</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">create a list of selected files (e.g. for use in a shell script)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#export_images">Export Image Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">export selected files to a directory (e.g. for web upload)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#batch_tags">Batch Add/Remove Tags</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">add or remove tags for selected images<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#batch_rename_tags">Batch Rename Tags</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">rename tags for selected or all images<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#batch_photo_date">Batch Photo
Date/Time</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">change photo dates or times, or shift time zone<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#batch_change_metadata">Batch Add/Change
Metadata</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">add or revise metadata for selected or all images<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#batch_report_metadata">Batch Report
Metadata</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">report metadata for selected or all images<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#batch_geotags">Batch Geotags</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">add or revise geotags for selected or all images<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#image_locations">Image
Locations/Dates</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">list image locations and date groups, click for gallery<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#image_timeline">Image Timeline</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">table of year/month/image counts, click for gallery<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#search_images">Search Images</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">search images using any metadata or file name data<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#tools_menu">Tools Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#index_files">Index Image Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">1-shot job to find and index all image files<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#user_settings">User Settings</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">user settings and preferences<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard
Shortcuts</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show and revise keyboard shortcuts for menu functions<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#brightness_graph">Brightness Graph</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show a brightness distribution graph for the current image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#grid_lines">Grid Lines</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show or remove grid lines, set line count or spacing<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#line_color">Line Color</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">set color for select area outlines<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#show_RGB">Show RGB</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show RGB values at mouse location or for selected points<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#magnify">Magnify Image</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">turn mouse into a magnifying glass over image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#darkbrite_pixels">Dark/Bright Pixels</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">tool to highlight clipping<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#monitor_color">Monitor Color</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">tool to adjust monitor brightness and contrast<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#monitor_gamma">Monitor Gamma</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">tool to adjust monitor gamma<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#change_language">Change Language</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">change the language of the menus and dialogs<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#missing_translations">Missing
Translations</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">list missing translations for the current language<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#color_profile">Color Profile</a></td>
<td valign="top">Convert color profile (e.g. sRGB <--> Adobe RGB)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#calibrate_printer">Calibrate Printer</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">calibrate printer color - compensate for color shifts<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#uninstall_appimage">Uninstall
Appimage</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">remove the appimage package completely<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#show_resources">Show Resources</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show CPU time and current memory usage<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#help_menu">Help Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show user guide, recent changes, log file, web site<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#gallery_view_menus">Gallery View Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#favorites_menu">Favorites Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">(same as above, duplicated for convenience)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#gallery_menu">Gallery Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#sync_gallery">Sync Gallery</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">open gallery view from current file view image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#all_directories">All Directories</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show all image file directories in a tree structure<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></td>
<td valign="top">add bookmarks, view list of bookmarks, go to bookmark</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#manage_albums">Manage Albums</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">create and arrange user-defined image collections<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#update_albums">Update Album Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">update albums from updated images<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#replace_album_file">Replace Album
File</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">exchange an image file in selected albums<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#slide_show">Slide Show</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">create a slide show with animated transitions and zooms<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#metadata_menu">Metadata Menu</a></td>
<td valign="top">(same as above, duplicated for convenience)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#gallery_view_buttons">Gallery View Buttons</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#gallery_view_buttons">Zoom-in /
zoom-out</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">zoom the gallery thumbnails from zero (text only) to huge<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#sort_gallery">Sort Gallery</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">sort gallery by file name, file date or EXIF photo date<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#gallery_view_buttons">Scroll Gallery</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">scroll gallery in pages back or forward, jump to start or end<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#combine_menu">Combine Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">(same as above, duplicated for convenience)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#process_menu">Process Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">(same as above, duplicated for convenience)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#tools_menu">Tools Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">(same as above, duplicated for convenience)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#help_menu">Help Menu</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">(same as above, duplicated for convenience)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#worldmap_menus">World Map Menus</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">maps using local map files<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#images_by_map">Images by Map Location</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">click on map marker for gallery of images at location<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#choose_worldmap">Choose Map</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">choose from available maps (USA, France, NYC, etc.)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#custom_maps">Installing Custom Map Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">create and install custom map files<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#set_map_markers">Set Map Markers</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show all map markers or only those for current gallery<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#help_menu">Help Menu</a></td>
<td valign="top">(same as above, duplicated for convenience)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#netmap_menus">Net Map Menus</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">maps using an internet map source<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#images_by_map">Images by Map Location</a></td>
<td valign="top">click on map marker for gallery of images at location</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#netmap_source">Net Map Source</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">set web source for map<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#netmap_locs">Net Map Locations</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">define or go to named map location (position and scale)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#set_map_markers">Set Map Markers</a></td>
<td valign="top">show all map markers or only those for current gallery</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#help_menu">Help Menu</a></td>
<td valign="top">(same as above, duplicated for convenience)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#other_topics">Other Topics</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#video_files">Video Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">show and play video clips included in image collection<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#web_upload">Web Service Photo Upload</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">how to select and upload a batch of images to Flickr, etc.<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#organizing_images">Organizing Images for Search</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">options for image organization and searching<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#translations">Translations</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">adding or updating a translation<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#recent_changes">Recent Changes</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">list of recent user guide changes<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> <a href="#technical_notes">Technical Notes</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">some technical information about Fotoxx<br></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="fotoxx_usage" id="fotoxx_usage"></a><br>
<font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Fotoxx Usage</span></font><br>
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style=
"font-weight: bold;"><a name="quick_start"><br></a></span></font> Quick Start</span><br>
This 1-page <a href="file:quickstart-en.html">document</a> is shown when Fotoxx is started the first time.<br>
It is also available via the menu Help > Quick Start.<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><span style=
"font-weight: bold;"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="user_guide"></a><br></font> User Guide</span> (this document)<br>
Fotoxx is easy to use but <span style="text-decoration: underline;">unconventional</span>. To avoid confusion, please
read the first few pages of this guide. The rest can be used for reference as needed. The user guide is available in
the menu Help > User Guide. When using Fotoxx, press the F1 key at any time to view information for the current or
last used menu function.<br>
<br>
Fotoxx uses the term <span style="text-decoration: underline;">directory</span>, which is the equivalent of
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">folder</span> in Windows land. The terms <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">file</span> and <span style="text-decoration: underline;">image</span> and <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">image file</span> mean a single file of type JPEG, PNG, TIFF, RAW, etc. containing a
single image (photo or other graphic image).<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><span style=
"font-weight: bold;"><br>
<a name="installation"></a></span><br></font> <span style="font-weight: bold;">Installation<br></span> To install
Fotoxx, try the appropriate package first: <a href="https://kornelix.net/downloads/downloads.html" target=
"_blank">packages</a>. This may work with one click.<br>
If not, you must install from source code. This is not difficult. Instructions are here: <a href=
"https://kornelix.net/downloads/downloads.html" target="_blank">tarballs</a><br></font> <font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
<a name="initialization"></a></span><br></font> <span style="font-weight: bold;">Initialization - Image File
Index<br></span> Fotoxx needs to know where all your image files are located (directory and file names) and their
embedded metadata (dates, tags (keywords), geotags, captions, comments, ratings). This data is indexed for fast
searching. Fotoxx also creates thumbnail images so that the gallery windows (thumbnail pages) will work fast. Fotoxx
does not modify or copy your image files - it only reads them to make the image file index and thumbnails. The file
space required is typically 2% of your image collection size.<br>
<br>
When Fotoxx starts the first time, you must provide information for the initial file indexing process.<br>
<img src="../images/index-image-files1.jpg" alt="" width="347" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="434" align="left"><br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br></span><br>
top image directories (one or more)<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br></span><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
thumbnail directory<br>
<font size="-1"><br></font> extra metadata items to include in the index<br clear="all">
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Top image Directories</span><br>
These are the top directories containing your image files, e.g. <font size=
"+1">/home/<user>/Pictures </font> or similar. Subdirectories underneath your top directories are
automatically included, to any depth. Use the [select] button to locate and add your top image directories, one or
more. Other files may be mixed with your image files.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Thumbnails</span><br>
This is the directory where thumbnail files will be placed. These are generally less than 2% as large as your image
files (30K bytes compared to megabytes). You can use the supplied default or choose another location. Indexing will run
faster if this is on a separate physical disk from the image files.<br>
<br>
<u>Index Time Required</u><br>
If you have many thousands of images, the initial index function may need substantial time. The speed can range from
800 to 6000 images per minute, depending on processor speed, disk speed, and average image file size. The low speed
(800/min.) would be expected for large JPEG files (5 MB) on a slow disk (5400 rpm). The high speed (6000/min.) would be
expected for a strong computer with 4+ processor cores and a solid state disk (SSD).<br>
<br>
When you add new image files to your collection, the next Fotoxx startup will index only the new images, at this same
speed. If there are no new image files, startup will be fast. For more details, see <a href="#index_files">Index Image
Files</a>.<br>
<br>
<u>Metadata Items<br></u> The following metadata is included in the index by default: directory and file names, photo
date/time, file creation or modification date/time, rating (1-5 stars), tags (keywords used for searching), caption,
comment, geotags (country and city or location names, geocoordnates or latitude/longitude). Searching a large image
collection for one or more of these items is almost instantaneous.<br>
<br>
You can also choose up to 20 other metadata items to include in the file index. You may not need this. You can skip
this initially and add items later if needed. See <a href="#index_files">Index Image Files</a> for more details.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</span> You can bypass indexing if you hate this idea (probably misguided, but
the customer is always right). See the topics <a href="#index_files">Index Image Files</a> and <a href=
"#user_settings">User Settings</a>. Search and map functions will be disabled if there is no index, and thumbnail
galleries will be slow.<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="window_view_modes" id="window_view_modes"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Window Views and Menus</span> <br>
<img style="width: 849px; height: 571px;" alt="" src="../images/fotoxx-views.jpg" vspace="5"><br>
<br>
Use these buttons (window top left) to switch among the viewing modes:<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="915" height="154" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle; text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;"
alt="" src="../images/viewF-check.png"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font face="FreeSans">Image File View: the current image file fills the entire
window</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle; text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;"
alt="" src="../images/viewG.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">Gallery View: thumbnail gallery (directory or other image grouping)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle; text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;"
alt="" src="../images/viewW.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">World Map View: local maps with clickable markers to display corresponding images</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle; text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;"
alt="" src="../images/viewM.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">Net Map View: internet maps with clickable markers to display corresponding
images</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
Each view has a row of menu buttons on the left side. These are top-level menus. When clicked, available menu functions
are shown in a popup list. Hover the mouse over a menu to see a popup description.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">File View</span><br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">• </font> Zoom an image in/out with the left/right mouse
buttons or mouse wheel.<br>
• Pan and scroll a zoomed image using a mouse left-drag.<br>
• Use the menus (left side buttons) to edit the image and perform utility functions.<br>
• The window title bar shows the current image file and directory path.<br>
• The top panel above the image shows image and edit status information.<br>
• Right-click anywhere on image for a popup menu of commonly used functions.<br>
<br style="font-weight: bold;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Gallery View</span><br>
• Use the menus to navigate within the gallery, change the thumbnail size, etc.<br>
• Thumbnail size is variable from tiny to huge, or a list view with key metadata.<br>
• Click on the directory buttons at the top to go up to higher directories.<br>
• Lower directories appear as folder thumbnails in the gallery. Click to go there.<br>
• The [TOP] button shows a drop-down list of all top directories. Click any to go there.<br>
(also included: /, user home, Desktop, Fotoxx home, recent images, newest
images)<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> • [TOP] > ALL shows a full directory
hierarchy, allowing direct access to any directory.<br></font> • Click a gallery thumbnail: show the
clicked image at full window size (File View).<br>
• Right-click a thumbnail for a popup menu of commonly used functions.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">World Map View</span><br>
• Available only if the optional fotoxx-maps package is installed.<br>
• The initial map is a very large world map (136 megapixels).<br>
• Click anywhere to enlarge that map area to full size.<br>
• Left-drag to pan and scroll the enlarged map.<br>
• Right-click to collapse the map to fit in the window.<br>
• If your image files contain geotags, the map will show corresponding markers<br>
• Click on a marker to get a gallery view of the corresponding images.<br>
• You can select from many supplied maps, and add your own maps.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Net Map View</span><br>
• A world map from the internet can show any place on earth at any scale.<br>
• Markers are present for images with geotags.<br>
• Click on a marker to get a gallery view of the corresponding images.<br>
• No extra packages or setups are required - works out of the box.<br>
• Needs a fast and reliable internet connection for good response time.<br>
<br>
The paragraphs below provide more detail about each of the viewing modes.<br>
<br>
<a name="file_view" id="file_view"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">File View</span><br>
The current image file is shown, filling the entire window. Click the arrow button on the left or right side to move to
the previous or next image in the gallery. The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">current image file</span> is a
key concept in Fotoxx. This is the file that most of the menu functions will operate on. Other buttons in this view
show popup menus which are used to modify the image or perform utility functions.<br>
<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="897" height="701" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewF-check.png"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font face="FreeSans">current view = image file view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewG.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">change to gallery view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewW.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">change to world map view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewM.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">change to Net Map view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 8px;" alt="" src=
"../images/separator.png"></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/favorites.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">favorites - custom graphic popup menu</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/file.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">open, rename, print, delete, trash ...</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/save.png"></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">save, save as new version or new file</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/prev_next.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">open previous or next image file (left or right mouse click)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/metadata.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">edit tags, captions, ratings, geotags ... search images</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/areas.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">select areas for separate edit, copy, paste</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/undo_redo.png"></font></td>
<td valign="middle"><font face="FreeSans">undo or redo edit steps (left or right mouse button)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/edit.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">trim, rotate, resize, brightness, color, contrast, add text ...</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/repair.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">sharpen, denoise, red eyes, fix color, paint, clone<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/warp.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">fix perspective, warp, warp image ...</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/effects.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">special effects, arty transforms</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/combine.png" width="64" height="64" align="middle"></font></td>
<td valign="middle"><font face="FreeSans">combine images: HDR, HDF, stack, panorama, montage, mashup</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/process.png" width="127" height="127"></font></td>
<td valign="middle"><font face="FreeSans">process - batch move / convert / modify files, search functions</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/tools.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">index images, user settings, edit KB shortcuts, magnify ...</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/help.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">help, user guide, change log, edit translations ...<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="image_scroll_zoom"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Zoom Image in and out, pan and scroll a zoomed image</span><br>
To zoom the image in the main window, left-click a position on the image. The image will grow with each click and the
clicked position will move to the center. A right-click will restore the image to fit within the window. To pan or
scroll a zoomed image, left-drag the mouse across the image. The image can move with the mouse or in the opposite
direction (like scroll bars), depending on a user setting (menu Tools > User Settings). The movement may be 1:1 with
the mouse, or may be magnified for faster movement. The mouse wheel may also be used to zoom the image in or out. The
middle mouse button (wheel) will make a zoomed image re-center at the mouse position.<br>
<br>
<a name="gallery_view" id="gallery_view"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Gallery View</span><br>
All image files in the current directory are shown as thumbnails. You can scroll through the thumbnails and navigate to
other directories. The arrow buttons allow scrolling forward or back. You can also scroll with the mouse wheel or
scroll bar. Use the zoom buttons to change the thumbnail size. Clicking on a thumbnail will change to file view and
display the image full size. This image is now the "current image". Pressing the gallery button in file view will show
the gallery view, with the current image scrolled to the top row. The directory path is shown at the top of the gallery
window, with one button per directory level. Click one of the buttons to go to that directory. Its subdirectories will
be shown as folder thumbnails. Click one of them to go to that directory. Click the [Top] button to choose another top
image directory (if more than one), the root directory ( / ) your home directory (/home/<user>), a gallery of the
most recently viewed images, or a gallery of the newest images added to your collection.<br>
<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="630" height="613" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewF.png"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font face="FreeSans">change to image file view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewG-check.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">current view = gallery view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewW.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">change to world map view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewM.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">change to Net Map view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 8px;" alt="" src=
"../images/separator.png"></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/favorites.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">favorites - custom popup graphic menu</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;" valign="middle" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><img style=
"width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src="../images/gmenu.png" width="64" height="60"></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">sync gallery, albums, slide show<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/zoom+.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">larger thumbnails</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/zoom-.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">smaller thumbnails</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/sort.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">sort gallery images by file name, file date, or photo date<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/top.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">go up to gallery top</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/bottom.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">go down to gallery end</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/up.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">go up one page</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/down.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">go down one page</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/combine.png" width="64" height="64" align="middle"></font></td>
<td valign="middle"><font face="FreeSans">combine images: HDR, HDF, stack, panorama, montage, mashup</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/process.png" width="127" height="127"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">process - batch move / convert / modify files, search functions<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/tools.png"></font></td>
<td valign="middle"><font face="FreeSans">index images, user settings, edit KB shortcuts, magnify ...</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/help.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">help, user guide, change log<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
There are several types of galleries:<br>
• Directory: all the image files in a single directory (folder)<br>
• Search results: images found by a search function, in various directories<br>
• Images in an Album: these may be located in various directories<br>
• Recent Files: the most recently viewed or edited images<br>
• Newest Files: the images most recently added or modified in the image collection<br>
<br>
The gallery window title bar will show the directory name (path), the album name, or <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Search Results</span> or <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Recent Files</span> or
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Newest Files</span>. If the gallery corresponds to a directory, buttons for
navigating to parent directories are shown in the top panel. The other gallery types have only the buttons for Album
(select an album) and TOP (go to another directory).<br>
<br>
If the current gallery is not a directory gallery (e.g. Recent Files), you can navigate to a directory by using the
[TOP] button in the navigation bar above the thumbnails.<br>
<br>
The [Sort] button is used to sort the thumbnails by file name, file modification date, or photo date (from EXIF data).
The displayed date is photo date unless the sort is by file date. Ascending or descending order can be chosen.
Directory galleries retain their sort order and scroll position when viewed later (i.e. when other galleries are viewed
in-between). The [Sort] button dialog has a button to restore all galleries to their default order: file name
ascending. Albums retain the order they were made with. They cannot be sorted.<br>
<br>
A gallery thumbnail has a <span style="text-decoration: underline;">right-click menu</span> with some commonly used
functions. One of these is <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Popup Image</span>, which creates a popup window
with a larger image that can be rapidly zoomed to any size with the mouse wheel. Many popup windows can be open at
once. This is useful for comparing multiple photos of the same subject or multiple edited versions.<br>
<br>
Popup Image Manipulation:<br>
• Click thumbnail with middle mouse button: popup image appears<br>
• Click thumbnail with shift + left mouse button: popup image appears<br>
• Mouse scroll wheel: zoom the image bigger or smaller<br>
• Key F11: make popup image full screen, or return to prior size<br>
• Left mouse button: kill the popup image<br>
• Escape key: kill the popup image<br>
<br>
<a name="worldmap_view" id="worldmap_view"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">World Map View</span><br>
Initially a world map is displayed. A left click on any area will expand that area to a much larger size, and a right
click will return to the whole map view. The mouse wheel also works. Markers are shown where there are images with a
corresponding geotag location. The markers can be clicked to show a gallery view of the corresponding images.<br>
<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="895" height="254" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewF.png"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font face="FreeSans">change to image file view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewG.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">change to gallery view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewW-check.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">current view = world map</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewM.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">change to Net Map view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 8px;" alt="" src=
"../images/separator.png"></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/choosemap.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">choose from available maps (Europe, USA, France ...)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><img alt="" src="../images/viewW-dots.png" width="32" height=
"32"><br></font></td>
<td valign="middle"><font face="FreeSans">set map markers, all images or current gallery only<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Choose Map</span> menu offers a selection of large-scale continental and
country maps, and you can also install other maps (countries, cities, parks, etc.). These all work the same way.
Markers are shown where there are images with a corresponding geotag location. The markers can be clicked to show a
gallery view of the corresponding images. The <u>Markers</u> button allows you to restrict the markers to images the
current gallery (directory, album, search results, newest, recent).<br>
<img style="width: 800px; height: 249px;" alt="" src="../images/map-click.jpg" width="800" vspace="5" hspace="5"
height="249"><br>
The initial maps are provided in a separate package: fotoxx-maps. Fotoxx-maps is large - almost 100 MB of maps are
provided. You can also add your own maps, explained in the topic <a href="#custom_maps">Installing Custom Map
Files</a>.<br>
<br>
<a name="netmap_view" id="netmap_view"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Net Map View<br></span> This view is similar to the above world map view. The
functionality is generally superior, but it depends on having a fast and reliable internet connection. An internet map
service is used. Initially a world map is displayed. Use the mouse wheel (or double-click) to zoom-in to any location.
Shift the map center using mouse drag. The entire world is represented and can be viewed at any scale down to
street-level. You can choose from two map sources, one completely open and one requiring a key (free for normal usage
volume). If your internet connection is slow or unreliable, it may be best to use the previous World Map method. This
is also the only way to make a custom map.<br>
<small><small> </small></small><br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="903" height="257" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewF.png"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font face="FreeSans">change to image file view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewG.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">change to gallery view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewW.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">change to world map view</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/viewM-check.png"><br></font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">current view = Net Map</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 8px;" alt="" src=
"../images/separator.png"></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/choosemap.png"></font></td>
<td valign="middle"><font face="FreeSans">choose internet map source<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><img alt="" src="../images/viewM-dots.png" width="32" height=
"32"><br></font></td>
<td valign="middle"><font face="FreeSans">set map markers, all images or current gallery only</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle" align="center"><img src="../images/netmap-locs.png" alt="" width="30" height="30"></td>
<td valign="middle">select named map view (location and zoom level)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="drag-drop"></a><br>
<b>File Drag and Drop</b><br>
Fotoxx accepts drag-drop of image files to F-view or G-view mode. In F-view, the file is opened. In G-view, the result
depends on the type of gallery. If the gallery is a directory, the file is added to the directory and the gallery will
show the new file in its sorted position, by file name. If the gallery is an album, the file is added to the album in
the position where it is dropped. This works also if a text string that is a valid file name is dropped.<br>
<br>
<a name="general_editing" id="general_editing"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">General Image Edit Procedures</span><br>
The image in file view mode (the current image) can be modified with the edit functions in the menus Edit, Repair,
Warp, Effects, Combine. These functions modify the current image in memory and as seen in the window. You can use these
functions in any order, and the changes are accumulated. When finished editing, use [Save] to save the modified image
back to the same file, save to a new file version (e.g. filename.v01.jpg), or input a new file name and/or directory.
Image edit dialogs have sliders, spin buttons, or editable curves that immediately update the image. The reaction time
depends on the size of the image, the complexity of the function and the speed of your PC. This is typically less than
second for most edit functions on a strong PC.<br>
<br>
<img alt="" src="../images/undo_redo.png" width="36" hspace="5" height="36" align="left"> Click the <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">undo/redo button</span> on the left or right side to undo or redo the currently active
edit function. After an image has had one or more edits applied, the undo/redo button can be used to go back to prior
edit steps or forward to the last edit step. The middle mouse button shows a popup list of all edits done to the
current image, and you can select any step to go back to. The image can then be re-edited from this step.<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
<a name="edit_workflow"></a></span><br></font> <span style="font-weight: bold;">Edit Workflow <br></span> You can
minimize the time needed to process multiple images if you understand the following:<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Choosing a new edit function will automatically complete a prior active edit.<br>
The new edit starts with the end result of the prior edit, and an undo/redo position is created.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Opening a new image file during an edit function will automatically cancel the edit.<br>
The edit function is restarted with the new image.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">The [Save] button can be used during an active edit to save the current image status.<br>
The edit function restarts automatically, and an undo/redo position is created.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Some frequently used functions have a [Prev] button which recalls previous settings,<br>
making it easier to process multiple photos needing the same or similar adjustments.<br></font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Example Workflow</span> for the initial rotate and trim
(crop) of a new batch of photos.<br>
You can process one photo every few seconds (+ think time).<br>
1. Copy files from the camera memory card to a directory.<br>
2. Open the first file.<br>
3. Menu: Edit > <a href="#trim_rotate">Trim/Rotate</a>.<br>
Repeat steps 4-7 for each image. The Trim/Rotate dialog remains open.<br>
4. Level the image if needed (drag the right edge).<br>
5. Trim the image by dragging the trim borders to suit.<br>
6. Press [Save] and choose "new version".<br>
7. Press [Next] to edit the next file. Press [Next] again to skip over.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Simple Workflow</span><br>
Most of the time you can just edit the JPEG file that comes out of the camera. Use the following more complex procedure
only if you see "color bands" or "posterization" after editing the image, an indication that JPEG 8-bit color is
limiting the image quality.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Complex Workflow</span><br>
To edit with deep color (more than 8 bits), you can start with RAW files from your camera.<br>
There are three options for processing RAW files:<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Open a RAW file directly with Fotoxx: use the [Open] button or click the gallery thumbnail.
The RAW file may now be edited normally. Save the edited image file as type TIFF or PNG with 8- or 16-bit color, or
JPEG with 8-bit color. You cannot save the edited image as a RAW file type. Opening a RAW file may need several
seconds, especially on a weak PC. Saving an edited image as TIFF or PNG is slower than JPEG.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Open the RAW file with the File > Open RAW menu, or right-click the gallery thumbnail and
use the open RAW popup menu. This opens a specialized RAW editor (currently Raw Therapee). Save the file in the RAW
editor as a TIFF-16 file, which will pass back to Fotoxx for further editing if wanted.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Use the Process > Batch RAW menu. You can select many RAW files and convert all of them to
type TIFF or PNG with 8- or 16-bit color, or JPEG with 8-bit color. You may then select and edit these files with
Fotoxx.</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">RAW files may have more color depth than 8 bits, especially if the camera is new and very
expensive. Conversion into a PNG or TIFF file with 16-bit color will preserve the additional color depth available in
the RAW file. The higher color depth reduces the risk of visible color bands when edit functions are used that can
radically shift the brightness distribution. When finished editing, convert the final file to JPEG (quality level 70 or
greater) to reduce the final file size to 10% or less. Note that editing in deep color is more important than having
deep color in the final image. It is very hard to see any difference between a 16-bit TIFF/PNG file and a high quality
JPEG made from that same file. To preserve the possibility of re-editing the image later, keep the RAW file, which is
smaller than the TIFF or PNG file.<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
<a name="dialog_mouse_ownership"></a></span><br></font> <span style="font-weight: bold;">Edit Dialog - Mouse
Ownership<br></span> Some edit dialogs use the mouse to reference or alter the image in the main window. There may be
more than one such dialog active at the same time. The mouse is also used to zoom and scroll the image, and you may
need to do this while using a dialog. Therefore it is important to understand who owns the mouse (which dialog, or main
window) and how to change the ownership:</font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">The mouse is owned by the dialog that was last clicked or used. Mouse clicks and drags on the
image are inputs to this dialog and DO NOT zoom or scroll the image.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">If you hold the CTRL key down while clicking or dragging the mouse, the image will zoom or
pan/scroll, and active dialogs are not affected.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">The mouse wheel can always be used to zoom-in/out on any part of the image.</font><br></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><font face="FreeSans"><a name=
"dialog_completion_buttons"></a><br></font> Edit Dialog completion buttons</span> mostly work as follows:<br>
[Proceed] - proceed with lengthy task based on dialog inputs.<br>
[Apply] - apply settings from dialog to image, leave dialog active.<br>
[Done] - same as [Apply], but the dialog is closed.<br>
[Cancel] - discard image changes and close the dialog.<br>
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><b><font face="FreeSans"><b><a name="custom_widgets"></a></b><b><br></b></font>
Custom Dial</b><b>og</b> <b>Widgets for data input<br></b> A few non-standard smaller widgets are used to reduce the
size of dialogs (and the amount of image area they cover).<br>
They work almost like the standard Gnome widgets for numeric data entry, text data entry, and buttons.<br></font>
<img src="../images/custom-widgets.png" alt="" width="725" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="161"><br>
A few standard GTK widgets have also been downsized by reducing unnecessary "padding". This is controlled by the file
<u>widgets.css</u> in the Fotoxx home directory (default <font face=
"Liberation Mono">/home/<user>/.fotoxx</font>). You can modify this file if desired. You can also delete or
comment-out the contents, but do not delete the file, since it would be replaced the next time Fotoxx is started.<br>
<br>
<font face="FreeSans"><a name="curve_editing" id="curve_editing"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Curve Editing</span><br>
<img src="../images/retouch-combo.jpg" alt="" width="315" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="457" align="left"><br>
Some image edit functions use editable curves. You can manipulate the curves to change some property of the image
depending on some other property. The example here shows a brightness curve, whereby you can change brightness
depending on brightness (e.g. brighten dark image areas without changing bright areas). Generally, the X-axis of the
curve represents the input property (brightness in this example) and the Y-axis the output property (also brightness).
The curves can be moved (pulled) with the mouse. "Up" increases the effect and "down" decreases the effect. An anchor
point (black dot) is added to the curve wherever it is pulled, and this point remains fixed for subsequent pulls: the
curve will continue to go through this point as other parts of the curve are pulled. Anchor points can also be dragged.
Delete an anchor point by right-clicking it. <br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="batch_editing" id="batch_editing"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Batch Editing</span><br>
There are several batch functions in the Process menu to speed some common tasks.<br>
You can select any number of image files (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>) and execute the batch function for all
of them.<br>
<br>
Batch functions can be used for the following tasks:<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Rename files, using any combination of old name, new name, sequence number, photo
date.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Convert file types (e.g. .png to .jpeg)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Find and upright photos made with the camera turned 90 degrees<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Resize files (e.g. reduce for web upload or e-mail)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Copy or move files to another location</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Convert RAW files to tiff, png, or jpeg</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Add/change/remove tags or geotags</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Set image dates/times or shift times to change the time zone<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Delete files or move them to Trash</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#script_files">Script Files</a>: perform multiple edits on one image, save as a
script file<br>
which can then be applied to any number of images in batch mode.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Burn selected image files to a DVD or BlueRay disc.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Find duplicated image files.</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="gallery_selection" id="gallery_selection"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Selecting Image Files from Gallery Windows</span><br>
This procedure is used for all functions that operate on multiple image files (combine menu, process menu, others). It
is explained once here, and this topic is linked from each of the functions using this procedure.<br clear="all">
<img src="../images/gallery-select.jpg" alt="" width="795" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="565"><br>
The dialog box is used to select image files. Behind it is a gallery window for the current directory, album, or search
results. To select an image, click its thumbnail and the image file will be added to the list in the dialog. Other
options are shown below. You can navigate the gallery window to other directories by clicking on the directory names in
the top panel, or clicking on thumbnails representing subdirectories. You can choose images from any gallery in any
order. The list of image files can also be manipulated to change the sequence or remove images added by mistake. Click
on a file in the list to show its thumbnail in the dialog and also set the current list position. The next image file
added will be inserted at this position. If the [delete] button is pressed, the current list position will be deleted,
and if the [insert] button is pressed, the last deleted image file will be inserted at the current position. The last
100 images deleted are saved and can be re-inserted anywhere: each use of the [insert] button removes one image from
the saved list and inserts it at the current position. To move images to a new position in the list: click the image
file (its thumbnail will be shown), click [delete]. Repeat to delete more images. Click an image file to set the insert
position, then click [insert]. The first deleted image will be inserted before the selected image. Repeat to insert
more images from the deleted list. The [add_all] button will add all the image files in the current gallery. You can
select individual images from the gallery, or use [add all] and then delete unwanted images. A single image may also be
added multiple times to the list. Image search functions output to a gallery window, and these can be used for
selecting images just like a gallery from a physical directory. The keyboard up/down arrow keys may be used to step
through the file list and view the thumbnails - a faster way to review the list for files to remove. The page up/down
keys and the home/end keys also work. You may also enter characters from the keyboard, and the list is searched for
matching names and highlighted. This is a fast way to locate a desired file or directory in the list.<br clear="all">
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Thumbnail click rules:</span><br>
• left click: add the image at the current list position.<br>
• right click: remove the image from the list, if present.<br>
• Shift + left click: add all images from the last image added up to the clicked image.<br>
(works in either direction, first to last or last to first)<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="menu_shortcuts" id="menu_shortcuts"></a><br>
Menu Shortcuts</span><br>
The Fotoxx menus are large. You may need time to get used to them and remember where the functions are located. There
are three shortcut methods available for frequently used functions:<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Right-click the main window or gallery window thumbnail.<br>
A popup menu appears with some commonly used menu functions.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Keyboard shortcuts - these are documented in a table below.<br>
You can also add your own shortcuts for menu functions you choose.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#favorites_menu">Favorites</a> menu - a graphic popup menu with your custom
contents. You can add text and/or icons that link to any menu functions you choose. You can arrange these as you wish
in a layout window. You can leave this window open and access any of these functions with a single mouse
click.</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name=
"managing_large_collection"></a></span><br></font> Managing a Large Image Collection<br></span> You can use Fotoxx to
manage a huge image collection and still be able to quickly find the images you want. Some effort to organize the
images is required. Search methods include directory and file names (or partial names), image (photo) dates, file
dates, image ratings, tags (keywords) (labels for persons, places, objects, events ...), captions and comments, and
geotags (location names and latitude/longitude). This is done in a standards-compliant manner so that data can be
shared with other applications. Options for how to organize a large image collection can be found in the topic <a href=
"#organizing_images">Organizing Images</a>.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="popup_menus" id="popup_menus"></a><br>
Right-Click Popup Menus</span><br>
These menus appear when the image view window or a gallery thumbnail is right-clicked with the mouse. These are the
most frequently used functions and are available as popup menus for convenience. Most of these are also contained in
one of the left-side main menus for image view and gallery view, as shown above.<br>
<small><small><small> </small></small></small><br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="907" height="854" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"> File View popup
menu</span><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">right click on current image in File View mode to get the
following menu</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> View Metadata<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Show short form metadata report<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Edit Metadata<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit key metadata items: photo date/time, rating, tags,
captions, comments, geotags<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Edit Any Metadata<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit any metadata item<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Rename<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Change the file name<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Copy/Move to Location<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Copy or move the image file to another location<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> Copy to Desktop<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Copy the image file to the desktop (monitor background)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Copy to Clipboard<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Copy the image file to the clipboard (for other apps to
paste)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> Copy to Image Cache</font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Add the image file to the file cache for later pasting into an album</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> Replace Album File<br></td>
<td valign="top">Update album(s) after creating a new version of an image file<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Upright<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Upright the image that is turned 90 degrees<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Trim/Rotate<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Trim (crop) the image, level the image or turn 90
degrees<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Resize<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Resize (rescale) the image width and height<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Voodoo 1 and Voodoo 2<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Limited automatic image enhancement, two
varieties<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Retouch Combo<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Adjust brightness, color, contrast, saturation, black point,
white balance<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Edit Brightness<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Adjust the brightness distribution (flatten, broaden, change
black and white points)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Flatten<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Enhance contrast and brighten shadows, especially image areas
with low contrast<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Gradients<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Enhance contrast and apparent brightness range by increasing
brightness gradients<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Select Area<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Select an image object or area for separate
editing<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Show on Net Map<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Go to Net Map view, zoom-in to image location (if earth
coordinates present)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Delete/Trash ...<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Delete the image file or move it to the
wastebasket<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"> Gallery View popup
menu</span><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">right click on thumbnail image to get the following
menu<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Popup Image<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Show image in a larger window - resizable, movable, persistent
until canceled.<br>
Zoom in/out using the mouse wheel. When zoomed small it disappears.<br>
Shift + left mouse click on a thumbnail: shortcut for Popup Image.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> View Metadata<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Show short form metadata report</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Edit Metadata</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit key metadata items: photo date/time, rating, tags,
captions, comments, geotags</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Edit Any Metadata</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit any metadata item</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Rename<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Change the file name</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Copy/Move to Location<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Copy or move the image file to another location</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> Copy to Desktop<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Copy the image file to the desktop (monitor background)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> Copy to Clipboard</font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Copy the image file to the clipboard (for other apps to paste)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Copy to Image Cache<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Add the image file to the file cache for later pasting into an
album</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"> Replace Album File</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Update album(s) after creating a new version of an image file</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Upright</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Upright the image that is turned 90 degrees</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Show on Net Map</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Go to Net Map view, zoom-in to image location (if earth
coordinates present)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Delete/Trash</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Delete the image file or move it to the wastebasket</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="keyboard_shortcuts" id="keyboard_shortcuts"></a><br>
Keyboard Shortcuts</span><br>
Keyboard shortcuts are available for most functions. The notation "Alt+G" means press and hold the Alt key, then press
the G key. Most of these can be changed, and new shortcuts can be added (see <a href="#KB_shortcuts">KB-</a><a href=
"#KB_shortcuts">shortcuts</a> function). The following table is based on the default key assignments. Those that can be
customized by the user are indicated.<br>
<small><small><small> </small></small></small><br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="899" height="761" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"> <b>General</b><br></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><b>custom</b><br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> F / G / W / M keys</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Change view mode: image File, Gallery, World map, Net
Map<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> F1 function key</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Display user guide for current or prior function</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> F10 function key</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Toggle main window to full-screen and back. Menu and top panel
remain.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> F11 function key<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Same as F10, but without menu and top panel. Useful for image
viewing.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> Escape key</font></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Exit from an active dialog, Exit Fotoxx<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><b> Image File View</b><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> left / right arrows</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Previous / next image (<a href=
"#prev_next">link</a>)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> '+' or '=' key<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Zoom image larger (zoom amount adjustable in User Settings)
(keypad also)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> ' - ' key<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Zoom image smaller to fit within window (keypad also)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Z</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Toggle: zoom image to 100% / fit image in window</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> S<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Sync Gallery: set gallery from current image
file<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> X</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Magnify Image (also in slide show)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 2</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">cycle through the two most recently seen image files</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> 3<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td valign="top">cycle through the three most recently seen image files</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> U</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Undo current edit, or undo one edit step in the current
image</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Shift+U</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Redo current edit, or redo one edit step in the current
image</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> R</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Rename Image File</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> K</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">View and edit keyboard shortcuts<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> L</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Grid Lines on/off (toggle)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> T</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Trim / Rotate Image</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> C</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Retouch Combo</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> P<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Toggle: Pause or resume a running slide show<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> B<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Toggle: Blank or restore the image (also in slide show)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> N<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Proceed to the next image (with animation) in slide
show<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> Ctrl+S<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Save current file<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> V<br></td>
<td valign="top" align="center">Yes<br></td>
<td valign="top">View Metadata (short report)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
<td valign="top"><br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><font face="FreeSans"> Gallery View<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Home / End keys</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">move to first / last page of image gallery</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Page Up / Down<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">move to previous / next page of image gallery</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> up / down arrows</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">move up / down by one row of image gallery</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> left / right arrows</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">move the current image (highlighted thumbnail)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> '+' or '=' key</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">larger thumbnail size (keypad also)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> ' - ' key</font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans">Yes<br></font></td>
<td valign="top">smaller thumbnail size (keypad also)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Ctrl+H<br></font></td>
<td valign="top" align="center"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">toggle the display of hidden files and
directories<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="mouse_functions"></a><br>
Mouse Functions</span></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="899" height="578" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"> Image File
View</span><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font face="FreeSans"> left click</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font face="FreeSans">Zoom-in: magnify image, center at click position</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font face="FreeSans"> right click</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font face="FreeSans">If image is zoomed: restore to window size. If not, popup
menu with common functions.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> mouse wheel</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Zoom image in or out depending on wheel direction</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><font face="FreeSans"> left drag on image</font></td>
<td><font face="FreeSans">Pan/scroll zoomed image, same direction or magnified opposite direction (like scroll
bars)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> mouse + Ctrl key<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Mouse acts on main window instead of an active dialog, e.g.
Select Area.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> <span style="font-weight: bold;">Gallery
View</span><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> left click thumbnail<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Change to F-view, show full-size image<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> right click thumbnail<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Show popup menu with common functions<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> middle click thumbnail<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Pop up a larger image which can be zoomed in or out using the
mouse wheel<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> scroll mouse wheel<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Scroll the gallery page up or down<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"> World Map
View</span><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> left click<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">If map zoomed small to fit window, zoom map large at clicked
location<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> right click<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Zoom map small to fit window<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> left drag<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">If map is zoomed large, drag map with the mouse<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> left click on marker<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Change to Gallery View, show all images with geotags at
corresponding location<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> mouse wheel<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Can be used for zooming as described above<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> <span style="font-weight: bold;">Net Map
View</span><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> mouse wheel<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Zoom the map in (2x) or out (0.5x)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> left click on marker<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Change to Gallery View, show all images with geotags at
corresponding location</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> left drag<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Drag map with the mouse<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="command_line" id="command_line"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Command Line Parameters</span> (long and short forms)</font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="895" height="266" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> file or directory path<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">initial image file or directory (gallery) to open</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -album "album name"<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -a<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">initial album (gallery) to open<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -ver</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -v<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">output release version and exit</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -recent<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -r<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">show a gallery of recently seen image files, most recent at the
top</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -new <br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -n<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">show a gallery of the newest image files (from Index Image
Files)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -prev </font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -p<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">show the last file viewed in the previous session</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -blank<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -b<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">show a blank window</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -lang lc_RC<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -l<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">language code (+ opt. region code) to use for GUI (de,
de_AT)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -menu "func name"</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -m<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">startup menu function - Fotoxx will start with this function
active.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -index N<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">disable image indexing for faster startup (see
below)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -home /.../fotoxx_home<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">use an alternate location for user data instead of</font>
<font size="+1"><tt>/home/<user>/.fotoxx</tt></font><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<u>-index N parameter</u><br>
This command line parameter can be used at Fotoxx startup to partly or completely disable image indexing to obtain a
faster startup time. N is 0 or 1 or 2, as explained in the topic <a href="#user_settings">User Settings</a>.
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
<br>
Note:</span> the first Fotoxx startup after a reboot may be slow if your image collection is very large. Subsequent
startups will be much faster since file directories are now cached in memory. For very fast startup, you can bypass
indexing entirely with -index 0. Search and map functions will be disabled until you allow the indexing process to
complete normally.<br>
<br>
<u>-home parameter</u><br>
The default location for user settings and data (tag names, bookmarks, albums ...) is</font> <font size=
"+1"><tt>/home/<user>/.fotoxx</tt></font><font face="FreeSans">. The image index file is also here. The
command: </font> <font size="+1"><tt>$ fotoxx -home /some/directory...</tt></font><font face="FreeSans">
will expect all this data to be in the designated directory. This allows you to have multiple image collections that
are managed separately. If Fotoxx is started for the first time with a -home parameter, the initial image file indexing
process will begin. You can preserve existing data and avoid re-indexing if you copy the files in</font> <font size=
"+1"><tt>/home/<user>/.fotoxx</tt></font> <font face="FreeSans">to the new home directory before starting fotoxx
with the -home parameter.<br>
<br>
<u><a name="fotoxx-home"></a><br></u> <b>Redirect Fotoxx home directory:</b></font> <b><font size=
"+1"><tt>/home/<user>/.fotoxx-home<br></tt></font></b> <font face="FreeSans">The default location for Fotoxx home
is </font> <font size="+1"><tt>/home/<user>/.fotoxx</tt></font><font face="FreeSans"> (like other
Linux applications). This directory is where user settings and data are kept. If you have multiple Linux OS's on your
computer, and you want them to share the same Fotoxx data, or if you want your Fotoxx data to be retained when you make
a "clean install" of Linux, there is an easy way to do this. This is an alternative to the <u>-home</u> method
described above. Create the file</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font size=
"+1"><tt>/home/<user>/.fotoxx-home</tt></font> </font> <font face="FreeSans">as a one-line text file which
contains the file name of the intended new fotoxx home directory. When fotoxx starts, fotoxx will look here for the
user data. Copy the data from</font> <font size="+1"><tt>/home/<user>/.fotoxx</tt></font> <font face=
"FreeSans">to this directory before starting Fotoxx, to preserve all current data and avoid re-indexing. This directory
would typically be on a mounted volume to keep it isolated from Linux installations. Putting /home on a separate volume
is a common method to do this, but this has bad implications for multiple Linux installations sharing this same /home
data: Linux applications with different release versions may expect different data here, and this can lead to
application bugs and even crashes.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="top_panel_information"></a><br>
Top Panel Status Information</span><br>
The top panel has status information about Fotoxx and the current image file:<br></font>
<table width="901" height="25" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="1" border="1">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font size="+1"><tt>CPU 123% MB 123 2345x1234x8 3.45MB 56% edits:
3 blocked area active dialog open busy 45%</tt></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="903" height="243" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">CPU 123%</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">current Fotoxx CPU load for all threads (e.g. 200%
==> 2 CPU cores are fully loaded)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> MB 123<br></td>
<td valign="top">current real memory usage<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 2345x1234x8<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">image width x height x depth (bits per color)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 3.45M</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">image file size (updated when a modified image is
saved)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 56%</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">zoom status, image % size</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> edits: 3</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">3 edits have been made and can be reversed with the [undo]
button</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> blocked<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">some menu functions are blocked until the current function is
completed<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> area active </font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">a select area is present and enabled - edits are confined within
the area</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> dialog open</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">a dialog is waiting for user input (if not visible, look behind
other windows)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> busy 45%<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">some long running functions show this simple percent completion
value<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<br>
<br>
<big><span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="file_view_menus" id="file_view_menus"></a></span></big> <br>
<big><span style="font-weight: bold;"><img style="width: 44px; height: 44px;" alt="" src="../images/viewF.png"><br>
<font size="+2">File View Menus</font></span></big><br>
<big><small>The following are the menus and buttons seen in the File View mode.<br>
<br></small></big> <a name="favorites_menu" id="favorites_menu"></a> <br>
<img style="width: 39px; height: 39px;" alt="" src="../images/favorites.png" vspace="5"><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Favorites</span> (File View > Favorites)<br>
<img src="../images/favorites-edit.jpg" alt="" width="527" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="362"><br>
This is a graphic popup menu which you can populate with your frequently used functions and arrange them on the window
using the mouse. An initial popup window (left image) is supplied. Right click an empty space on the window to define a
new menu entry. Right click an existing entry to modify it. Use the resulting dialog (right image) to define or change
the menu entry. The example above has mostly text menu entries, but the example 'warp' entry was given an icon.<br>
<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="866" height="122" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> menu text</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">text for the popup menu - optional if a menu icon is
used</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> menu func</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">the Fotoxx function to use - the exact menu name</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> menu icon</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">menu icon - /directory.../filename.png - optional if a menu text
is used</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> icon size</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">if an icon is used, its size can be 24x24 to 64x64
pixels</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> close window</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">checkbox: option to close the popup window when this menu is
selected</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
Left drag a menu entry to move it somewhere else on the popup window. The popup window can be resized to fit the
contained menu entries. Left click a menu entry to select the menu. If "close window" was checked, the popup window
will close. All menu settings and icon files are saved in a configuration file whenever the popup window is closed. The
configuration file and saved icons are located in the directory:<br>
/home/<user>/.fotoxx/favorites.<br>
You can use either the English menu names or their translations for your locale. The menu names must exactly match the
Fotoxx menus, but case is not significant. The menu text may include "\n" to represent a newline character.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Icon library</span>: Icons for many image edit functions can be found
here:<br>
/usr/share/fotoxx/icons/edit-funcs<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="file_menu" id="file_menu"></a> <br>
<img alt="" src="../images/file.png" width="40" vspace="5" height="40"><br>
<big><font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">File Menu</span></font> <small>(File View >
File)</small></big><small><br></small> <br>
<a name="new_window" id="new_window"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">New Window</span> (File View > File > New Window)<br>
Start a new instance of Fotoxx in a new window, slightly offset for visibility. This is useful to compare images or to
work with more than one image at a time. Both windows can be used to edit images. The new window will initially have an
unmodified version of the current image file. If the same image file is edited in both windows, neither instance will
see the changes made by the other, and the final result is the file saved last.<br>
<br>
<a name="sync_gallery"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Sync Gallery</span> (Gallery View > Menu > Sync Gallery)<br>
Replace the current gallery (recent files, search results ...) with the directory of the current image file: the image
file shown in the File View window.<br>
<br>
<a name="recent_images" id="recent_images"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Recent Images</span> (File View > File > Recently Seen Images)<br>
The 100 most recently seen image files (viewed or edited) are shown in a gallery, from which you can select files to
view or edit.<br>
<br>
<a name="newest_images" id="newest_images"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Newest Images</span> (File View > File > Newest Images)<br>
The 1000 most recently added or modified image files are shown in a gallery, from which you can select files to view or
edit. You are given a choice of using the EXIF photo date or the file modification date to determine the newest images.
If the EXIF date is chosen, image files having no EXIF date are ignored.<br>
<br>
<a name="open_image_file" id="open_image_file"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Open Image File</span> (File View > File > Open Image File)<br>
This function changes to gallery view. Click on a thumbnail to open the image file, or navigate to another directory
and select an image file. The selected file is opened in the Fotoxx main window where you can view or edit the image
file using the menus and buttons. The main window title bar always shows the file name and directory of the current
image file.<br>
<br>
Camera RAW files can also be opened. This may need a few seconds depending on file size and processor speed. You
can proceed to edit the RAW file like any other image file. RAW files are also included in thumbnail galleries, as long
as a .jpeg thumbnail image can be extracted from the RAW file (normally true). When saving a RAW file, you must specify
a type TIFF or PNG (8- or 16-bit color), or JPEG (8-bit). The RAW file type (file extension) must be included in the
list of known RAW file types in Tools > <a href="#user_settings">User Settings</a>.<br>
<br>
<a name="cycle_prev_file" id="open_previous_file"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Cycle 2 Previous Files</span> (File View > File > Cycle 2 Previous Files)<br>
Go back to the previously opened image file, also if this is in a different directory. This differs from the button
[Prev/Next] which goes to the previous or next image file in the current gallery (directory, search results, album).
This function retains the current image zoom size and position, which is ideal for rapidly comparing two edited
versions of the same image. Zoom-in on the area to compare, and use this function to switch back and forth between the
two images. The keyboard shortcut key [2] is assigned by default.<br>
<br>
<b>Cycle 3 Previous Files</b></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">(File View > File > Cycle 3
Previous Files)</font><br>
This works the same way, but the last 3 image files are rotated. The default KB shortcut is [3].<br>
<br>
<a name="open_raw_file" id="open_raw_file"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Open RAW File (rawtherapee)</span> (File View > File > Open RAW (Raw
Therapee))<br style="font-weight: bold;">
Select and open a RAW camera file using RawTherapee. A file open dialog will start. Select a RAW file. RawTherapee will
now open with the selected file, and you can edit the file normally with RawTherapee. When finished, save the file as
TIFF-16 and exit RawTherapee. This file is now opened in Fotoxx and can be further edited, saved as JPEG, etc. The RAW
file type (file extension) must be included in the list of known RAW file types in Tools > <a href=
"#user_settings">User Settings</a>.<br>
</font><br>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><a name="view-360"></a> </font><br>
<font face="FreeSans"><b>View 360° Panorama</b> <font face="FreeSans">(</font></font></font><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">File View > File > View 360°
Panorama)<br>
The current file is opened with a special viewer for 360° panorama image files.<br>
The file width is assumed to correspond to 360°.<br>
Use the mouse and keyboard as follows to control the view:<u><br></u></font></font></font></font> <font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">
• </font></font></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">Mouse-drag the image
- it will turn through 360° and wrap-around at the ends</font></font></font></font><br></font></font></font></font>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">
• </font></font></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">Left and right
mouse-click will zoom-in and zoom-out<br></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font> <font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> • Use the left
and right arrow keys to pan quickly<br></font></font></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> • Keys '1' and '2' select two
alternative projection types (not the keypad keys)<br></font></font></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> • </font></font></font></font> <font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">Use the 'Q' key or Escape to exit the special
viewer</font></font></font></font><br></font></font></font></font> Panoramas with less than 360° can also be viewed,
but the wrap-around will show a false joining of the two ends.<br>
This function can be used to view Google 'photosphere' images.<br>
<br>
Gnome EOG can also be used to view Google photosphere images.</font> EOG needs a special setup, and EOG only works for
proper photosphere images having the required metadata.<br>
1. go to </font></font></font> <font size=
"+1"><tt>https://github.com/Aerilius/eog_panorama</tt></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><br>
2. download the zip file and unpack<br>
3. copy the folder </font></font></font> '<font size="+1"><tt>eog_panorama'</tt></font><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> to </font></font></font> <font size=
"+1"><tt>~/.local/share/eog/plugins/</tt></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
4. install packages </font></font></font> <font size="+1"><tt>eog, exiv2,
gir1.2-gexiv2-0.10</tt></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> (debian package
names)<br>
5. start EOG with the command: $ eog<br>
6. in menu preferences > plugins, enable Panorama Viewer<br>
<br></font></font> <a name="new_blank_image" id="new_blank_image"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">New Blank Image</span> (File View > File > New Blank Image)<br>
<img src="../images/blank-image.jpg" alt="" width="241" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="134"><br>
Create a blank image with specified pixel dimensions and color. This can be used as a background for cutouts taken from
other images (via <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a>) and annotation text (via <a href="#add_text">Add Text</a>).
Input a file name, choose a background color, and set the desired pixel dimensions. See also the <a href=
"#mashup">Mashup</a> function.<br>
<br>
<a name="blank_window"></a><br>
<b>Blank Window</b></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">(File View > File > Blank
Window)</font> <br>
Toggle: blank or restore the current window. The current image file is saved and restored when the function is executed
again. Assign a <a href="#KB_shortcuts">keyboard shortcut</a> to have a "one button" blank and restore function.<br>
<br>
<a name="rename_file" id="rename_file"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Rename Image File</span> (File View > File > Rename Image File)<br>
<img src="../images/rename.jpg" alt="" width="385" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="167"><br clear="all"></font>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">Rename the current file (file view), or the file of a clicked thumbnail
(gallery view).</font> Enter a new name and press [apply]. This function can also automate the process of renaming a
series of image files using a root name (e.g. an event or place name) and a sequence number. Open the first image file
in the series, input a new name, and press the [apply] button. Use the [next] button to move to the next file if
wanted. You can use the same name again by pressing the [previous name] button and then add a suffix or sequence
number. Press the [add 1] button to increment the sequence number. A file version number (.vNN) in the previous file
name is not copied, and if the file being renamed has a version number, it will be retained.<br></font> <font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> <br></font> <a name="copy_move" id="copy_move"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Copy/Move Image File</span> (File View > File > Copy/Move to Location)<br>
<img src="../images/copy-move.jpg" alt="" width="360" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="168"><br>
The current file (file view), or the file of a clicked thumbnail (gallery view), is copied to the given location. This
location can be entered directly or chosen by a file open dialog if the [browse] button is used. Select the
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">copy</span> option to copy the file and leave the source file in place,
creating a duplicate. Select the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">move</span> option to move the file from the
original location to the new location.<br>
<br>
<a name="copyto_desktop" id="copyto_desktop"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Copy Image File to Desktop</span> (File View > File > Copy to
Desktop)<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">The current file (file view), or the file of a clicked
thumbnail (gallery view), i</font>s copied to the desktop (<big>/home/<user>/Desktop</big>).<br>
<br>
<a name="copy_to_clipboard"></a><br>
<b>Copy Image File to Clipboard</b></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">(File View > File > Copy
to Clipboard)<br></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans">The current file (file view), or the file of a clicked thumbnail (gallery view),</font></font> is copied to
the clipboard where other applications can access the image (if <u>paste from clipboard</u> is supported).<br>
<br></font> <a name="copy_to_cache"></a><br>
<b>Copy Image File to Image Cache</b></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">(File
View > File > Copy to Image Cache)<br></font></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">The current file (file view), or the file
of a clicked thumbnail (gallery view),</font></font> is copied to the image cache. The image cache accumulates images
that can be later pasted into an Album. See <a href="#manage_albums">Manage Albums</a>.<br>
<br></font></font> <a name="show_file_on_net_map"></a><br>
<b>Show Image on Net Map</b></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans">(File View > File > Show on Net Map)</font></font></font><br>
Fotoxx changes to Net Map View and the location of the current image is shown.<br>
<br>
<a name="delete_trash" id="trash_image"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Delete/Trash Image File</span> (File View > File > Delete/Trash Image File)<br>
<img src="../images/delete-trash.jpg" alt="" width="270" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="115"><br>
The current file (file view), or the file of a clicked thumbnail (gallery view), is deleted or moved to trash,
depending on the option selected. Fotoxx uses the Linux desktop standard for trash. If this works, trashed image files
go into the standard trash location and can be recovered later if wanted. Otherwise, Fotoxx puts trashed images into a
desktop directory named "fotoxx-trash". You can delete it or move it to your Linux-specific trash. If both standard and
desktop trash do not work, you must trash the files outside of Fotoxx. If you have multiple files to remove, you can
leave the dialog open to avoid opening it for each file selected. If another file is opened, the file name in the
dialog updates itself. In gallery view, if another thumbnail is clicked, the dialog updates itself.<br>
<br>
<a name="print_image" id="print_image"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Print Image File</span> (File View > File > Print Image)<br>
<img src="../images/print1.jpg" alt="" width="418" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="217" align="left"><img src=
"../images/print2.jpg" alt="" width="248" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="246"><br clear="all">
The print menu brings up a standard Page Setup dialog where you can select a printer, a paper size, and orientation.
After using the [apply] button, another dialog starts for entering paper margins and an image scale. The margins can be
used to shrink the image or shift it on the page. Image scale can be set in the range 5-100%, where 100% means print
the maximum size image that fits within the margins. Smaller values will shrink the image proportionally. The actual
print size (image width and height) is updated in the dialog as margins and scale are changed, and this can be used to
reach a desired printed image size. After the margins dialog, a Print dialog starts for the actual printing. This
includes paper type and quality inputs, and a preview of the printed layout which can be accepted or rejected.<br>
</font><br>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><a name="print_calibrated"></a><br></font> <span style=
"font-weight: bold;">Print Calibrated Image</span> (File View > File > Print Calibrated Image)<br style=
"font-weight: bold;">
This function works like Print Image File described above, but before printing you are asked to supply a calibration
file name which is used to adjust image colors prior to printing. The purpose is to compensate for color distortions
caused by the printer. See the topic <a href="#calibrate_printer">calibrate_printer</a> for details on how to create a
calibration file.<br>
<br>
<a name="file_save" id="file_save"></a> <br>
<img src="../images/save.png" alt="" width="43" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="43"><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Save to Disk</span> (File View > Save)<br>
<img src="../images/file-save.jpg" alt="" width="547" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="597"><br>
In the first dialog, select one of the three options: new version, new file name, or replace file.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">New Version</span>: Save the current image file with a new version number.
File names with version numbers are formatted "filename.vNN.ext" where NN is a version number 01 to 99. The 4
characters .vNN are inserted between the file name and extension. If the file name has no versions, version .v01 will
be created. If file versions are already present on disk, then the next higher version number is used. If the file is a
JPEG file, the default quality is used (this value can be set in <a href="#user_settings">User Settings</a>). A
keyboard shortcut can be assigned to this function if desired.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">New File</span>: The 2nd dialog shown above will open to save the current
image file to a selected file, which can be the original file, another existing file, or a new file. An edited image
file can be saved in formats JPEG, PNG and TIFF. JPEG is normally the best option, since these are compressed to reduce
space. You can choose a JPEG quality value in the range 1-100. Lower values give smaller files and less image quality.
Values above 70 are generally hard to distinguish from 100 (highest quality, largest file size). PNG files are
compressed without any loss of quality and are larger than JPEG files of the highest quality. TIFF files are
uncompressed and larger than JPEG or PNG. TIFF and PNG files may be saved with 8 or 16 bits per color. The 16-bit
formats only makes sense for files converted from a RAW format having more than 8 bits per color. It is rare that the
difference between 8 and 16 bits per color can be seen with the eye. However, an image with higher bits has more
latitude when the brightness level or distribution is altered with a program like Fotoxx. PNG-16 files are smaller than
TIFF-16 but slower to save due to the compression process. Saving a file as TIFF or PNG can be quite slow for a large
image and a slow computer. If an image has transparency information (e.g. a Warp function creates a non-rectangular
image shape with transparent peripheral areas), you should save the image as a PNG file if you want the transparent
areas to be preserved for some later operation. If you use JPEG, these areas will be black and opaque. JPEG does not
support transparency.<br>
<br>
If <span style="text-decoration: underline;">make current</span> is checked, the saved file (new file name) will become
the current file. The source file (old file name) remains unchanged. If not checked, the file is saved with the new
name, but the current file remains the source file (old name). In either case, the edit history is retained (i.e. Undo
and Redo will still work).<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Replace</span>: Save the current image file back to itself. If a JPEG file,
the default quality is used (this value can be set in <a href="#user_settings">User Settings</a>).<br>
<br>
File sizes for a 15-megapixel image are roughly as follows (depending on image detail).<br>
The jpeg numbers are the quality value given when the file is saved to disk.<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="698" height="50" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">tiff-16</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">tiff-8</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">png-16</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">png-8</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">jpeg-100</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">jpeg-90</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">jpeg-80</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">jpeg-70</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">112 MB</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">38 MB</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">78 MB</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">21 MB</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">8 MB</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">2 MB</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">1 MB</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">0.7 MB</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
The default JPEG quality is used unless you change the value in the New File dialog. The default value can be set in
<a href="#user_settings">User Settings</a> (initially 90). You will not be able to see a difference between a file
saved with quality 90 and one with 100, but the difference in file space is huge. The <a href=
"#technical_notes">Technical Notes</a> section describes potential loss of image quality from repeated open, edit and
save of JPEG images. At the default quality of 90 this issue can be generally ignored.<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="prev_next" id="prev_next"></a><br>
<img style="width: 40px; height: 40px;" alt="" src="../images/prev_next.png"><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Previous/Next Image Button</span> (File View > Prev/Next)<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Keyboard left and right arrow keys</span><br>
Click with the left or right mouse button to open the previous or next image file in the current gallery. If the
current image has unsaved edits, you are warned and given the option to cancel this function. If you proceed, the edits
are lost. You must save an edited image before moving to another image. The keyboard left and right arrow keys have the
same function.<br>
<br>
<u>Directory Jump</u><b><br></b> If you attempt to go beyond the first or last image in the current gallery
(directory), a popup message informs you. If you try again to move in the same direction, the last image file in the
next preceding gallery, or the first image file in the next following gallery, will be opened. If there is no preceding
or following gallery, or if it has no image files, then nothing is done other than a popup notification. Note that only
the next preceding or following directory in the parent directory of the current directory (gallery) is searched. There
is no extended search into further directories or subdirectories. If the current gallery is not a directory (e.g. the
Newest Images gallery), then there is no preceding or following gallery.<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="metadata_menu" id="metadata_menu"></a><br>
<img style="width: 40px; height: 40px;" alt="" src="../images/metadata.png" vspace="5"><br>
<big><font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Metadata Menu</span></font> <small>(File View >
Metadata)</small></big><br>
<br>
Metadata means text data that is stored inside an image file. Digital cameras create some data automatically, such as
date and time, technical data about the camera and photo parameters, and location data (if the camera has a GPS
receiver). Other data can be added by the user, such as captions, comments, ratings, and tags (keywords that can be
used to search images, e.g. persons, places, things, events).<br>
<br>
There are several <a href="#organizing_images">alternatives</a> for organizing a large image collection so that it can
be easily searched. It would be good to review these before choosing an organization system.<br>
<br>
<a name="view_metadata" id="view_metadata"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">View Metadata (short)</span> (File View > Metadata > View Metadata
(short))<br style="font-weight: bold;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;">View Metadata (long)</span> (File View > Metadata > View Metadata (long))<br>
<img src="../images/view-metadata.jpg" alt="" width="726" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="742"><br>
The View Metadata functions will display available metadata for the current image file. EXIF metadata contains the date
and time of a photo, shutter speed, focal length, pixel dimensions, etc. Digital cameras store this data inside the
image. IPTC metadata contains tags (from Fotoxx, Photoshop ...) and captions (frequently found in published images). If
an image is edited and then saved, the metadata is updated and stored with the new image. The View Metadata short
report outputs the most commonly needed data, including the photo date and time, user-assigned tags and star rating,
comments, caption, and a history of Fotoxx edit functions that have been applied to the image. The long report reports
all metadata available. The [Extras] button on the short report opens the dialog shown on the right, where you can add
extra items to the short report. Any item you see in the long report can be added to the short report. Click an item in
the left column to add it to the right column and to the report. Click an item in the right column to remove it. Click
the entry "Other Item ..." to type-in any item name not contained in the existing list, which is limited to the most
likely needed items.<br>
<br>
Fotoxx uses the following EXIF/IPTC data items for image editing and searching:<br>
<small><small><small> <br></small></small></small></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="650" height="218" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><font face="FreeSans">Key Name</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><font face="FreeSans">Fotoxx data input method<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Date/Time Original</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit Metadata function - image date</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Keywords</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit Metadata function - image tags</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Rating</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit Metadata function - image stars</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">User Comments</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit Metadata function - comments<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; height: 20px;"><font face="FreeSans">Caption-Abstract</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; height: 20px;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit Metadata function - caption<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Geotags</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit Metadata function - location,
geocoordinates<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Image History<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Fotoxx edit functions add to this list<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">any key</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit Any Metadata, Delete Metadata</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><small><small><small><small> </small></small></small></small><br>
There are also several batch functions for entering data into many image files at once. These are described below.<br>
<br>
<a name="tags_overview" id="tags_overview"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Tags Overview</span><br>
The Edit Metadata function (below) is used to add tags to an image. Read this overview first.<br>
<br>
Image files can have identification or classification tags (keywords, labels) assigned to them. These can be used to
search a large image collection for those images having desired tags. Typical tags: the main subject of a photo, the
associated event, the location, the persons or things contained, etc. Tags reside inside the image metadata
(IPTC:keywords). Tags are normally one word, but a short phrase with imbedded blanks or other delimiters can be used.
Commas and semicolons are recognized internally as delimiters (separators) between tags, and therefore cannot be used
within a tag. A compound tag like <span style="text-decoration: underline;">arizona scenery</span> is allowed, but you
should use two tags instead for more flexibility: you can search for images having either tag or both tags.<br>
<br>
Regardless of the physical organization of your images (directory and file names), tags can be used to create other
organizations. All images having a desired tag or tags can be found quickly and displayed in an image gallery window,
where you can further review the images and choose those for viewing, editing, or changing their tags. If you have used
directory and file names in a meaningful way, you can search for images using these names as well as tags. You can also
search images by date, rating, location, and other metadata items. These need not be duplicated in tags. See <a href=
"#search_images">Search Images</a> below.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Managed Tag System</span><br>
This is appropriate if you are starting from near nothing and you are able to plan your tag system before adding tags
to your images. In this system, you create a limited number of tag categories (e.g. people, places, things, events,
travels, art ...). You then plan the tags or types of tags that will go into each category. Tags are created and
assigned to a category as needed during the process of tagging images. An image is tagged by pointing and clicking on
the list of available tags, which is organized by category and alphabetically within category. If a new tag is needed,
it is created before it can be assigned to an image. The total number of tags should be less than about 500, to keep
the list small enough for rapid visual location of tags to click on. Searching images by tags is also done by pointing
and clicking on the list of available tags.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">managed tag system advantages</span><br>
• prevent inconsistent tag names (e.g. landscape, scenery)<br>
• prevent alternate spellings and typos (e.g. susan, susy, scenery, scenrey)<br>
• prevent tags that logically include other tags (e.g. landscape, lake)<br>
(this can be planned and deliberate, but should not happen by accident)<br>
• searching is reliable because tags do not have the above errors<br>
<br>
A large tag list (over 500) slows down the process of tagging images due to the time needed to visually find the tag in
the long list (possibly in a scrolled window). This problem is reduced somewhat because a few most recently used tags
are shown separately in the edit dialog, where they can be easily seen and chosen. Since a series of photos made at the
same time will likely share many tags, adding tags to such a series is made easier and faster.<br>
<br>
If tags are broadly defined and fewer in number, search results for tags will be larger, but using the search results
(image gallery window) to find a smaller subset of images can be quite fast. Physical file organization is preserved:
image files located together in their directories will also appear together in search results.<br>
<br>
Images downloaded from the internet often contain tags. These of course have no organization and are collectively
chaotic. If you use a managed tag system, it is best to review such images and clean up the tags to conform with your
system, or delete them. Whatever tags are present will be automatically added under the category "nocatg". If you
notice strange tags in your tag list, use <a href="#search_images">Search Images</a> by tag to find the images needing
tag deletion or renaming.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Random Tag System</span><br>
You may prefer to invent tags as needed with no particular system in mind. Or you may already have thousands of tags,
making a conversion to a managed tag system difficult (but not impossible: Fotoxx has a function to mass convert tag
names). In this case, you can simply type tags into your images, creating new tags as needed. There is still a limited
capability to keep tags organized: existing tags matching the characters you input are shown as soon as there are only
a few possible matches. Example: you type "lan" and a list of existing matching tags is shown: landscape, landscapes,
Langley ... If one of these is your intention, you click on it to select the tag. If not, you keep on typing and
eventually press Enter to create a new tag. When searching images for tags, you can type desired tag names or pick them
from the list of available tags. Available tags matching the first few letters you type are shown, and you can pick
from this list. You cannot enter a search tag that does not exist in your images.<br>
<br>
<a name="geotags_overview" id="geotags_overview"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Geotags Overview<br></span> The Edit Metadata function (below) is used to add geotags
to an image. Read this overview first.<br>
<small><small><small><small> <br></small></small></small></small> Modern cameras can record the location of
each photo, using an internal GPS receiver. Latitude, longitude, city or location, and country are recorded in the EXIF
metadata of the image JPEG or RAW file. The Edit Metadata function also allows location data to be entered or revised.
Locations may also be specified by clicking on a map. There are three functions that can find images for a specified
location or region: <a href="#search_images">Search Images</a>: find images by location name (also multiple names and
partial matches). <a href="#image_locations">Image Locations</a>: find all images for a country, a country and
location, or a country, location and date range. <a href="#images_by_map">Images by Map Location</a>: click on a map to
show all images within a range of the clicked location.<br>
<br>
<a name="edit_metadata" id="edit_metadata"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Edit Metadata</span> (File View > Metadata > Edit Metadata)<br>
The Edit Metadata function is used to add metadata to an image.<br>
Please read Tags Overview and Geotags Overview (above) before using Edit Metadata.<br>
<img src="../images/edit-metadata.jpg" alt="" width="396" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="530" align="left"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br clear="all">
Edit Metadata is used to edit the most frequently used metadata: image date and time, rating, caption, comments,
location data, and tags. The dialog initially shows existing data for the current image. After making additions or
changes, press [Apply] to update the image file. There is no automatic file versioning for metadata changes, but if you
want a new version, use File Save > New Version before using [Apply].<br>
<br>
The dialog shows the metadata for the current image in File View, or for a clicked thumbnail in Gallery View. The
dialog updates itself when a new image is opened or new thumbnail is clicked.<br>
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">The date of the image, if available, is shown as <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Image Date</span>. This may be entered if missing, or changed. You can enter a full date
in the format yyyy-mm-dd or a shorter format yyyy or yyyy-mm. A missing month/day is logically equivalent to 01/01 when
used as a low limit for searching, or 12/31 when used as a high limit. The [Prev] button fills-in the date from the
previous data entered. This is to allow easy dating of a series of images. If time is important, you can include a time
using the format <span style="text-decoration: underline;">hh:mm[.ss]</span>.<br>
<br>
You may enter a <u>caption</u>, a <u>comment</u>, and a <span style="text-decoration: underline;">stars</span>
rating for the image.<br>
<br>
If the location data is available from any previous image file, enter the first few characters and press [Find] to get
a list of locations to choose from. For the first time entry of a location, or to add location data to many files at
once, see the topic <a href="#adding_geotags">Adding Geotags</a> below.<br>
<br></font> Existing tags are shown in <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Image Tags</span>. Available tags are
shown in the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Defined Tags</span> window below. One of these tags can be added
to the image by clicking it. A tag can be deleted from the image by clicking it in <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Image Tags</span>. Tags recently added are shown in <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Recent Tags</span>. This is a convenience to make adding tags to a new batch of images
easier, assuming that many of the same tags will be used repeatedly. Point and click the same way.<br>
<br>
If the list of defined tags is long, it may be easier to type the desired tag into <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Enter New Tag</span>. Existing tags matching what you have typed so far will appear in
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Matching Tags</span>, and you can point and click one of these to add the tag
to the image. If the input tag is new (no matching tag is shown), press [Add] when the tag is complete. It will be
added to the image and to the list of defined tags under the category "nocatg".<br>
<br>
If you are using tag categories, you can select a category, and only those tags will be shown in the list of defined
tags. If your tags list is huge, this can reduce the list to a manageable size for pointing and clicking.<br>
<br>
The [Apply] button writes the data to the image file and to the metadata index file used for searching images.<br>
<br>
The [Prev] button can be used to load all available data from the previous image viewed or edited. This can be
used to speed-up the processing of a group of images sharing much of the same data.<br>
<br>
The [Manage Tags] button starts the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Manage Tags</span> dialog.<br>
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style=
"font-weight: bold;"><a name="manage_tags"></a><br></span></font> Manage Tags Dialog<br>
<img src="../images/manage-tags.jpg" alt="" width="545" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="262"><br></span> This dialog
starts from the button [manage tags] in the Edit Metadata dialog. You can also assign categories to tags to help
organize them and locate them more quickly when adding tags to images. They are optional and they play no role in tag
searching: only the tag is stored in an image, not its category. Typical categories are people, places, things, events,
scenery, buildings, art, etc. To add a new tag with a new category, enter the category and the tag, then click
[create]. If the category is blank, the tag will be assigned to "nocatg". To assign a tag to a different category,
click a category (bold text) or enter a new one, click the tag, and press [create]. The tag will move from the old to
the new category. To delete a tag, click the tag and press [delete]. Tags used in images but not assigned to a category
will appear under "nocatg".<br>
<br>
Note: a newly created tag is appended to the end of the tag list for its category. The next time Fotoxx is started, all
categories and their tag lists are sorted alphabetically, except that "nocatg" is always last.<br>
<br>
Use the [orphan tags] button to list tags that are defined but not assigned to any images. These may be deleted if no
use is planned.<br>
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="adding_geotags"></a><br>
Adding Geotags<br></span> The Edit Metadata dialog shows the location data for the current image, if any. For an image
with missing or incorrect location data, enter a location name (city, park, museum ...) and use the [Find] button to
either complete the data in the dialog, or get a list of matching locations to choose from (e.g. London, United Kingdom
and London, Canada). The list of locations comes from your image files, so a location will not be known until it is
assigned to an image for the first time. Partial matches are found, so you can usually enter a leading substring, e.g.
"hono" for Honolulu. Use the [Apply] button to enter the data into the EXIF metadata for the current image, and also
into the metadata index file for later searching by location. Use the [Prev] button to fill the dialog data with
the last location used. If the [Find] button does not find a location (it is not present in any other image), you can
use the [Web] button to find the location data from an internet web service (MapQuest Open for now, but this could
change). The location data is completed and returned into the dialog. The web service names are not standardized in
format or language, so check the returned data for reasonableness and change the spelling and capitalization if needed.
The [Apply] button will add the location data to the image, and this location will be available for future use by the
[Find] button. If the [Web] button fails, you can find the location using an internet service, and enter the location
data into the dialog.<br>
<br>
Here are two web sites to look-up a location/country (there are many others):<br>
<a href=
"http://www.worldatlas.com/aatlas/findlatlong.htm">http://www.worldatlas.com/aatlas/findlatlong.htm</a><br>
<a href="http://brainoff.com/geocoder/">http://brainoff.com/geocoder</a><br>
<br>
Note for non-English locales: If a comma is used for a decimal point in latitude/longitude, this is accepted but
converted to a period internally. The web service always returns periods.<br>
<br>
Blank the latitude and longitude if you want to save only the location and/or country name in the image file. If the
latititude/longitude data is changed from the values returned by [Find], the new values are saved for this image file.
If a location is saved without latitude/longitude, there will be no location marker on a map, and finding photos for
this location by clicking on a map will not work (<a href="#images_by_map">Images by Map Location</a>). The two other
method to find photos by location, <a href="#search_images">Search Images</a> and <a href="#image_locations">Image
Locations</a>, will still work.<br>
<br>
Note: The EXIF keyword "city" is used to mean any location name: city, park, museum, lake, etc. Fotoxx uses the term
"location" to avoid confusion (e.g. city = Yellowstone Park). Internally, "location" is converted into "city" for
metadata storage or retrieval.<br>
<br>
If you change to one of the map views and click on a location, this location will be inserted into the Edit Metadata
dialog. If you click within a marker (red dot), the location name and latitude/longitude for that marker will be used.
If you click outside a marker, the clicked latitude/longitude will be used, and the location name will not be
changed.<br>
<br>
If you use the [Find] button to set the dialog location data from a known location, there are two possible outcomes: if
there is only one geocoordinate (latitude and longitude) associated with the location, this is returned into the
dialog. If there are multiple geocoordinates, the Net Map is shown and zoomed-in to a scale where all markers for all
geocoordinates associated with this location are shown. Click within one of the markers to choose the corresponding
geocoordinate, or click outside any marker to set a new geocoordinate for this image file. The location name now has a
newly associated geocoordinate.<br>
<br>
You can use <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Batch Add Geotags</span> (see below) to quickly add location data
to many image files at once.<br>
<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="822" height="171" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Summary</span>:<br>
• Enter (or change) a location name (possibly abbreviated) in the dialog.<br>
• Use [Find] to find the location and auto-fill country, latitude, longitude.<br>
• If there are multiple matches, choose from the list.<br>
• If there are too many matches, add more letters or supply the country and try again.<br>
• If there are zero matches (not found), try the [Web] button (country is required).<br>
• If still not found, add more letters to the location.<br>
• If still not found, use one of the above web services and input the data manually.<br>
• Use [apply] to update the image file and make the location available for future use.<br>
• If there are multiple geocoordinates for a given location and country, click on a map<br>
marker to select, or click elsewhere to add a new geocoordinate for this
location.<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="edit_any_metadata" id="edit_any_metadata"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Edit Any Metadata</span> (File View > Metadata > Edit Any Metadata)<br>
<img src="../images/edit-any-metadata.jpg" alt="" width="540" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="297"><br clear="all">
This is a dialog for editing any metadata for the current image file. The most likely metadata key names are listed.
Click one of these to retrieve the current key value. Change the value if wanted and press [Save]. The metadata is
updated. To edit a key name not in the list, enter the key name and press keyboard "enter" to retrieve the present
value, if any. Then enter or change the value and press [Save]. You may enter the key name in lower case and with or
without spaces between the words, e.g. "Bits per Sample" and "bitspersample" will both work. To see all present keys
and data, use <a href="#view_metadata">View Metadata (long)</a>.<br>
<br>
<a name="delete_metadata" id="delete_metadata"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Delete Metadata</span> (File View > Metadata > Delete Metadata)<br>
Specify the key name to delete, or select <span style="text-decoration: underline;">All</span>. The metadata is
deleted. Use <span style="text-decoration: underline;">All</span> to clean an image of any identifying information that
might be in there. Some keys are not deletable, e.g. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">File Name</span>.<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="show_captions" id="show_captions"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Show Captions on Image</span> (File View > Metadata > Show Captions on
Image)<br>
Show the metadata items IPTC Caption and EXIF User Comments at the top of each image displayed. This menu is a toggle
switch - the display of captions and comments is set on and off alternatively. If neither is available, nothing is
displayed. If only one is available, it is displayed. If both are available, they are displayed on two lines. The
lengths are truncated at 200 characters. To see up to 1000 characters, use the <a href="#view_metadata">View
Metadata</a> function. If Show Captions is switched ON, captions and comments are also displayed during a <a href=
"#slide_show">Slide Show</a>.<br></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<br>
<a name="select_area_menu" id="select_area_menu"></a> <br>
<img style="width: 40px; height: 40px;" alt="" src="../images/areas.png" vspace="5"><br>
<font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Area Menu</span></font> (File View > Areas)<br>
<br>
<a name="area_overview" id="area_overview"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Overview </span><br>
Edit functions normally apply to the entire image, but it is possible to edit part of an image (an "area") and leave
the rest unchanged. If an image area has been selected, then most edit functions will work only within this area. Some
functions ignore a selected area. An area may be selected before starting an edit function, or while an edit function
is active. The selected area is immediately active, prior edits are retained, and future edits will apply only within
the area. If another edit function is started, the selected area remains active, so it is possible to carry out a
series of edits on one area.<br>
<br>
"Layers" in Photoshop and Gimp are "areas" in Fotoxx. Instead of selecting something from the image, making a separate
layer from the selection, performing edit functions on the layer and finally merging the layers, you select something
in the image and perform edit functions on the selection, with WYSIWYG feedback during the edit. Areas can also be
saved to a file, loaded and pasted into other images, and edited there.<br>
<br>
<a name="select_area" id="select_area"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Select Area</span> (File View > Areas > Select Area)<br>
<img src="../images/select-area.jpg" alt="" width="419" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="290"><br>
The <u>Select Area</u> dialog is started with the menu Areas > Select. Select one of the 8 methods (explained
below). Each method selects image areas in a different way. You can change methods at any time, and the selected areas
are accumulated. An outline of the selected image area(s) is shown as you add or remove areas from the selection. The
[Finish] button is used to make the area ready for subsequent image edits within the area. The [Hide] button removes
the area outline, giving you better visibility of image edits and area edge blending. Use the [Show] button to show the
area outline. The select area dialog can be exited and re-started later to modify an existing area or start a new
one.<br clear="all">
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Line Color</span><br>
The color used for the mouse selection circle and the area outline can be changed at any time by clicking one of the
color buttons. This allows you to maintain good contrast during area selection, regardless of the image brightness or
color.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Methods</span><br>
The following methods are used to enclose one or more image spaces that will belong to the final area. These methods
may be used in any sequence to define spaces that are either joined or detached.</font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="880" height="290" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans"> Rectangle</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Drag the mouse to enclose a rectangular area.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans"> Ellipse</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Drag the mouse to enclose an elliptical area.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans"> Freehand Draw </font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Drag and click the mouse to draw lines that outline an
enclosed space.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans"> Follow Edge </font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Click or drag along the edge of an image feature to draw
lines that follow the edge.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Replace</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Drag the mouse near an area edge-line to move the edge to
the mouse.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans"> Select area<br>
within mouse </font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Left/right drag to select/unselect all pixels within the
mouse circle.<br>
Selection is independent of image colors.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans"> Select one matching<br>
color within mouse</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Click on the image to select a color. Left/right drag to
select/unselect pixels<br>
inside the mouse circle that match the selected color within "match level".</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans"> Select all matching<br>
colors within mouse</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Left/right drag to select/unselect pixels surrounding the
mouse circle that match<br>
the color of any pixels inside the mouse circle, within "match level".</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Controls for mouse<br>
selection methods<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> "mouse radius" sets the size of a selection circle around
the mouse pointer.<br>
"match level" sets the color match (0-100%) required for image pixel selection.</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
The following paragraphs explain the details of each method.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Rectangle</span><br>
Drag the mouse from one corner to the opposite corner of the desired rectangular area to select. A rectangle is drawn
to enclose the area. Right-click to delete and start over. Repeat the process to select more rectangular areas.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Ellipse</span><br>
This works the same as rectangle selection, except that the area enclosed is an ellipse.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Freehand Draw</span><br>
Drag the mouse (left button down) to draw a freehand (curvy) line, or left-click to connect a straight line from the
last point drawn to the point clicked. Continue around the target area until it is surrounded with connected curves and
lines. Right click to remove previous lines (mistakes). A right click will remove the previous clicked or dragged line,
up to 50 pixels. Right click repeatedly to remove more. A new clicked line will always connect to the end of the
previous line. A new dragged line will connect to the previous line if it is started close to the end of that line. If
it is started elsewhere, a disconnected line will be drawn. You can start a new drag from far away and draw back to
meet the previous line. If a clicked line connects to an undesired point (i.e. you don't want to connect to the last
line drawn), right click to erase it and then use drag to start a new sequence of lines. A right-button drag can be
used to erase small segments: right-drag closely along a line to erase it, then left-drag to re-draw the line. At the
end, an area must be fully enclosed, with no gaps. Lines that overlap a little at the ends are OK. Gaps can be
difficult to find and correct, so work at 100% image size or greater and be careful. A series of lines automatically
connected with left clicks will not leave gaps, but deviation from this sequence is likely to create gaps. To reduce
the possibility of gaps, use deliberate overlaps when manually connecting lines. There is a gap detection utility
described below - <u>Find Area Gap</u>.<br style="color: black;">
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Follow Edge</span><br>
High-contrast pixels (likely image feature edges) between the last point drawn and a newly clicked position are found
and connected. This is effective for clear edges that are not too irregular. Fuzzy and ragged edges may not work well
and freehand draw will be needed if high precision is necessary. The rules for connecting lines are the same as
explained above. Dragging the mouse instead of clicking works like freehand draw. There is a tool for very irregular
edges described below - <u>Select Hairy</u>.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Replace</span><br>
Drag the mouse near and along an existing area edge-line. The line will be erased and redrawn at the mouse pointer.
This is a faster way to make a small adjustment in an existing line.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Select area within mouse</span><br>
Left click or drag will select the pixels enclosed by the mouse circle. A right click will unselect the last selection
(repeat to unselect more). A right drag will unselect the enclosed pixels.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Select one matching color within mouse</span><br>
Click on the image to select a color. The color is shown on the color button. You can also use the button to set a
color directly. Left/right drag to select/unselect pixels within the mouse circle that match the selected color within
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">match level</span>. Adjust the match level down/up to match a greater/lesser
range of colors.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Select all matching colors within mouse</span><br>
Left/right drag to select/unselect pixels inside the mouse circle. Pixels beyond the mouse circle are also included if
they meet these conditions: 1) their color matches any color inside the mouse circle, within the current <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">match level</span>. 2) they are within <span style="text-decoration: underline;">search
range</span> of the mouse pointer. This is a factor of mouse radius, e.g. if mouse radius is 20 and search range is 3,
then the search range is 60 pixels from the mouse pointer. Drag the mouse over new areas you want to include. Watch the
selected area expand into areas with colors matching those inside the mouse circle. If you go too far, right click to
remove the last selection. Repeat if needed to remove more previous selections. Reduce the radius or increase the match
level to gain finer control - the selection will expand more slowly and stay closer to the mouse circle. A small radius
and high match level can be used to follow along an edge and select pixels up to the edge with good precision. Change
to a larger radius and/or lower match level to select larger areas after the fine work is complete. Right drag acts as
an unselect: pixels inside the mouse circle and matching pixels within the search range are unselected. If a selection
goes too far, it is often easy to correct this by unselecting from outside the selected area. You may need some
practice to get a feeling for this and be able to work efficiently.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Mouse Radius and Match Level</span><br>
These two controls apply only to the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">select within mouse</span> methods
described above. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Mouse radius</span> defines the size of a circle around the
mouse pointer. Pixels within the circle are selected, or they provide a set of colors for matching and selecting pixels
outside the circle. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Match level</span> defines a degree of match (0-100%) to
select pixels based on their color and brightness. 0 means anything matches, and 100 means a perfect match is
required.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Summary</span></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="873" height="74" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans"> left drag</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">select pixels inside mouse circle and those with matching colors
within search range</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans"> right click</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">undo previous selection, repeat to unselect
more</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans"> right drag</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">unselect pixels inside mouse circle and those with matching
colors within search range</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Blend Width</span><br>
Edits made within an area can be blended with the surrounding image over a distance called <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">blend width</span>. At the edge of the selected area, the image is the original
(unedited) image. At a distance of <span style="text-decoration: underline;">blend width</span> from any edge inside
the area, the image is the edited image. For distances in-between, the pixels are a mix of original and edited pixels
with a gradual transition. Use the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Blend Width</span> control to set the
blend width for the current or subsequent edit functions. Zero blend width gives a hard edge to the area edit.
Increasing blend width makes the edges of the edit more gradual and harder to distinguish from the original image.
Changing the value for the first time after editing an area will cause the edge distance to be calculated for each
pixel in the area. This is normally fast (a few seconds), but it may take minutes if the area is large and has a
complex geometry (a very long edge). Whenever an area is re-edited or inverted, the edge calculation is discarded and
must be repeated if blending is wanted. If the edge of a selected area is within 4 pixels of the image edge, it is no
longer considered an edge for blending. If a selected area includes a portion of the image edge, and you do not want
blending along this edge (the normal case), be sure the edge of the area is within 4 pixels of the image edge.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Edge Creep</span><br>
An area that has been finished can be expanded or contracted in 1-pixel steps. The area remains finished, but
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">blend width</span> is no longer valid and must be repeated if needed. This
can be helpful to reduce edge effects when an area selected by matching colors is edited in a way that changes its
brightness. Selection by color may leave a narrow band of underselected or overselected pixels along an edge where
color has become mixed with background. Expanding or contracting the area a pixel or two can produce a cleaner looking
edge.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Show/Hide</span><br>
Use [Hide] to hide the area outlines. This is useful when editing the image/area, to better see the effects of the edit
without interference from the area outlines. Use [Show] to show the outlines and resume editing the area.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Finish</span><br>
<img src="../images/select-area-finish.jpg" alt="" width="259" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="124"><br>
An area is not effective for edits until it is successfully finished. The finish process finds all the areas enclosed
by your drawn outlines. When you are finished outlining areas, use the [Finish] button to complete the process. A popup
dialog will ask you to click the mouse inside each enclosed area in sequence. The enclosed areas are temporarily
colored so you can verify that the final result is what you intended. Press [keep] when all selected areas have been
clicked and correctly colored. Press [Undo] if a colored area does not match your intention - the original area outline
is restored. If the outline of an enclosed area has a gap, the pixel selection and coloring process will "leak out" and
areas outside the enclosure will be colored. In this case, press [Undo] to go back to the original outline. Find the
gap in the outline and close it, then try [Finish] again. See the function <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Find Area Gap</span> below for a fast method to find gaps.<br>
<br>
Any enclosed area can be selected, even those not explicitly outlined - if you have a donut with a hole, you can select
the donut, the hole, or both.<br>
<br>
Areas selected using one of the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">select within mouse</span> methods are
automatically finished whenever you click inside any enclosed area. These areas are mapped during the selection
process, whereas areas selected with one of the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">line drawing</span> methods
are mapped only when you click inside them.<br>
<br>
If you draw a line from one image side to another, you can click on either side of the line to make an area of all
pixels on that side of the line. Example: draw a horizontal line on the boundary between sky and land. Click above the
line to select sky, below the line to select land.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Disable/Enable</span><br>
Disable the current area and keep the data so that it can be re-activated later. This allows you to alternate edits
within a selected area and edits for the entire image.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Invert</span><br>
This function inverts an existing area: the entire image is selected except for the existing area. Using the function
two times returns the original selected area. Inverting a selected area invalidates the edge calculation which will be
repeated if edge blending is selected.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Unselect</span><br>
Discard the current area permanently.<br>
<br>
<a name="find_area_gap" id="find_area_gap"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Find Area Gap</span> (File View > Areas > Find Area Gap)<br>
If an area outline was created by freehand drawing using multiple strokes, it is easy to leave small gaps in the
outline that are not visible below 400% zoom. An attempt to finish such an area will fail because the mapping of the
interior pixels will leak out through the gap and cover large areas not intended as part of the area. If the
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Finish</span> function fails, use this function to find the gap. Click
somewhere on the outline of the failed area. The outline will be slowly re-drawn in one direction from the clicked
position, until an "end pixel" is found. This is where the gap is. The outline is then drawn in the opposite direction
until the gap is encountered. You can see the gap location clearly. Zoom-in on the gap and close it using freehand
draw, then test again to see if the full outline can be drawn without stopping. This function can be used in parallel
with the Select Area function (both dialogs active).<br>
<br>
<a name="select_hairy" id="select_hairy"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Select Hairy</span> (File View > Areas > Select Hairy)<br>
<img src="../images/select-hairy.jpg" alt="" width="559" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="213" align="left"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<font size="-1"> <br>
<br></font> colors to select<br>
<font size="-1"> <br>
<br></font> colors to deselect<br clear="all">
This is an area selection function for complex boundary cases like hair or plants, where selection by color may not
work well, and manual selection would be very tedious. The objective is to deselect background pixels, making them
transparent, while keeping foreground pixels opaque. The resulting "cutout" can be copied and pasted where needed,
without the background.<br>
<br>
This function is not very intuitive, and you will likely need practice to become fast and effective.<br>
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans">Follow these steps:<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Choose a window background color (<a href="#user_settings">User Settings</a>) that contrasts
with the complex area to be selected. In the example above, a white background was chosen to contrast with the dark
hair. The background color can be changed during the selection process when different colors are being
selected.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Use <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a> to select the entire area to be copied, including
the complex boundary areas.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Start this function, Select Hairy.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Set a suitable mouse radius for painting over the boundary areas.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Left-click on an area representative of the colors to be selected, but away from the
irregular edge. About 100 pixels will be sampled from the clicked position. The selected colors are shown in the
corresponding dialog color box.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Right-click on a background area to choose colors to be deselected. These are shown in the
other color box.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">The colors to select or deselect can be changed at any time by left or right clicks on the
image.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Choose a mode: select, deselect, or parallel (both options checked). Most of the time you
will likely use both.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Left drag over the boundary to select/deselect pixels. Deselected pixels become transparent
and the background color will show through. Selected pixels will remain opaque, or become opaque if they were
previously deselected.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Right drag to restore the original pixels, to correct errors.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">The select and deselect sliders determine the selection and deselection sensitivity. Move
right for a more narrow match to the colors shown in the box, move left to select similar colors more widely. If the
foreground and background colors are close, you will need to use narrow color matching to separate them.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">When done, save the completed area with the <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Copy</span> button (for subsequent Paste Area) or the <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Save</span> button (for subsequent Open Area File).<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">To paste the area into another position or image, use the menu <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Paste Area</span> or <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Open Area
File</span></font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">When the area is pasted into the target image, the paste dialog can be used to further blend the
edges if needed. The pasted area remains active and can be edited with almost any edit function.<br>
<br>
<a name="area_show_hide" id="area_show_hide"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Area Show/Hide</span> (File View > Areas > Show Area, Hide Area)<br>
Show or hide the outline of the current area. Hiding the area is useful when the area is being modified with one of the
edit functions. This makes it easier to judge the effects of the edit. These are also available as buttons in the
Select Area dialog.<br>
<br>
<a name="area_enable_disable" id="area_enable_disable"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Area Enable/Disable</span> (File View > Areas > Enable Area, Disable Area)<br>
Disable the current area and keep the data so that it can be re-activated later (Enable menu). This allows you to
alternate edits within a selected area and edits for the entire image. These are also available as buttons in the
Select Area dialog.<br>
<br>
<a name="area_invert" id="area_invert"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Area Invert</span> (File View > Areas > Invert Area)<br>
Invert an existing area: the entire image is selected except for the existing area. Using the function two times
returns the original selected area. Inverting a selected area invalidates the edge calculation which must be repeated
if edge blending is desired. This is also available as a button in the Select Area dialog.<br>
<br>
<a name="area_unselect" id="area_unselect"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Area Unselect</span> (File View > Areas > Unselect Area)<br>
Permanently discard the current area. This is also available as a button in the Select Area dialog.<br>
<br>
<a name="area_copy_paste" id="area_copy_paste"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Area Copy and Paste</span> (File View > Areas > Copy Area, Paste Area)<br>
A selected area can be saved to a cache file using the menu Select > Copy Area. This area can be pasted into the
same or another image using Select > Paste Area. Click and drag to position the pasted area. The dialog controls can
be used to resize, rotate, and change the brightness of the pasted area. The edge blend control allows you to blend the
area edges into the background image if wanted.<br>
<br>
<a name="area_open_save" id="area_open_save"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Area Open and Save</span> (File View > Areas > Open Area File, Save Area
File) <br>
A selected area can be saved to an image file using the menu Save Area File. You are asked to supply a file name. A PNG
file is created. The PNG file has an alpha channel (a 4th 'color') for transparency information. The image is a
rectangle enclosing the selected area. Selected pixels are opaque, and others are transparent. These files reside
in /home/<user>/.fotoxx/saved_areas by default, but you can save them anywhere.<br>
<br>
Use the menu Open Area File to paste a saved area onto the current image file. The background image will show through
the transparent parts of the pasted area. Click and drag to position the area. The dialog controls can be used to
resize, rotate, and change the brightness of the pasted area. The edge blend control allows you to blend the area edges
into the background image if wanted.<br>
<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="undo_redo" id="undo_redo"></a> <span style="font-weight: bold;"><br></span></font> <img src=
"../images/undo_redo.png" alt="" width="48" height="48"><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Undo/Redo Button</span> (File View > Undo/Redo)<br>
<u>If an edit function is active</u> and the image has been changed:<br>
• left mouse click will undo the current edit<br>
• right mouse click will redo the edit<br>
This allows you to rapidly compare the "before" and "after" images for the current edit function.<br>
<br>
<u>If no edit function is active</u>, but one or more edits were made to the current image:<br>
• left mouse click will undo one edit step per click<br>
• right mouse click will redo one edit step per click<br>
• if combined with the <span style="font-weight: bold;">A-key</span>, undo/redo ALL edits (compare
original and final images)<br>
• middle mouse click pops-up a list of all edit steps - select any step to return to<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><br></font> <br>
<a name="edit_menu" id="edit_menu"></a> <br>
<img style="width: 36px; height: 36px;" alt="" src="../images/edit.png" vspace="5"><br>
<big><font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Edit Menu</span></font> <small>(File View >
Edit)</small></big><br>
<br>
<a name="trim_rotate" id="trim_rotate"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Trim (Crop) and Rotate Image</span> (File View > Edit > Trim/Rotate)<br>
<img src="../images/trim-rotate.jpg" alt="" width="379" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="282" align="left"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<img src="../images/trim-rotate2.jpg" alt="" width="454" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="129"><br clear="all">
This function is used to remove unwanted image margins and/or rotate to upright or level the image.<br>
<br>
When the dialog opens, a <span style="text-decoration: underline;">selection rectangle</span> is placed over the image.
The areas outside this rectangle are darkened and represent the parts of the image that will be removed. Drag any side
or corner of the rectangle to move that side or corner. The dialog box shows the current width/height ratio of the
selection rectangle. If the box lock ratio is checked, then moving a side or corner will also cause another side or
corner to move, so that the ratio is maintained. You can also drag from the middle of the rectangle to shift the whole
rectangle without changing its dimensions. You can use the width and height spin buttons to adjust the pixel dimensions
(or type-in new values), and the selection rectangle will adjust to these.<br>
<br>
You can use the keyboard arrow keys to move a side or corner of the selection rectangle in 1-pixel steps. The last side
or corner moved with the mouse is the one that is moved with the keyboard.<br>
<br>
The [Max] button resets the trim rectangle to the full image size (useful if you want only to rotate the image). The
[Invert] button will invert the width/height ratio (e.g. 2.0 to 0.5). The [Prev] button retrieves the width and height
values last used for a previous image (useful for setting multiple images to the same size, e.g. to fit a monitor or
beamer).<br>
<br>
The [Auto] button will automatically set the trim rectangle to omit transparent margins left over from composite and
warp functions. These functions leave transparent margins where images did not overlay or were bent away from the edge.
[Auto] tries to find a maximum rectangle within these margin areas. This may or may not be the desired margins, so you
can keep them or move them with the mouse before committing with the [Done] button.<br>
<br>
The six <span style="text-decoration: underline;">ratio buttons</span> allow you to choose a preset width/height ratio.
You can change the ratio button names and the corresponding ratios with the button [customize] which starts a new
dialog shown on the right. Enter desired button labels in the first row, and corresponding width/height ratios in the
second row (the default names are the same as the ratios, except for "gold"). The [gold] button uses the golden ratio,
about 1.62:1. You do not have to keep it.<br>
<br>
To level a slanted image, use the mouse to drag the right edge up or down until the image looks level. Use the 90º and
180º buttons to upright an image made with the camera turned. The degrees control can be used to set any angle, -180 to
+180 degrees. No resolution is lost with 90 degree rotation. For other angles, the loss of resolution is about 1/2
pixel. The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">level</span> button can automatically level the image if the
camera used provides EXIF 'roll angle'.<br>
<br>
A <span style="text-decoration: underline;">left-click</span> on the image will add vertical and horizontal guide lines
to help with image leveling. Use <span style="text-decoration: underline;">right-click</span> to remove them.<br>
<br>
<a name="upright" id="upright"></a> <br clear="all">
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Upright</span> (File View > Edit > Upright)<br>
<img src="../images/upright.jpg" alt="" width="294" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="103"><br>
This dialog is a faster way to upright an image that is turned 90 or 180 degrees.<br>
The Upright button will take the correct action automatically if the image EXIF data is correct (normally yes).<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="resize_image" id="resize_image"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Resize Image</span> (File View > Edit > Resize) (also called
rescale) <br>
<img src="../images/resize.jpg" alt="" width="352" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="213"><br clear="all">
This function resizes the image to a new pixel width and height. You can input the new dimensions directly or choose a
percent change. Buttons are present for setting the new size to a simple ratio of the original size. Using one of these
will minimize loss of resolution. The [Prev] button recalls the previous size, a convenience if multiple images are
being set to the same size. If the lock ratio box is checked, the current width/height ratio will be preserved if
either width or height is changed. The change is made immediately, but the image will look the same unless it becomes
smaller than the window. The image file size in the top panel is not updated until the modified image is saved.<br>
<br></font> <a name="voodoo" id="voodoo"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Voodoo 1</span> (File View > Edit > Voodoo 1)<br>
This is a fast automatic image enhancement with limited capability. This is sometimes effective and "good enough" for
rapidly processing many photos. There is no dialog - the modification is simply done when the menu is selected. Reject
the change with the [undo] button if desired. The modification consists of a slight flattening of the brightness
distribution, an expansion of the brightness range if less than the full range is used, and a slight increase in the
color saturation, more for darker areas of the image than brighter areas. The effect is sometimes minimal or even
negative.<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"> <br>
Voodoo 2</span> (File View > Edit > Voodoo 2)<br>
This is an alternative automatic enhancement, using the <a href="#flatten">flatten</a> method described below.<br>
<br>
<a name="retouch_combo" id="retouch_combo"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Retouch Combo</span> (File View > Edit > Retouch Combo)<br>
This function handles all aspects of adjusting image brightness and color: overall brightness and contrast, brightness
curves (overall and per color), color saturation, color temperature, white balance and black level.<br>
<img src="../images/retouch-combo.jpg" alt="" width="315" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="457" align="left"><br>
<br>
<br>
brightness curves, overall and by RGB color<br>
horizontal line is the neutral value (no change)<br>
<br>
This example shows an decrease in brightness for<br>
darker image areas, and an increase for brighter areas<br>
(i.e. more contrast)<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
Use the sliders for brightness and contrast to optimize<br>
the image. This may be adequate for most photos.<br>
<br>
To fine tune brightness and contrast, edit the curves<br>
using the mouse.<br clear="all">
<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="915" height="254" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">amplifier<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">increases or decreases the effect of the brightness edit
curves<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">brightness<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">moves the entire curve up or down<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">contrast<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">moves the curve lower and upper parts in opposite
directions<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">low color/high<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">increases or decreases color saturation<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">warmer/cooler<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">adjusts color temperature (reddish <-->
blueish)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">dark areas/bright<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">apply color changes to darker/all/brighter image
areas<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">brightness distribution<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">show a brightness distribution graph in the curve edit
window<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">click to set white balance<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">click on a gray or white point to adjust the white balance for
the whole image<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">click to set black point<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">click on a dark point to set this color as black - this is subtracted from all
image colors<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Settings File<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">dialog settings can be saved in a file and loaded later for use
with other images<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
After making initial adjustments using the sliders, you can fine tune brightness and contrast by editing the curves
with the mouse to change which parts of the image have increased or decreased brightness or contrast. The ALL curve
adjusts all colors, and the RGB curves adjust individual colors. Use ALL first, then make revisions using RGB.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Dark - Bright</span> image areas<br>
This modifies the operation of the color adjustments to affect primarily darker or brighter image areas. Leave in the
middle to adjust all areas equally.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Brightness Distribution</span><br>
If checked, a brightness distribution graph is drawn inside the curve edit window. The graph is live and changes as the
dialog controls are changed. The edit curve overlays the graph and may still be edited.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Click for white balance or black level</span><br>
If checked, mouse clicks on the image are used to set a black point and/or white balance (otherwise clicks on the image
will zoom the image as usual). When a spot is clicked for while balance, the RGB colors will be shifted to make this
spot pure gray or white. This is the easiest way to correct a photo with an overall color tint because of bad lighting.
You can use the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">warmer-cooler</span> slider after clicking, and this
correction will be added to the prior result. When a dark spot is clicked for black level, the RGB values are used as a
black set point, and image RGB colors will be shifted down to make this spot black. This is one way to reduce fogginess
in a photo, or make the background night sky look black instead of gray.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Settings File</span><br>
Load button - load all dialog settings (including the curves) from a file chosen by the user<br>
Save button - save all dialog settings to a file chosen by the user<br>
This can help speed up processing when the same or similar settings can be used for multiple photos made under the same
conditions.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Buttons</span><br>
Reset - set all controls back to a neutral position - image is also reset<br>
Prev - set all controls to the values used for the previous image<br>
Done - finish the edit, close the dialog, save the control settings<br>
Cancel - cancel the edit, reset the image, close the dialog<br>
<br>
You can use the [Prev] button when processing a series of images made under the same lighting and therefore needing the
same or nearly the same adjustments.<br>
<br>
<a name="edit_brightness" id="edit_brightness"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Edit Brightness Distribution</span> (File View > Edit > Edit Brightness)<br>
<img src="../images/adjust-britedist.jpg" alt="" width="270" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="239" align="left"><br>
<img src="../images/adjust-britedist2.jpg" alt="" width="284" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="213"><br>
<br>
With this function you can directly alter the shape of the brightness distribution. Move the sliders and watch the
image to find the optimum settings.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Cutoff</span>: If the distribution is low or zero at the dark or bright end,
you can stretch the distribution to make it extend more into the dark or bright end, or both.<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br>
Flatten</span>: This is a fast and easy way to compensate for a common limitation in photos: the brightness range is
inadequate, or areas of the image have nearly the same brightness and details are lost. Pixel brightness is
redistributed so that each brightness level is more equally represented. Technically, the brightness distribution is
made more uniform (flatter). You can flatten any or all three ranges of brightness.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Stretch</span>: The selected low/mid/high brightness region is broadened,
which necessarily squeezes adjacent areas. For example, if you broaden the low brightness region, darker areas of the
image will have more contrast at the expense of mid- and high brightness areas.<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="gradients" id="gradients"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Gradients</span> (File View > Edit > Gradients)<br>
<img src="../images/gradients.jpg" alt="" width="270" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="301" align="left"><br>
<img src="../images/gradients2.jpg" alt="" width="489" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="281"><br clear="all">
Gradients increases the apparent brightness range of an image by increasing local contrast. It is especially useful to
improve HDR images, but can also be applied to any image. Gradients increases the contrast between nearby pixels
without increasing the overall contrast. It relies on the nature of human vision: contrast within a small angle is
perceived more strongly than contrast over a large angle. Gradients can bring out subtle details (low contrast) that
would otherwise be hard to notice. Other methods can also be used: <a href="#retouch_combo">Retouch Combo</a> can
increase the contrast for a selected brightness range (at the expense of others). <a href="#flatten">Flattening</a> the
brightness distribution can spread the available contrast (brightness range) more evenly. These methods operate
globally: all pixels of a given brightness are processed the same. Gradients processes pixels relative to surrounding
pixels, and is more effective at enhancing detail and the perceived brightness range. <br>
<br clear="all">
In the dialog, the graphic curve determines how much local contrast is increased depending on initial local contrast.
The left end of the x-axis corresponds to low-contrast pixels and the right end high-contrast pixels. Raise the left
side of the curve to increase the contrast of low-contrast pixels (but this will also enhance low-level noise). The
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Amplify</span> slider below the curve regulates the internal algorithmic
calculation, from no contrast amplification on the left to full amplification on the right. If moved too far to the
right, the image may show ugly artifacts, so push it back until these disappear. The curve can be dragged with the
mouse and its effect on the image will show up in a second or so (depending on image size and CPU speed). The Amplify
slider also needs time to show up in the image. If more contrast is wanted, raise the curve. If uniform areas (e.g.
sky) become mottled, pull the left end of the curve down to reduce amplification for low-contrast pixels. In some cases
it will be best to select different areas of the image and process them separately, e.g. more conservative for sky,
more aggressive for textured surfaces like stone walls and vegetation.<br>
<br></font> <a name="flatten" id="flatten"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Flatten</span> (File View > Edit > Flatten)<br>
<img style="width: 372px; height: 442px;" alt="" src="../images/flatten2.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5" align="left"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<img src="../images/flatten1.jpg" alt="" width="270" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="170"><br>
<br>
Flatten enhances visible detail in areas having poor contrast. The revised brightness for a pixel is based on the
brightness distribution for nearby zones. A larger zones count calculates new pixel values from closer areas. Flatten
controls the strength of the effect, and deband moderates darker or brighter image areas. This function can amplify
noise in uniform areas like sky. If the deband control is insufficient, use <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a> and
<a href="#denoise">Denoise</a>. Alternatively, use Select Area beforehand to select sky (or other areas to omit) and
then invert the selection prior to using Flatten.<br>
<br clear="all">
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Technical Explanation</span> (optional)<br>
The image is divided into area zones according to the input zone count. Each pixel is adjusted based on the 9 closest
zones, the 3x3 zones surrounding the zone of the pixel. More zones means smaller and closer zones. The brightness of a
pixel is compared to the brightness distributions of the nearby zones, and the brightness is adjusted up or down in the
direction that would flatten the distribution of these zones. The influence of the 9 zones are weighted based on their
distance from the pixel being calculated. The influence of the leftmost zones goes to zero for a pixel on the right
edge of its zone. The same is true for the topmost zones, etc. This prevents abrupt transitions that could be visible.
The nature of human vision hides the radical alterations in pixel brightness, since the eye also judges the brightness
of a spot based on its surroundings. A larger number of zones will make each pixel brightness adjustment depend on
areas closer to the pixel.<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="retinex"></a><br>
<b>Retinex</b></font></font> <font face="FreeSans">(File View > Edit > Retinex)<br>
<img src="../images/retinex1.jpg" alt="" width="328" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="309" align="left"></font><font face=
"FreeSans"><img src="../images/retinex2.jpg" alt="" width="482" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="311"><br></font>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">There are two functions here, Global Retinex (top
panel) and Zonal Retinex (middle panel).<br>
<br>
Global Retinex can improve color and contrast for images with extreme fog/haze or color cast (e.g. a 100 year-old
photo). Try the [Auto] button first. The image is searched to find the brightest and darkest RGB colors present. The
darkest RGB values are assumed to represent black, and the brightest are assumed to represent white. The black values
are subtracted from all pixels and the resulting RGB values are scaled up so that the white values are at maximum. Of
course this may not be initially optimum. The spin buttons are set to the dark and white RGB limits found, and you can
changes these to optimize the resulting image. You can choose your own black and white points by selecting the
corresponding option in the dialog and clicking on the image. The multiplier spin buttons are set to 1.0 by default,
and you can change these values to adjust the relative brightness of each RGB color. In the above example, the 1st
image is the original, the 2nd image was made using the [Auto] button, and the 3rd image was made by selecting a bright
spot on the turtle's shell as the white point and the shadow under the front left foot as the dark point. The rightmost
column of spin buttons will adjust all buttons in the same row together - use the mouse wheel or the KB up/down arrow
keys.</font></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">The
algorithm was derived from concepts first published by Edwin Land in the 1970s.</font><br>
<br>
Zonal Retinex</font></font> can increase visible details in dark image areas and other areas having low contrast. The
brightness range of a zone around each pixel is used to rescale the pixel brightness as though the entire zone were
rescaled to cover the entire 0-255 brightness range. Zonal Retinex can be used to modify the result of Global Retinex,
or it can be used without Global Retinex. Zonal Retinex can be quite slow, especially for zone size > 100. <br>
<br>
The <u>blend</u> slider is used to mix the input image and the retinex image in any ratio. The above cathedral image is
about 70% original and 30% retinex. The <u>reduce bright</u> slider is used to attenuate the effect for brighter
image areas, especially sky, where Retinex can produce strange looking results.</font><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><br></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> <br></font></font> <font face=
"FreeSans"><a name="mirror_image" id="mirror_image"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Mirror Image</span> (File View > Edit > Mirror) <br>
Choose either horizontal or vertical mirror from the dialog. The image is reversed (mirrored) vertically or
horizontally. Repeating the mirror restores the original image. Doing both a horizontal and vertical mirror is the same
as a 180 degree rotation.<br>
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><a name="paint_image"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Paint Image</span> (File View > Edit > Paint Image)<br>
<img src="../images/paint-image.jpg" alt="" width="814" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="315"><br>
<br>
This function paints over the image with selected colors, using the mouse.<br>
<br>
The <u>Paint Color</u> button shows the current color. Click this button to choose a color using the standard Gnome
color chooser dialog. You can also shift + left-click on the image to choose a color from the image.<br>
<br>
The <u>palette</u> button opens the dialog shown in the middle. Here you can select an image file where you have saved
colors for recall. Click on the image to select the color at that position. The image shown above is the default. You
can use any image as a color source.<br>
<br>
The <u>HSL</u> button opens an HSL color chooser shown on the right. This dialog can represent any possible color. Move
the sliders to get the color you want, and press <u>Select</u>.<br>
<br>
The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">brush size</span> control sets a circle around the mouse pointer which
shows the area being painted or erased. Left drag on the image to paint with the current color. Right drag over a
previously painted area to erase (undo the painting). The <u>opacity</u> controls determine how rapidly the color is
applied (or erased) at the center and edges of the mouse circle. 100% opacity applies the full color immediately, and a
low value allows you to gradually change the color using multiple drags (analogous to spray painting from a distance).
Erase also works this way: use 100% opacity to immediately erase, and a low value to erase gradually.<br>
<br>
NOTE: zoom the image to 100% or more when using a small brush. If the mouse steps are larger than the image pixels and
a small brush is being used, some pixels may be skipped by the mouse and cannot be painted.<br>
<br>
If <span style="text-decoration: underline;">paint over transparent areas</span> is selected, painting over transparent
areas will reduce or eliminate the transparency, depending on the opacity controls. If this option is not selected,
only opaque areas of the image are painted.<br>
<br>
The [undo-last] button reverses the last paint or erase operation, and this can be repeated to remove many recent
edits. Each new mouse drag operation is a unit of work that can be separately reversed. The memory for undo is limited,
so only the most recent paint and erase steps are kept. [undo all] will put the image back in its initial
condition.<br>
<br>
You can use the <u>zoom image</u> buttons to zoom the image larger or smaller as needed. If <u>drag image</u> is
selected, you can pan or scroll a zoomed image by dragging it with the mouse. This stops the drag from painting or
erasing.<br>
<br>
If a <a href="#select_area">select area</a> is active, the painting is confined within the area.<br>
<br>
<u>Wacom Tablet Operation</u><br>
You can use a Wacom tablet instead of a mouse. Dragging the stylus in contact with the tablet surface will paint as
described above. If one of the stylus buttons is held down while dragging, the operation will be erase instead of
paint. You can also set paint or erase mode using the radio buttons in the dialog. Holding down a stylus button is
cumbersome, which is why the radio buttons are there. Adding pressure to the stylus will increase the opacity, so you
can make lighter and darker strokes without adjusting the opacity controls.<br>
<br>
<a name="clone_image"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Clone</span> <b>Image</b> (File View > Edit > Clone Image)<br>
<img src="../images/clone-image.jpg" alt="" width="266" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="246"><br>
This function paints image areas by copying from elsewhere in the image. This method can be used to erase an unwanted
object, replacing it with background taken from elsewhere.<br>
<br>
Shift + left click on the image to select a source, then drag over the image area to be painted. The source area is
painted over the dragged area, immediately or gradually, depending on the opacity settings.<br>
<br>
The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">brush size</span> control sets a circle around the mouse pointer which
shows the area being painted or erased. Left drag on the image to paint, or right drag over a previously painted area
to erase (undo the painting). The <u>opacity</u> controls determine how quickly the image is modified (or erased) at
the center and edges of the circle. 100% opacity paints fully and immediately, whereas a low value allows you to
gradually paint using multiple drags. Erase also works this way: use 100% to immediately erase, and a low value to
erase gradually.<br>
<br>
The [undo-last] button reverses the last paint or erase operation, and this can be repeated to remove many recent
edits. Each new mouse drag operation is a unit of work that can be separately reversed. The memory for undo is limited,
so only the most recent paint and erase steps are kept. [undo all] will put the image back in its initial
condition.<br>
<br>
If <span style="text-decoration: underline;">paint over transparent areas</span> is selected, painting over transparent
areas will reduce or eliminate the transparency, depending on the mouse opacity controls and the <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">gradual paint</span> setting. If this option is not selected, only the opaque part of the
image is painted.<br>
<br>
If a <a href="#select_area">select area</a> is active, the painting is confined within the area.<br>
<br>
<a name="blend_image"></a><br>
<b>Blend Image</b> (File View > Rdit > Blend Image)<br>
<img src="../images/blend-image.jpg" alt="" width="266" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="246"><br>
Blend image pixels together (smoothen, blur) by painting with the mouse. The paintbrush radius control sets a circle
around the mouse pointer which shows the image area being blended. Left drag to blend, right drag to restore. The
strength controls determine how fast the image is blended or restored, at the center and edges of the circle.<br>
<br>
If a <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a> is active, only the selected areas are affected.<br clear="all">
</font> <br>
<a name="add_text" id="add_text"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Add Text to Image</span> (File View > Edit > Add Text)<br>
<img src="../images/add-text.jpg" alt="" width="372" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="342" align="left"><br>
<font size="-1"> <br>
<br></font><br>
<img src="../images/add-text2.jpg" alt="" width="267" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="280"><br>
This function writes text directly on the image. Enter the text into the dialog. Multiple lines can be used. After
entering the text, left-click the mouse where you want the text on the image. Click or drag to move the text elsewhere.
Right click to remove the text. Use the [Font] button to select a different font. Use the [Size] control to increase or
decrease the text size. Use the [Angle] control to change the slant angle of the text. The other controls allow you to
provide a background color around the text, a text outline color, and a shadow effect. You can select the color and
transparency for all of these. The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">width</span> control adjusts the width of
outlines and shadows. The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">shadow angle</span> control sets the slant angle of
the shadow.<br>
<br>
You can initialize the text from any available metadata in the image file. Enter the <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">metadata key</span> (e.g. "user comments") and press [Fetch]. You can abbreviate key
names, e.g. "usercomments" instead of "User Comments".<br>
<br>
The [Open] and [Save] buttons start a file chooser dialog with which you can load or save all text data from or to a
file. All the items in the dialog are loaded or saved, so you can keep a collection of often-used text strings and
settings.<br>
<br>
The buttons at the bottom work as follows:<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="859" height="170" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Clear<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Clear the text and metadata fields to blank.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Replace<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Image with added text replaces (overwrites) the current image
file<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">+Version<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Image with added text is saved as a new file
version<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Next<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Open the next sequential image file and place the same text at
the same position.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Apply<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Complete the edit and start over. A new text string can now be
added to the image.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Done<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Complete the edit and exit the dialog. The edited image file
must be explicitly saved.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Cancel<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Abandon the edit. Previous use of [Apply] is not
reversed.<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
To add the same text to a series of images: prepare and position the text, press [Replace] or [+Version], then [Next],
then [Replace] or [+Version], then [Next] ...<br>
<br>
Making a Watermark: Use a text transparency of 70% or more and a background transparency of 100%. The text should be
faint but readable. To add a "relief" effect, use <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a> to put a box around the text
and <a href="#embossing">Embossing</a> to give the text an appearance of depth. <br>
<br>
<a name="add_lines" id="add_lines"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Add Lines/Arrows to Image</span> (File View > Edit > Add Lines)<br>
<img src="../images/add-lines.jpg" alt="" width="254" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="320"><br>
This function writes lines or arrows directly on the image. Enter a line length and width into the dialog, and select
an arrow head if wanted. Left-click the mouse where you want to place it on the image. Drag the ends of the line/arrow
to position it on the image. Right click to remove it. The dialog controls allow you to provide a background color, an
outline color, and a shadow effect. You can select the color and transparency for all of these. The <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">width</span> control adjusts the width of outlines and shadows. The <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">shadow angle</span> control sets the slant angle of the shadow. The [apply] button makes
the current line/arrow permanent, so you can start a new one without leaving the dialog. <br>
<br>
The [Open] and [Save] buttons start a file chooser dialog with which you can load or save all line attributes from or
to a file.<br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="paint_edits" id="paint_edits"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Paint Edits</span> (File View > Edit > Paint Edits) <br>
<img src="../images/paint-edits.jpg" alt="" width="230" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="207"><br clear="all">
Use this function in combination with some other edit function. Start an edit function and leave the controls in a
neutral position. Then start Paint Edits. Specify a <span style="text-decoration: underline;">mouse radius</span> and
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">power</span> factors for the mouse center and radius edge. The mouse pointer
will be surrounded by a circle with the specified radius. When the mouse is dragged over an area of the image, the
current retouch function is applied within the circle. The strength of the function is regulated by the power factors.
Typically you will use a high value at the center and zero at the edge, meaning that the strength of the edit will be
maximum at the center, changing gradually to zero at the edge of the circle. As you drag the mouse over the same area
repeatedly, the edits are slowly accumulated. For example, if the edit function is Retouch Combo, and the brightness
curve is moved upward (brighten), then the image will slowly brighten in the area where the mouse is dragged. This is
called 'dodge and burn' in some image editors.<br>
<br>
Use the [undo] and [redo] buttons to monitor the change, which may be hard to notice at first. Set the center power to
100 to make faster changes (with less fine control). Use a left-button drag to weaken the edit or ultimately erase it.
When done using one edit function in one or more image areas, use the [done] button on the edit dialog to complete the
edit. Use the [reset area] button on the Paint Edits dialog to erase the active area that is now left over from the
mouse dragging. If you leave this area active and start a new edit function, the results may be strange (the new
function applies immediately to previously painted areas).<br>
<br>
A suggested approach is: (1) start an edit function and make the initial settings, (2) start the Paint Edits dialog,
(3) drag the mouse over the desired areas and watch the effect, (4) adjust the edit settings, (5) alternate between the
previous two steps. (6) Exit from the edit function, then from Paint Edits.<br>
<br>
This method to "paint" edits incrementally can improve selected areas of an image quickly and easily. It works with the
following edit functions: Retouch Combo, Flatten, Gradients, Sharpen, Denoise, Adjust HSL, Color Depth. Others may be
added in the future.<br>
<br>
<a name="leverage_edits" id="leverage_edits"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Leverage Edits</span> (File View > Edit > Leverage Edits)<br>
<img src="../images/leverage-edits.jpg" alt="" width="246" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="312"><br clear="all">
It is sometimes effective to apply an edit function "leveraged" by some image attribute, e.g. apply noise reduction to
darker areas of the image while leaving brighter areas alone. To do this, use Leverage Edits. Choose brightness or
contrast as the lever. This may be for a single RGB color or all colors. The editable graph controls how subsequent
edits are applied to the image. The x-axis is the selected lever, from minimum to maximum value. The y-axis value
governs how strongly an edit function affects a pixel having the value on the x-axis. Example: apply Gradients
primarily to dark pixels: Start Gradients, then start start Leverage Edits and drag the curve so that high values are
on the left (dark pixels) and low values are in the middle and on the right (bright pixels). You can edit the leverage
curve or the Gradients curve while watching the resulting image.<br>
<br>
This function can be used with the same list of edit functions listed in the Paint Edits topic above.<br>
<br>
<a name="plugins" id="plugins"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Plugins</span> (File View > Edit > Plugins)<br>
<img src="../images/plugins.jpg" alt="" width="415" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="180"><br>
The Plugins menu is on the left. The top entry <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Edit Plugins</span> leads to
the dialog on the right. In this dialog you can define menu names and associated commands for using other image edit
programs within Fotoxx. These menus are added to the Plugins menu. The example shown is a menu named "auto-gamma" which
starts the command "mogrify -auto-gamma %s" (an ImageMagick function). The "%s" is a placeholder where Fotoxx will
insert the name of a temporary copy of the current file in Fotoxx. The called edit program must process the file and
replace it with the edited version. Normally this is done by using the program's File > Save menu. Afterwards, you
can use the Fotoxx [Undo] and [Redo] buttons to check the results, perform additional edits with Fotoxx, or use [Save]
to save the edited image. The image passed by Fotoxx to the external program is a TIFF file with 16 bits per color.
Most programs can read this file but may use only 8 bits. When finished using the external program, save the image back
to itself using the File > Save menu, and then exit the program. Fotoxx will pick up the revised file and use it as
though the edit had been done in Fotoxx. Note that in Gimp you must use the File > Export menu to save the image
back to the original input file (File > Save produces an .xcf file).<br>
<br>
To add a new plugin, input a menu name and the corresponding command in the Edit Plugins dialog and press the [Add]
button. Wherever %s is placed in the command, the file to process will be inserted. Some commands may expect an input
and output file to be specified. In this case supply %s in both positions (the output file replaces the input file).
You may omit %s if the command does not edit an image file. A warning is given, which you can ignore if this is really
your intention.<br>
<br>
To modify an existing plugin, select the menu name from the drop-down list. The corresponding command will be shown.
Modify the command and press [Add]. You can remove a plugin by selecting it and then pressing the [Remove] button.<br>
<br>
A few examples are provided in the initial Fotoxx installation:<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 494px; height: 52px;" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor=
"#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><font face="FreeSans">Menu Name<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><font face="FreeSans">command line<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Gimp<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">gimp %s<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">auto-gamma<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">mogrify -auto-gamma %s<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Gthumb<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">gthumb %s<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
The plugin menu is saved in the file</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"Liberation Mono">/home/<user>/.fotoxx/plugins</font></font><font face="FreeSans"> which you can modify
with a text editor if desired. This is the only way to change the sequence of the menu entries. Be careful not to screw
up the format.<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="repair_menu" id="repair_menu"></a> <br>
<img style="width: 40px; height: 40px;" alt="" src="../images/repair.png" vspace="5"><br>
<font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Repair Menu</span></font> (File View > Repair)<br>
<br>
<a name="sharpen_image" id="sharpen_image"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Sharpen Image</span> (File View > Repair > Sharpen)<br>
<img src="../images/sharpen.jpg" alt="" width="239" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="325"><br clear="all">
This function has four methods to sharpen a blurry image.<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br>
Unsharp mask</span>: a fast and effective method also found in other image editing apps.<br>
A technical description can be found via Google.<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br>
Gradient</span>: steepens brightness transition areas directly, somewhat like the Gradients function.<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br>
Kuwahara</span>: small neighborhoods of pixels above, below, left and right of a pixel are compared to each-other. The
pixel is given the mean color of the neighborhood with the smallest variance in brightness. This forces pixels on a
blurry edge to move to one side of the edge or the other. Edges are made very sharp, but fine details can be lost.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Median diff</span>: pixel brightness is compared to the median of pixels
within radius. The brightness is revised up or down for pixels above or below the neighborhood median. The magnitude of
the revision is proportional to the brightness difference and the input values <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">dark</span> and <span style="text-decoration: underline;">light</span>. The effect is
similar to unsharp mask, but the "halo" side-effect is greatly reduced. This method is much slower than the others,
especially if a large radius is used. This is because pixel brightness values must be sorted in order to find the
median value.<br>
<br>
The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">radius</span> value limits the distance over which pixels around an edge
are changed. It should be small for images that are slightly fuzzy and larger for poorer images. <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Amount</span> controls the strength of the modification. <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Threshold</span> suppresses changes to low-contrast pixels: a higher values reduces the
amplification of low-level irregularities (image noise, uneven skin tones, etc.).<br clear="all">
<br>
Choose the method, set the parameters, press [apply] and wait a few seconds to see the result. Make changes and repeat
the process until satisfied. You can go back and forth among the methods to compare which is best for a given image.
Use <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a> to operate on different parts of an image with different methods and
parameters.<br>
<br>
<a name="blur_image" id="blur_image"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Blur image</span> (File View > Repair > Blur)<br>
This function can be used to blur an image. Each pixel is mixed with neighboring pixels to reduce the differences,
making edges fuzzy. Enter a value for <span style="text-decoration: underline;">blur radius</span> and press [apply] to
see the results. A small value mixes each pixel with its nearest neighbors and larger values mix more distant pixels.
The contribution from each pixel decreases with distance, so the nearest pixels have the greatest contribution. This
function is useful to smooth mottled skin tones. You can use <a href="#select_area">select area</a> to restrict the
blurred areas.<br>
<br>
<a name="denoise" id="denoise"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Denoise Image</span> (File View > Repair > Denoise)<br>
<img src="../images/denoise.jpg" alt="" width="570" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="543"><br>
This function reduces the noise in photos taken under poor lighting conditions, making uniform surfaces appear
speckled. It also works for scanned prints, as in the example here. Multiple methods are provided because the best
method varies with noise characteristics. Mixing methods (using one and then another) is often helpful. Choose the
method, set the radius or threshold parameter, and press [apply]. Each new [apply] uses the modified image from the
previous [apply], so each use will have increasing impact. With a large image, some methods may be slow. To save time,
<a href="#select_area">select</a> a small area and experiment with the different methods and settings until you make a
decision, then apply the chosen method to the entire image.<br>
<br>
The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">dark areas</span> slider can be used to restrict the process to darker
image areas, which are most prone to noise. If left at the right end, all areas are processed.<br>
<br>
Here is a short technical description of each method:<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="859" height="154" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Flatten<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Pixels are compared to the mean and sigma of pixels within a
radius.<br>
Those outside one sigma are moved slightly back toward the mean.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans"> Median</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Pixels are set to the median value of their neighbors within a
radius.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Top Hat</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Detect outliers by comparison with surrounding pixels at a
distance.<br>
The distance is increased in steps from 1 pixel to the radius limit. Outliers are flattened slightly.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Wavelets <br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">RGB brightness (with noise) is converted into a series of wave
functions that<br>
nearly sum to brightness and represent an approximation with less noise.</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
The wavelets algorithm was adapted from code found in a Gimp plug-in.<br>
The initial version was written by Dave Coffin for the program Dcraw<br></font><br>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">The [measure] button starts the lower dialog to measure the actual noise
level. Move the mouse over the image to show the RGB noise levels within the mouse circle (radius 10, about 300
pixels). This must be a featureless area so that noise is the only variation present. A gray sky is a good source, or a
badly out-of-focus image area. To measure camera sensor noise, use a RAW image (JPEG images are processed inside the
camera to reduce noise). The graph shows pixel deviations from the regional mean. The solid line corresponds to the
mean, and the dotted lines are at brightness levels +5 and -5 from the mean, on a scale of 0-255. The center to edge
axis is logarithmic from 0 to 10, with 7 at the midpoint. The numbers at the bottom show the mean RGB brightness and
noise levels for the area within the mouse.<br>
<br>
More information about camera noise in RAW images can be found in the <a href="#technical_notes%22">technical
notes</a>.<br>
</font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="redeye_remove" id="redeye_remove"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Red Eyes</span> (File View > Repair > Red Eyes)<br>
This function reduces the red-eye effect from electronic flash photos. Two methods are provided. The first is faster
but may not handle difficult cases. The second method is more robust but also needs more time and care. To use the
first function, left-click on a red-eye one or more times until satisfied. If the darkened area is too small or
off-center, do a right-click to undo the change and then left-click more precisely on the center of the red-eye. If a
red-eye cannot be fixed correctly, right-click to undo the change and then use the second method. The second method can
better handle difficult cases where the red-eye is only slightly red and the color difference with the eyelids is too
little for the automatic algorithm to distinguish. Place the cursor over the center of the red eye. Hold the left mouse
button and drag the cursor down and to the right. A dotted ellipse will appear enclosing the red eye. Repeat if needed
to get the red eye centered in the ellipse (roughly). Note that the shape of the ellipse depends on the direction of
the drag, which can allow more precise enclosure of only the red-eye. Left-click inside the ellipse repeatedly while
watching the red eye darken, and stop when it is dark enough. If you go too far, the eyelids may start to darken.
Right-click to undo and repeat if necessary.<br>
</font></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="color_mode" id="color_mode"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Color Mode</span> (File View > Repair > Color Mode)<br>
<img alt="" src="../images/color-mode.jpg" width="200" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="268"><br>
Use this function to make a black and white or color negative, or convert a negative image into a positive image, or
convert to sepia coloring (for an aged photo effect).<br>
<br>
Select one of the buttons:<br>
reset - return the image to the original state<br>
black/white positive - convert a color image to black and white<br>
black/white negative - convert to black and white and invert brightness<br>
color negative - replace each RGB color with its compliment<br>
RGB -> GBR - red/green/blue colors are replaced with green/blue/red colors<br>
sepia - convert to a modified black and white for an aged photo effect<br>
<br>
The slider can be used to apply the effect incrementally, from 0% (no change) to 100%.<br>
<br>
Each button acts on the current state of the image, e.g. pressing [color negative] twice makes a color positive (i.e.
no change from the original).<br>
<br>
Color negative: Each RGB color is replaced with the maximum value minus the RGB color value. For example, if the RGB
colors (% of maximum) are 20/40/60, then the negative color is 80/60/40. Doing this twice brings back the original
colors. For pure RGB colors, red becomes cyan, green becomes magenta, and blue becomes yellow.<br>
</font><br>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><a name="color_depth" id="color_depth"></a><span style=
"font-weight: bold;"> </span><br style="font-weight: bold;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Color Depth</span> (File View > Repair > Color Depth)<br>
This function changes the normal 16 bits per RGB color to any value between 1 and 16 bits per color. At 8 bits per
color, there are 16.8 million total color combinations. At 4 bits per color there are only 4096 total colors. Use 1-4
bits for an interesting "poster" effect.<br>
<br></font> <a name="shift_colors" id="shift_colors"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Shift Colors</span> (File View > Repair > Shift Colors)<br>
<img style="width: 264px; height: 138px;" alt="" src="../images/shift_colors.jpg" vspace="5" align="left"><br clear=
"all">
This function can be used to correct colors or convert an image into false colors. Choose any of the three RGB colors
and move the slider left or right from the center. One of the two other colors will be substituted in a graduated
manner. For example, you can gradually substitute green or blue for the color red. The <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">All</span> slider shifts all colors together. Do this first to find a first optimum, then
shift the RGB colors individually.<br>
<br>
<a name="color_saturation" id="color_saturation"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Color Saturation</span> (File View > Repair > Color Saturation<br>
There is one slider control to adjust color intensity or saturation from zero (black and white image) to 100%.<br>
Retouch Combo also includes an adjustment for color intensity.<br>
<br>
<a name="adjust_RGB_CMY" id="adjust_RGB_CMY"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Adjust RGB/CMY</span> (File View > Repair > Adjust RGB/CMY)<br>
<img style="width: 458px; height: 129px;" alt="" src="../images/adjust-RGB.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5"><br>
This function is used to change overall brightness and contrast, or that of selected colors. The settings are retained
within and across Fotoxx sessions, so this function can be used to process multiple photos made under the same lighting
conditions and needing the same (or nearly same) adjustments. Use the [reset] button to restore all inputs to neutral
values.<br></font></font></font></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="722" height="116" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Brightness</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Increase or decrease overall image
brightness<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">+Red - Cyan etc.<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Increase or decrease the brightness of one color<br>
and change complimentary color in the opposite direction<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Contrast<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Increase or decrease the overall image
contrast<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Red, etc.<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Increase or decrease the contrast of individual RGB
colors<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="adjust_HSL" id="adjust_HSL"></a></span><span style=
"font-weight: bold;"> <br>
Adjust HSL</span> (File View > Repair > Adjust HSL)<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><img src="../images/adjust-HSL.jpg" alt="" width="323" vspace="5" hspace="5" height=
"267"><br></span> Change a selected range of colors in an image using an HSL color chooser (Hue, Saturation,
Lightness). This function can be used to fix color problems, e.g. a false color cast in the entire image or in certain
colors, or an overexposed sky (too white). If you are not familiar with the HSL color model, I suggest you read the
<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV">Wikipedia</a> article about this.<br>
<br>
Begin by selecting a target <span style="text-decoration: underline;">image color</span> to match and adjust, using
shift + left-click on the image. This color will be the center of a range of colors that will be selected for
adjustment. This range can be very narrow or wide, depending on other dialog settings. Select what color attributes
will be matched using the checkboxes for <span style="text-decoration: underline;">hue</span>, <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">saturation</span>, and <span style="text-decoration: underline;">lightness</span>. Each
of these will narrow the range of selected colors. If none are checked, all colors are selected. <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Match Level</span> can be used to further widen the range of selected colors. 100% means
only closely matching colors are selected.<br>
<br>
The Output Color controls (hue, saturation, lightness) are used to set the new output color which will replace the
selected input colors. You can also set this color from the image, using shift + right-click. The resulting color will
be a mix of the original color and the new color. The new color part is determined by the <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Adjustment</span> slider which can be set from 0 to 100%. Use the HSL checkboxes to
determine which HSL components of input color are replaced with the corresponding HSL components of the output color.
Use the sliders for output color HSL to adjust the new color. The output color is shown in the smaller box on the left,
which is updated as you move the sliders.<br>
<br>
Move the sliders and watch the live image updates to optimize the result. This is not very intuitive, and practice will
help.<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
Hint:</span> begin by matching on hue and saturation, and replacing only hue - this means that the output color
saturation and lightness will be copied from the original image colors, and only the hue will be replaced.<br>
<br>
This function (like most others) can be used with <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a> to restrict the change to
selected image areas.</font><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
<br></font></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><a name="zonal_colors" id="zonal_colors"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Zonal Colors</span> (File View > Repair > Zonal Colors)<br>
<img src="../images/zonal-colors1.jpg" alt="" width="227" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="406" align="left"><img src=
"../images/zonal-colors2.png" alt="" width="547" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="407"><br clear="all">
This function can be used to make complex color corrections, whereby different parts of the image need different
corrections. Select up to 9 control points on the image by clicking them with the mouse. The points are added to the
list in the dialog window and to the image window, with labels 'A' to 'I'. The current RGB values are shown (or EV or
OD units if selected). Change the RGB/EV/OD values in the dialog, and the image will be changed to match. Each pixel in
the image is influenced by all the control points in the dialog, with the closer control points having more influence
than those farther away. The slider <u>Blend</u> determines how widely the control points spread their influence. If
delta is checked, the values shown are the deltas (differences) from the original image.<br>
<br>
<a name="match_colors" id="match_colors"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Match Colors</span> (File View > Repair > Match Colors)<br>
<img src="../images/match-color.jpg" alt="" width="252" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="204"><br>
This function matches the colors in one image to those in another. A small spot, determined from a mouse click, is
sampled from each image. The spot on the 2nd image will be made to have the same average color (RGB values) as the spot
from the 1st image. The factors used to make the RGB values the same are then applied to all the pixels in the 2nd
image. The most common use is to remove a color cast from an image by marking a spot on the image that should have a
given color which was taken from another image. <br>
<br>
Procedure: The dialog lists 5 steps to take in sequence. (1) Set a radius for the spot sample. The mouse cursor will
have a circle of this radius which is the spot area that will be sampled. (2) Open the 1st image (press the [open]
button for a file open dialog). If the current image is already the one you want, this step can be skipped. (3) Click
on the image to take a color sample from the spot area enclosed by the mouse circle. You can change the radius and
click again if wanted. (4) Open the 2nd image by pressing the [open] button. (5) Click on the image at the spot you
want to match the spot color from the 1st image. The image colors will change within a second or two. You can change
the radius and click on another spot if wanted, and the colors will change accordingly. Click the dialog [done] or
[cancel] button to finish.<br>
</font></font></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="color_fringes" id="color_fringes"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Color Fringes</span> (File View > Repair > Color Fringes)<br>
<img alt="" src="../images/color_fringes.jpg" width="664" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="217"><br>
This function is used to reduce chromatic aberration. Look carefully at the left photo, taken from inside a church. It
has color fringes that were mostly eliminated in the processed image to the right (these images are 400% size and not
very sharp). Color fringes can appear along high-contrast edges, especially in the outer image areas where lens
distortions are usually greatest. To get rid of them, zoom the image to a maximum size and center on an area with color
fringes. Move the slider controls slowly while watching the image, and leave them where the color fringes are
minimized. To speed up the response time, <a href="#select_area">select</a> a small area first, optimize the color
fringes in this area, then remove the area before pressing [done] so that the entire image will get the final
corrections. The corrections are scaled so that the maximum correction is at the image edges and the correction at the
center is zero.<br>
</font><br></font></font></font> <a name="smart_erase" id="smart_erase"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Smart Erase</span> (File View > Repair > Smart Erase)<br>
<img src="../images/smart-erase.jpg" alt="" width="283" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="176"><br clear="all">
This function can be used to erase small objects that can spoil a good photo, such as power lines, trash on the ground,
a sign, etc. The unwanted object is replaced with pixels taken from the surrounding area. This is sometimes very
effective (side-effects almost invisible), and sometimes not. It works best for small or narrow objects in the photo.
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Radius</span> controls the size of a circle around the mouse pointer,
defining the area to select and erase. Drag the mouse to enclose all or part of the object to be removed. Left-drag
selects and right-drag un-selects. Press [Erase] to erase the selected area, replacing the pixels with the nearest
pixels from outside the selection. If the selection was not precise enough, use [Undo], adjust the selected area, and
[Erase] again. Repeated selections and erasures will accumulate until you use [New_Area] to start a new selection. The
prior erased areas are now fixed and [Undo] will only work for the current selection. As with all edit functions, the
main menu buttons [Undo] and [Redo] can be used to review all changes. It is likely best to work with an image zoomed
to 200% or more. The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Blur</span> control adds blur to the replacement pixels.
This can reduce visible side-effects, since the replacement pixels may be sharper or have more contrast than the
surroundings. Change the Blur setting and repeat the [Erase] button. A blur of 0.5 or 1 pixel is usually effective. The
[show] and [hide] buttons can be used to show the outline of the current selection or hide it to better judge the
results after erasing.<br clear="all">
</font><br>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><a name="bright_ramp" id="bright_ramp"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Brightness Ramp</span> (File View > Repair > Brightness Ramp)<br>
<img alt="" src="../images/bright-ramp1.png" width="300" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="278" align="left"><br>
<img alt="" src="../images/bright-ramp2.png" width="421" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="255"><br clear="all">
This function varies brightness or color across the image. You can use this to compensate for uneven lighting or a
color cast that varies across the image. The direction of change is determined by drawing a line on the image. Create
the line by clicking on the image, then drag either end to set the direction wanted. In the example above, green is
increased in the direction of the line. Edit the <u>All</u> curve first to adjust overall brightness (all colors), then
adjust the individual RGB color curves if needed. The image reacts quickly to both line changes and curve
edits.</font><br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> </font><br>
<a name="remove_dust" id="remove_dust"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Remove Dust</span> (File View > Repair > Remove Dust)<br>
<img style="width: 277px; height: 147px;" alt="" src="../images/remove-dust.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5" align=
"left"><br clear="all">
Images made from dusty scanned slides can have many small dark spots - shadows of the dust on the slides. Historical
photos from the internet often have a similar problem. This function can be used to remove the majority of such spots.
Move the three sliders until the maximum number of dust spots are painted red, then press the [erase] button to erase
them. Press [red] to bring back the red view, then you can adjust the sliders again and press [erase]. The "spot size
limit" slider limits the size of the spots that will be erased. The "max. brightness" slider sets a threshold for
ignoring spots that are not dark enough. The "min. contrast" slider screens out spots having low contrast with their
surroundings. This process is usually a compromise. If the settings are not optimal, small features like tree leaves
can be erased, or large spots may be left in place. Different parts of the image may need different settings, e.g. sky
can be treated more aggressively than a building wall. You can simply use Erase Dust multiple times with different
settings as needed to get all the dust spots. Or you can use <a href="#select_area">select area</a> to process the
image in sections. If some spots are persistent, you can treat them manually with <a href="#smart_erase">Smart
Erase</a>: set a small mouse radius and click on each spot to remove it. Spots from fibers (long and thin) are usually
not removed automatically, but Smart Erase can be effective here.<br></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> </font><br>
<a name="anti_alias" id="anti_alias"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Anti-Alias</span> (File View > Repair > Anti-Alias)<br>
<img style="width: 511px; height: 214px;" alt="" src="../images/anti_alias.jpg" vspace="5"><br>
This function can reduce pixelation (aka "jaggies" or "stair steps") in a low-resolution image. Press the [apply]
button to make the change, then [done]. The result is sharper than using the Blur function. It may be useful to apply
sharpening afterwards.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Note</span>: this tool is only effective for pixelation with single-pixel
"steps". If the image has been resized larger (steps are larger than 1 pixel) the algorithm does not work. It thinks
the steps are legitimate because they are big.<br></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="stuck_pixels" id="stuck_pixels"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Stuck Pixels</span> (File View > Repair > Stuck Pixels)<br>
<img src="../images/stuck-pixels.jpg" alt="" width="247" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="145"><br clear="all">
Camera sensors may have defects causing isolated pixels to be always bright or always dark. This may be one RGB color
or all of them. I have seen a case where a group of 3x3 pixels was always too red. This function can find such pixels
in an image and repair them by substituting neighboring pixels.<br>
<br>
Select the defect sizes to search for: 1 pixel, 4 pixels in a 2x2 block, or 9 pixels in a 3x3 block. The defects found
are surrounded by small circles which you can toggle between write, black and red using <a href="#line_color">Line
Color</a>. Zoom-in to inspect these and determine if they are real defects. Use the contrast control to precisely
select the defects. If set too low, small high-contrast spots in the image may be erroneously selected. If set too
high, real defects may be missed. Use the [apply] button to erase the defects in the current image. You can apply the
function many times using different settings if needed.<br>
<br>
The currently shown (encircled) defective pixels can be saved to a file by using the [save] button. This file can be
used later to fix the defects in any image made by the same camera: use the [open] button, select the saved defects
file, then use the [apply] button to fix the current image. Using a saved defects file from one image to fix the
defects in another image will only work if the two images have never been resized, rotated, or trimmed. This is
necessary because the defective pixels in the two images must have the same locations. If more than one contrast
setting or pixel group selection is needed to accurately find all the defects in one image, you can save the respective
defect files and combine them manually into one file. Use any text editor for this.<br>
<br>
I suggest you make a test images to find defects: Make a photo of a medium gray surface (e.g. gray sky). This image can
be used to find both bright and dark stuck pixels.<br>
<br></font></font> <a name="paint_transp" id="paint_transp"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Paint Transparency</span> (File View > Repair > Paint Transparency)<br>
<img src="../images/paint-transparency.jpg" alt="" width="200" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="232"><br>
Paint transparent or semi-transparent areas on an image. Such areas are useful in the Fotoxx Mashup function, where
images or background underneath a transparent area can show through. Other image editors (e.g. Gimp) can also use
transparent areas.<br>
<br>
The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">paintbrush radius</span> control sets a circle around the mouse pointer
which shows the area being transformed. Left drag on the image to increase the transparency, right drag to decrease. If
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">gradual paint</span> is checked, the <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">strength</span> controls determine how rapidly the transparency changes at the center and
edges of the circle. If gradual paint is not checked, transparency is set to 100% (left drag) or 0% (right drag) for
the entire area covered by the mouse circle.<br>
<br>
If a <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a> is active, only the selected areas are affected.<br>
<br>
An image file having transparency information must be saved as a TIF or PNG file. JPEG files do not support
transparency.<br>
<br>
<a name="add_transparency" id="add_transparency"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Add Transparency</span> (File View > Repair > Add Transparency)<br>
<img src="../images/add-transparency.jpg" alt="" width="323" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="238"><br>
Add transparency to an image based on brightness or a chosen color. Areas of the image with greater brightness, or
greater match with the chosen color, will become more transparent. The reverse will happen if <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Invert Match</span> is checked. Click on the image to set the color to match. You can
match based on any combination of hue, saturation, and lightness. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Match
Level</span> selects the degree of match required for maximum transparency. At the minimum setting (left end), the
entire image will be transparent. The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Transparency</span> slider regulates
the amount of transparency applied (zero at the minimum setting). <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Threshold</span> sets a match level below which the transparency is zero.<br></font>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<br>
<a name="warp_menu" id="warp_menu"></a> <br>
<img style="width: 40px; height: 40px;" alt="" src="../images/warp.png" vspace="5"><br>
<font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Warp Menu</span></font> (File View > Warp)<br>
<br>
<a name="unbend_image" id="unbend_image"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Unbend Image</span> (File View > Warp > Unbend)<br>
<img src="../images/unbend2.jpg" alt="" width="509" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="261"><br>
<img src="../images/unbend3.jpg" alt="" width="509" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="266" align="left"><img src=
"../images/unbend1.jpg" alt="" width="145" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="269"><br>
Panoramas of nearby subjects (typically buildings or interior rooms) may show straight lines that are curved, or
buildings that are slanted. Warping of the images was necessary in the panorama process in order for the images to fit
together. The Unbend function can be used afterwards to straighten the panorama image if needed. Vertical and
horizontal dotted lines are drawn over the image, showing the unbend axes. Click or drag the mouse near the end of a
line to move it. If values in the four input controls are changed, the image is warped in the manner indicated by the
corresponding four icons. Increase or decrease the values and repeat until satisfied. Move the axes to change the
centers of warping.<br>
<br>
See also <a href="#warp_image">Warp Image</a> for another method of correcting image curving and perspective.<br clear=
"all">
<br>
<a name="fix_perspective" id="fix_perspective"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Fix Perspective</span> (File View > Warp > Fix Perspective)<br>
<img src="../images/fix-perspective2.jpg" alt="" width="402" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="270" align="left"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<font size="-1"> <br></font><br>
<img src="../images/fix-perspective.jpg" alt="" width="348" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="108"><br clear="all">
This function can be used to straighten a photo made from an offset angle. The image on the left is the original photo,
taken from right of center to avoid reflections. The image on the right is the straightened version. This function can
also be used to straighten a building photographed from street-level or from the side.<br>
<br>
Click on the four corners of the tetrahedron that you want to make into a rectangle (in the above case, the four
corners of the painting or frame), then select [Apply]. Use [Reset] to go back and try again if needed. The clicked
corners are marked with small white boxes containing "A, B, C, D". The upper left corner of each box precisely marks
the image position. Clicking near a box will move it to the new position. The [Trim] button will automatically trim the
image at the selected corners. The trim and straighten can be undone in sequence with the <u>undo</u> button. You can
use the keyboard arrow keys to move the corner markers in 1-pixel steps. The arrow keys work on the last corner clicked
or moved.<br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="warp_image" id="warp_image"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Warp Image</span> (distort)<br>
<img style="width: 612px; height: 372px;" alt="" src="../images/warps.jpg" vspace="5"><br>
<br>
<a name="warp_area" id="warp_area"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Warp area</span> (File View > Warp > Warp area)<br>
This function can be used to make distortions within an image. You can select an image area and drag the mouse to
stretch this area with respect to the rest of the image. The image is like rubber. If the mouse drag begins within the
selected area, then the area is warped within its current boundaries - the movement is maximum at the mouse pointer and
declines to zero at the edges of the selected area. If the mouse drag begins outside the selected area, the area edges
near the mouse can be pulled out beyond the original area boundary. Many mouse drags of different lengths and
directions can be combined to achieve the desired results. When finished, you can select another area and do some more
warping, or select [done] to exit the function.<br>
<br>
<a name="unwarp_closeup"></a><br>
<b>Unwarp Closeup</b> (File View > Warp > Unwarp Closeup)<br>
<img alt="" src="../images/unwarp-closeup.jpg" width="516" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="174"><br>
Closeup face photos are often distorted, because areas closer to the camera are larger in the photo than areas farther
away. This function can be used to reverse the distortion. Use <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a> to select the
face first (does not need to be accurate). Click the image near the center of distortion (above example: between the
eyes). Move the slider to optimize. If the face is turned away from the camera, experiment to find the best
center.<br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="warp_curved" id="warp_curved"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Warp curved</span> (File View > Warp > Warp curved)<br>
This function is useful to correct perspective problems (see also <a href="#unbend_image">Unbend</a>). Drag the image
from any position, using the mouse. The entire image will be pulled or pushed in the direction of the mouse, but areas
near the mouse are moved more than more distant areas. You can straighten curved lines or deliberately curve the image.
The control <span style="text-decoration: underline;">warp span</span> determines the radius of warping around the
mouse. 1.0 means the full image is warped, and smaller values confine the warp to smaller areas around the mouse.<br>
<br>
<a name="warp_linear" id="warp_linear"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Warp linear</span> (File View > Warp > Warp linear)<br>
This function is useful to correct perspective problems (see also <a href="#unbend_image">Unbend</a>). Drag the image
from any position, using the mouse. This function works over a broader area than the curved warp and causes less image
curvature. To minimize the addition of curvature, drag only from the image corners.<br>
<br>
<a name="warp_affine" id="warp_affine"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Warp affine</span> (File View > Warp > Warp affine)<br>
This function can be used to warp an image in interesting ways. Drag the image from a corner or edge using the mouse.
The changes are purely linear so straight lines remain straight. This transform is called "affine". Technical details
can be found with Google.<br>
<br>
<a name="flatten_book" id="flatten_book"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Flatten Book Page </span>(File View > Warp > Flatten Book Page)<br>
<img style="width: 552px; height: 476px;" alt="" src="../images/flatbook.jpg" vspace="5" align="left"><br clear="all">
This function can flatten a photographed page from a book. If the book is thick, the pages bend downward at the
binding, and the photographed text is squeezed together. This function straightens the the page and stretches the
text.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Photo Procedure</span><br>
First, make the photo as good as possible to minimize the needed corrections. The page curvature can be reduced by
holding the book half-opened. Place the camera over the center of the page, so that the top and bottom edge curves look
roughly equal. Use lots of illumination to increase the depth of field, to insure the curved-down part of the page
remains in sharp focus. Two persons working together can photograph 1-2 pages per minute.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Fotoxx Procedure</span><br>
First, trim the image, keeping all of the page but little more. Rotate the page if needed. Use <a href=
"#fix_perspective">Fix Perspective</a> to make the page more rectangular if needed. Start the Flatten function. Click
the mouse along the top edge, creating visible marker dots at the clicked points. After 4+ points are available, a
curved line is drawn through the points. Add more points and drag the points as needed to make the line conform closely
to the page edge. Repeat for the bottom edge. Press [flatten] to flatten the page. The edges should now be straight (or
straight enough). The text near the binding is still squeezed together. Unsqueeze the text by pulling the <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">top</span> and <span style="text-decoration: underline;">bottom</span> sliders. The text
is spread out in a way that is proportional the the slope of the top and bottom page edges, so the area near the
binding is stretched the most. The [undo] button restores the unmodified image and the marker dots, which can now be
adjusted for a revised attempt.<br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="sphere" id="sphere"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Spherical Projection</span> (File View > Warp > Spherical Projection)<br>
<img style="width: 467px; height: 250px;" alt="" src="../images/sphere2.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5"> <img style=
"width: 226px; height: 117px;" alt="" src="../images/sphere.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5"><br>
Make a spherical projection of an image. Drag the mouse on the image to change the center of the projection (defaults
to midpoint). The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">flatten</span> control modifies the projection gradually
from a sphere (left) to a flat image (right). The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">magnify</span> control
magnifies the resulting image up to 2x. If you want the margins to be transparent, be sure to save the file as .png
instead of .jpg (JPEG files do not support transparency).<br>
<br>
<a name="selective_rescale" id="selective_rescale"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Selective Rescale</span> (File View > Warp > Selective Rescale)<br>
<img style="width: 507px; height: 173px;" alt="" src="../images/selective-rescale2.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5" align=
"left"><br>
<br>
<br>
<img src="../images/selective-rescale.jpg" alt="" width="212" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="115"><br clear="all">
This function rescales an image to a smaller size, leaving selected areas unchanged. The goal is to increase the
relative size of the area of interest. The image above was reduced, but the boat in the foreground was left unchanged.
Image reduction may be in width or height or both. First, select the areas that are to be preserved using <a href=
"#select_area">Select Area</a>. Press the [proceed] button. The selected area is erased and the mouse cursor changes
into a drag cursor. Pull the image inward from the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">upper left corner</span>.
This operation may be repeated as needed until you are satisfied. Press the [done] button. This function works best
when the selected area(s) are small in comparison to the entire image. The pixel rows and columns that intersect the
selected areas are not changed. Other areas are compressed as the image is pulled inward.<br>
<br>
<a name="make_waves" id="make_waves"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Make Waves</span> (File View > Effects > Make Waves)<br>
<img style="width: 468px; height: 310px;" alt="" src="../images/make-waves.jpg" vspace="5"><br style=
"font-weight: bold;">
This function distorts an image into a wave pattern, as if it were being viewed through turbulent water. The dialog
allows you to change the mean horizontal and vertical wavelengh, amplitude and variance. The "perspective" input allows
the wavelengths to gradually lengthen from top to bottom. Like most effects, this function also works within a selected
area.<br>
<br>
<a name="twist"></a><br>
<b>Twist Image</b> (File View > Effects > Twist Image)<br>
<img alt="" src="../images/twist-image.jpg" width="664" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="173"><br>
This function twists the image around a point chosen with a mouse click or drag. Click the desired position and move
the <b>Twist</b> slider the amount wanted. You can also drag the mouse around the image to change the center of
twisting. The <b>Center</b> slider untwists the central area relative to the rest. The <b>Angle</b> slider rotates the
entire image.<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="effects_menu" id="effects_menu"></a> <br>
<img src="../images/effects.png" alt="" style="width: 40px; height: 40px;" vspace="5"><br>
<font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Effects Menu</span></font> (File View > Effects)<br>
<br>
<a name="sketch" id="sketch"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Sketch</span> (File View > Effects > Sketch)<br>
<img src="../images/sketch.jpg" alt="" width="693" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="233"><br>
This function transforms a photo into something like a sketch. Dark pixels are aggregated into fewer pixels, leaving
vacated areas brighter. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Contrast</span> can also be used as a proxy for dark
pixels. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Threshold</span> can be used to filter the input image by brightness.
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Clip Level</span> is used to filter the output to further reduce isolated or
marginally dark pixels. Choose colors for foreground and background. Two algorithms are provided. Results may look more
interesting with one or the other. Reducing the size of the input image may also give more interesting results.<br>
<br>
<a name="cartoon" id="cartoon"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Cartoon</span> (File View > Effects > Cartoon)<br>
<img src="../images/cartoon.jpg" alt="" width="674" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="180"><br clear="all">
Transform a photo into a cartoon-like drawing. Black lines are drawn over the "edges" of objects in the image, wherever
the brightness or color changes abruptly. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Line Threshold</span> sets the
sensitivity for edge detection and line drawing, causing more lines (lower threshold) or fewer lines to be drawn.
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Line Width</span> makes the lines thicker or thinner. <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Blur Radius</span> controls a blur function which can make the lines look more curvy or
less jagged. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Kuwahara Depth</span> controls a sharpen function which can
strengthen the image edges.<br>
<br>
This function can be quite slow to react if the image is large and if the blur and kuwahara controls are set to high
values (10+ seconds to respond). It works faster and better on smaller images, around 2 megapixels or less. I suggest
you start with small values (2-3) for kuwahara and blur, then adjust line threshold to optimize the density of the
drawn lines. Now change kuwahara and blur in small steps and re-adjust line threshold. If you are working with a large
image, I suggest you <a href="#select_area">select</a> a small but important area within the image so that optimization
can proceed faster. Then delete the area and do the entire image. You may be close to optimum already.<br>
<br>
Other edit functions, applied before or after Cartoon, may enhance the effect. These include color saturation,
gradients, color depth, texture, warp curved, graduated blur (3rd image above). Paint and Clone are useful to remove
minor flaws manually. Shadows in the image are a particular problem, since they cause lines to be drawn where normally
not wanted.<br>
<br>
<a name="line_drawing" id="line_drawing"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Line Drawing</span> (File View > Effects > Line Drawing)<br>
<img src="../images/line-drawing.jpg" alt="" width="752" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="158"><br clear="all">
This function transforms a photo into a line drawing showing outlines of objects within the image. Edges (sharp
transitions in brightness or color) in the image are brightened, and the rest of the image is darkened.<br>
<br>
There are three sliding controls. T<span style="text-decoration: underline;">hreshold</span>: how bright an edge must
be in order to get enhanced, from "show no edges" at the low end to "show all edges" (even faint ones) at the high end.
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Width</span>: width of the enhanced edges, from 1-pixel to about 5 pixels.
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Brightness</span>: brightness of the image itself, from dark (show only the
outlines) to full brightness. The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">black/white</span> checkbox converts the
image from color to black and white, and the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">negative</span> checkbox makes a
negative image (colors are replaced with their compliments).<br>
<br>
<a name="color_drawing" id="color_drawing"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Color Drawing</span> (File View > Effects > Color Drawing)<br clear="all">
<img style="width: 545px; height: 339px;" alt="" src="../images/color-drawing.jpg" vspace="5"><br>
This function transforms a photo into a solid color image that looks like an illustration. The <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Threshold</span> slider separates the image into brighter and darker areas, with the
boundary set at a brightness level determined by the slider. The other two sliders regulate the brightness of these two
areas. At the settings shown here (Dark Areas pushed left, Bright Areas pushed right), the darker areas are black and
the brighter areas as as bright as possible with intense coloration. If the sliders are moved to the opposite sides,
the original image is restored. Move the sliders until the image is optimized.<br>
<br>
This function can be used to clean up a smudgy blackboard or whiteboard image by separating the writing cleanly from
the background (if the background smudges are weaker than the writing). It may help to apply Sharpen to the image
beforehand, to increase the contrast of the writing. Use the unsharp mask method with a large radius.<br>
<br>
<a name="graduated_blur" id="graduated_blur"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Graduated Blur</span> (File View > Effects > Graduated Blur)<br>
<img alt="" src="../images/graduated-blur2.jpg" width="510" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="258" align="left"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<img src="../images/graduated-blur.jpg" alt="" width="176" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="133"><br clear="all">
This is another function to blur an image, but it works differently. In the dialog, you specify a <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">contrast limit</span> and a <span style="text-decoration: underline;">blur radius</span>.
Only pixels with less contrast than the given limit are blurred, and the blur radius ranges from 1 to the given value
for pixels with a corresponding contrast ranging from the given limit to zero. In short: low contrast pixels are
blurred more than high contrast pixels. This can be used, for example, to smooth skin tones without blurring hair or
reducing the sparkle in the eyes. Taken to extremes, it produces a "cartoon" effect, especially when used in
combination with other retouch and effects functions.<br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="embossing" id="embossing"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Embossing</span> (File View > Effects > Embossing)<br>
<img src="../images/embossing.jpg" alt="" width="263" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="100"><br>
<img style="width: 354px; height: 310px;" alt="" src="../images/embossing2.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5" align="left"><br>
<br clear="all">
This function transforms a photo into a simulated relief or embossed image. The <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">radius</span> setting determines the feature size or level of detail. The <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">depth</span> setting determines how deep the features go into the surface. The upper 60%
of this image was embossed.<br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="tiles" id="tiles"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Tiles</span> (File View > Effects > Tiles)<br>
This function transforms a photo into an array of large monocolor tiles. You can control the tile size and the
thickness of the gap between tiles. This is also called "pixelate" or "pixelize". Use <a href="#select_area">Select
Area</a> to confine the transform to a limited area, such as a face.<br>
<br>
<a name="dot_matrix" id="dot_matrix"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Dots</span> (File View > Effects > Dots)<br>
<img style="width: 308px; height: 235px;" alt="" src="../images/dots2.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5" align="left"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<img src="../images/dots.jpg" alt="" width="153" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="100"><br clear="all">
This function transforms a photo into a array of dots, like a comic book picture or Roy Lichtenstein painting. The only
control is <span style="text-decoration: underline;">dot size</span>. Also experiment with using color saturation,
color depth, or other functions before and after using Dots.<br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="painting" id="painting"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Painting</span> (File View > Effects > Painting)<br>
This function transform a photo into something looking more like a painting. It reduces the number of colors, maps each
contiguous pixel area having the same color, and then consolidates smaller areas into adjacent larger areas having the
best color match.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">color depth</span> sets the number of colors to use: 1 = 8 colors, 2 = 64
colors ... 5 = 32768 colors.<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">patch area goal</span> sets a lower limit for areas that will have their own
color: areas smaller than this number of pixels will be absorbed into an adjacent area with the nearest color
match.<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">req. color match</span> sets the minimum color match required for a smaller
area to be consolidated into an adjacent larger area: 0 = don't care (maximum consolidation), 100 = perfect match
required (no consolidation).<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">borders</span> determines whether the colored areas will be delineated with a
thin black border, like irregular tiles in a mosaic. After using this function, using the Embossing function can add
interesting texture to the image.<br>
<br clear="all">
<a name="vignette" id="vignette"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Vignette</span> (File View > Effects > Vignette)<br>
This function is used to correct the darkening sometimes seen around a photo's periphery, because less light
reaches the edges compared to the center.It can also be used to highlight or colorize an object or area within an
image.<br>
<img src="../images/vignette.jpg" alt="" width="587" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="284"><br clear="all">
<br>
Click or drag the mouse on the image to change the vignette center, which is initially at the center of the image.<br>
<br>
Select <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Brightness</span> to change the brightness of the image in a radial
pattern: Adjust the left or right end of the curve to change the brightness of the center and edges of the image
respectively. You can give a dark surround to a portrait face, or you can fix an image with darkened corners. The curve
middle level corresponds to no change. Use lower values to darken and higher values to brighten. The example above
gradually darkens the periphery of the image while leaving a broad central area unchanged.<br>
<br>
Select <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Color</span> to add a chosen color to the image in a radial pattern.
Curve values of zero represent no change, and higher values add the chosen color to the image. The highest value
corresponds to 100% color. Use this function to add a color surround to an image, e.g. surround a face with a gradually
increasing color.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Irregular Vignette</span><br>
<img style="width: 230px; height: 186px;" alt="" src="../images/vignette2.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5" align="left">You
can make a vignette with arbitrary shape as follows:<br>
• <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a> - select the image area to remain visible<br>
• <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Invert</span> the area to select the areas outside the image<br>
• Set a <span style="text-decoration: underline;">blend width</span> value for the edge fade-out width<br>
• Keep the Select Area dialog active<br>
• <a href="#paint_image">Paint Image</a> - paint the outside areas with the desired color<br>
(the image edges will fade-out over <span style="text-decoration: underline;">blend
width</span> pixels)<br>
• Adjust the blend width value and paint again until satisfied<br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="texture" id="texture"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Texture</span> (File View > Effects > Texture)<br>
<img src="../images/texture.jpg" alt="" width="219" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="113"><img style=
"width: 485px; height: 180px;" alt="" src="../images/texture2.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5"><br>
This function adds a textured surface to an image or <a href="#select_area">selected areas</a> within an image. Radius
determines the texture pattern size. Strength determines the intensity of the pattern, from almost invisible to
dominant.<br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="pattern" id="pattern"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Pattern</span> (File View > Effects > Pattern)<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><img style="width: 364px; height: 279px;" alt="" src="../images/pattern2.jpg" vspace=
"5" hspace="5"><img src="../images/pattern1.jpg" alt="" width="336" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="238"><br style=
"font-weight: bold;"></span> Add a background pattern to an image. A small image file (pattern file) is used to cover
the current image by duplicating the file, like a tiled wall. This file can be a real pattern (e.g. an image of canvas
cloth, a brick wall, a repeating geometry ...), or any other kind of image. The pattern is made semi-transparent, so
that the base image appears to be printed over the pattern, or the pattern over the image. Many pattern files can be
found using a Google search for "pattern image". Download some of these and trim them if needed to a size around
200-500 pixels. For convenience, add these to the supplied pattern files in /home/<user>/.fotoxx/patterns.<br>
<br>
Use the [Browse] button to select a pattern file. The selected pattern will be tiled to cover the base image. The
pattern is partly transparent so that the base image shows through. Use <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Zoom</span> to grow or shrink the pattern size. There are two methods to mix the pattern
with the base image. The pattern <span style="text-decoration: underline;">opacity</span> can be set 0-100%. The base
image is used to fill the unused opacity - e.g. if the opacity is set to 30%, then the final image will be 30% pattern
and 70% base image. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Contrast</span> is used to modify the base image
brightness using the pattern brightness as a template. The two parameters can both be used and mixed in any ratio.<br>
<br>
If the pattern file contains an image that repeats at fixed intervals both horizontally and vertically, the [Calculate]
button can be used to set width and height to match. The result will be a continuous pattern without any edge
effects.<br>
<br>
If the pattern is irregular and edge effects appear where the duplicated patterns are joined, you may be able to
improve this. The two <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Overlap</span> values determine how much the duplicated
patterns overlap at the edges, horizontally and vertically. Add some overlap to mask edge effects.<br>
<br>
<a href="#select_area">Select Area</a> can be used to apply a pattern to part of an image, or different patterns to
different parts. After applying a pattern to an image, it might be interesting to use <a href=
"#embossing">Embossing</a> or <a href="#gradients">Gradients</a> to add a 3-D effect to the pattern.<br>
<br>
Useful pattern files in LibreOffice: <a href=
"/usr/lib/libreoffice/share/gallery/www-back">/usr/lib/libreoffice/share/gallery/www-back</a><br>
<br>
<a name="mosaic" id="mosaic"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Mosaic</span> (File View > Effects > Mosaic)<br style="font-weight: bold;">
Create a mosaic image using tiles made from all your images.<br>
<img src="../images/mosaic.jpg" alt="" width="715" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="190" align="left"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
eye<br clear="all">
Specify the tile size in pixels (e.g. 36 x 24) and press [Tiles]. Tiles will be created from all of your images
(actually the thumbnail images are used since their small size makes the process run much faster). This may take some
time (speed is over 100K tiles/min. on a strong PC). If you change the tile dimensions, press [Tiles] again to
regenerate the tiles. After the tiles are created, press [Image] to convert the current image into a mosaic using these
tiles. This takes only a few seconds. Tiles are chosen by matching the average tile color to the average image color at
the tile position. If thousands of images are available and if the range of colors is good enough, the mosaic will turn
out quite good. Zoom-in on any part of the image to see the tile images.<br>
<br>
The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Tile blending</span> slider will cause the image to be blended with the
tiles, making it look better if the tiles are a bad color match. If the blending is less than about 50%, the tiles
remain almost as clear as before (the eye compensates the false tint).<br>
<br>
After a mosaic is created, you can click on any tile to get a larger popup image. This is the full image for the tile,
so you can drag the window as large as you like and it will remain sharp. A mosaic image can be saved like any other
edited image, but if a saved mosaic is opened, clicking the tiles for a bigger image will not work. Regenerating the
mosaic is quite fast, so do this if you want the popups to work.<br>
<br>
<a name="custom_kernel" id="custom_kernel"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Custom Kernel</span> (File View > Effects > Custom Kernel)<br>
<img src="../images/custom-kernel.jpg" alt="" width="311" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="284" align="left"><br>
Apply a custom convolution kernel to an image. The underlying technology is explained in <a href=
"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kernel_%28image_processing%29">Wikipedia</a>. Input a <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">kernel size</span>, a <u>multiply</u> factor, an <u>add</u> factor, and fill-in the table
values. The values can be saved into a file and retrieved later by using the [Save] and [Load] buttons. [Apply] applies
the kernel to the image.</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">[Reset] restores the original image
status.</font> Several kernel example files are available initially. You can modify these and save with a custom
name. <br>
<br>
Math: the brightness values for each N-by-N block of pixels in the image are multiplied by the corresponding values in
the kernel matrix and added together. This number is multiplied by the multiply factor, and the add factor is added to
it. This final value becomes the new brightness level for the image pixel at the center of the N x N block.<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="directed_blur" id="directed_blur"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Directed Blur</span> (File View > Effects > Directed Blur)<br>
<img src="../images/directed-blur.jpg" alt="" width="171" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="149" align="left"><br>
<img src="../images/directed-blur2.jpg" alt="" width="388" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="131"><br>
Pull a location on the image using the mouse. The area around the mouse will move with the mouse and become blurred in
this direction, a "1-dimensional" blur. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Blur span</span> can be used to
broaden or narrow the size of the area being blurred. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Intensity</span>
determines the strength of the blur, from barely visible to completely blurred.<br>
<br>
<a name="blur_background" id="blur_background"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Blur Background (Bokeh)</span> (File View > Effects > Tilt-Shift)<br>
<img src="../images/blur-background.jpg" alt="" width="270" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="172"><img style=
"width: 266px; height: 163px;" alt="" src="../images/blur-background2.jpg" width="266" vspace="5" hspace="5" height=
"163"><br>
Blur the background image while leaving the foreground sharp. The foreground is defined by using <a href=
"#select_area">Select Area</a> to select one or more areas that are to remain sharp. If there is no selected area to
begin with, the select area dialog is started automatically. After selecting the foreground areas, invert the selection
so that the background is now selected - use the [invert] button in the Select Area dialog. This area is the one that
will be blurred. There are two blur methods available: <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Constant blur</span>
uses a constant blur radius for all areas blurred. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Increase blur with
distance</span> uses the minimum blur radius for pixels adjacent to the foreground (i.e. on the edge of the background
area), and the maximum blur radius for pixels at the maximum distance away from the foreground. This requires that the
edge-distance for all background pixels be calculated, which can take considerable time for a large image. This is done
automatically if required. Various settings for blur radius can then be tried without recalculating the edge
distances.<br>
<br>
<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tilt%E2%80%93shift_photography"><span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Tilt-Shift Effect</span></a>: You can do this by selecting a horizontal rectangular area
to remain sharp.<br>
<br>
<a name="alien_colors"></a><br>
<b>Alien Colors</b><br>
<img alt="" src="../images/alien-colors.jpg" width="156" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="127" align="left"><img alt=""
src="../images/alien-colors2.jpg" width="215" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="128" align="left"><br>
Repaint an image or selected area with random alien colors. You can control the rough pattern size and the intensity
(from barely visible to dominant).<br clear="all">
<br>
<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="combine_menu" id="combine_menu"></a> <br>
<img src="../images/combine.png" alt="" width="64" vspace="5" height="64"><br>
<font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Combine Menu</span></font> (File View > Combine)<br>
<br>
<a name="HDR" id="HDR"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">High Dynamic Range</span> (File View > Combine > High Dynamic Range) (HDR)
<br>
Combine (overlay) multiple images of the same subject with different exposure levels. The combined image can show
improved visibility of detail in both the darker and brighter areas, in effect using pixels from the brighter images
for the darker areas, and from the darker images for the brighter areas. Many digital cameras do exposure bracketing:
take multiple shots in quick succession with different exposure levels. You can combine such images to make a better
one. If the camera is adjusted manually between shots, take care to keep it level and aim at the same distant point.
Some misalignment of the input images can be tolerated. If things move between shots, ghosting cannot be avoided.<br>
<img src="../images/HDR.jpg" alt="" width="794" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="263"><br>
Select the HDR menu function and select up to 9 images (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>), which must all have
nearly the same pixel dimensions. The images are aligned and combined automatically. This needs 10 seconds to a minute
or more per image, depending on image size and CPU speed. When done, the combined image is shown, along with a dialog
for manual adjustments. The contributions from the input images are shown as a series of editable curves. The
horizontal scale represents pixel brightness, from dark to bright. Each curve represents an image which contributes to
the pixels. The image contribution at a given brightness level is proportional to the height of its curve at that
level. The initial curve for the brightest image will be high on the left and low on the right, meaning a high
contribution to dark pixels and a low contribution to bright pixels. The darkest image will be low on the left and high
on the right, and the remaining images will be in-between. The curves can be edited by dragging them with the mouse.
The corresponding image contributions are changed accordingly, and you can see the results in real-time in the output
image. In general, the brightest image should have a higher contribution to the darker pixels, and the darkest image a
higher contribution to the brighter pixels. The above example shows two input images and their output image. The curves
were adjusted to optimize the brightness for both the foreground and background buildings. It is often useful to apply
the gradient function after HDR, to increase the perceived brightness range.<br clear="all">
<br clear="all">
<a name="HDF" id="HDF"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">High Depth of Field</span> (File View > Combine > High Depth of Field) (HDF)<br>
Combine (overlay) multiple photos of the same subject with different focus settings from close to distant. Different
parts of the subject are in sharp focus in each image. Combine the images so that all parts of the subject are sharp.
This technique is most useful for extreme close-ups.<br>
<br>
Making the photos: choose a point for the center of the image. Aim the camera at a near object and depress the shutter
button 1/2 way to set the focus on this object. Hold the button at the 1/2 position, aim the camera at the chosen
center, and snap the photo. Now choose a farther object and do the same. Repeat with increasing focus distance.
Hopefully each part of the subject is sharp in at least one photo. The camera position should be very nearly the same
for all photos, which can be a challenge when the subject is very close. Camera movement can cause scaling and parallax
problems (close objects shifted against distant objects). Such problems may be fixable later in Fotoxx, but this may
require considerable time. It is better to avoid the problems.<br>
<br>
<img src="../images/HDF-paint.jpg" alt="" width="221" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="153" align="left">Processing the
photos: in Fotoxx, choose the HDF menu function and select up to 9 images (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>). The
images will now be aligned as well as possible. This needs 10 seconds to a minute or more per image, depending on image
size and CPU speed. The output image is an even mix of the aligned input images. A small amount of camera movement
between the photos is compensated, but this is limited, and parallax shifts are not compensated at all. When the
alignment is complete, a dialog opens. You can select any input image and "paint" with the mouse on any area of the
output image. This converts the original image mix to the single selected image for the area being painted. For each
area or object in the image, choose an input image that is sharp in that area. The <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">radius</span> of the paintbrush can set larger or smaller, so you can paint large areas
quickly and control fine detail when needed. If you have overlapping near and far objects, time and patience will be
needed to make all of them sharp. Misalignments can be corrected by selecting the <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">warp</span> option in the dialog. The underlying images can then be dragged and warped
with the mouse, and the composite output image is changed accordingly. The warp is limited to the area around the
mouse. When a painted area is dragged, the corresponding image is automatically selected and dragged, while areas
painted with other images remain fixed. Areas that have not been painted cannot be dragged. Move around to different
areas and make incremental drags until all areas are aligned. <br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Suggested Workflow</span>: Using <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">paint</span> mode, choose each image in sequence and paint all areas that look sharp in
that image. Any boundaries that are not well-aligned will show up clearly as shifts in the edges of objects in the
image. Some of these can be made unimportant by changing the image used for painting (if more than one image is sharp
enough). Using <span style="text-decoration: underline;">warp</span> mode, make fine adjustments as needed to eliminate
visible shifts.<br>
<br>
<a name="stack_paint" id="stack_paint"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Stack/Paint</span> (File View > Combine > Stack/Paint)<br>
<img src="../images/stack-paint.jpg" alt="" width="225" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="199" align="left"><br>
Stack (overlay) multiple photos of the same subject taken at different times. Remove tourists and cars that come and go
between shots.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Making the photos</span>: Aim the camera at the same distant point and take
multiple photos as tourists or cars move in front of the subject. Try to get two or more photos for each area of the
subject not obstructed by the transient objects. Hold the camera steady and aim at the same point, so that the images
will align accurately.<br clear="all">
<img alt="" src="../images/stack-paint2.jpg" width="911" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="346"><br>
<u>Processing the photos</u>: In Fotoxx, choose the Stack/Paint menu function and select up to 9 images (<a href=
"#gallery_selection">link</a>). The images will now be aligned as well as possible. This may need a minute or more per
image, depending on image size and CPU speed. The output image (lower left) is an even mix of the aligned input images
(top row). When the alignment is complete, the dialog shown above starts. You can select any input image and "paint"
with the mouse on any area of the output image. The single selected image is used for area being painted. For each area
in the image, choose an input image that is free from the transient objects. The radius of the paintbrush can set
larger or smaller, so you can paint large areas quickly and control fine detail when needed.<br>
<u><br>
Automatic operation</u>: press the [Hide] button to see if transient objects can be removed automatically. This will
work for areas in the image where multiple photos of the unobstructed background are available (lower middle image). To
show all of the transient objects, press the [Show] button (lower right image). This generally works, but not
perfectly. Slight image misalignments or lighting differences (esp. moving shadows) may cause the algorithm to select
background pixels instead of foreground pixels. You can use the paint method described above to repair the errors
manually.<br>
<br>
<a name="stack_noise" id="stack_noise"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Stack/Noise</span> (File View > Combine > Stack/Noise)<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><img src="../images/stack-noise.jpg" alt="" width="232" vspace="5" hspace="5" height=
"125"><br></span> This function combines 2-9 images (photos) of the same subject. The photos should be nearly the same,
except for small offsets caused by a hand-held camera. If the photos were made with a very high ISO setting (low light
conditions), the pixels will have considerable noise. By making many photos and averaging them, the noise can be mostly
eliminated.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Making the photos</span>: Choose a point for the center of the image. Take
several photos using the same center and being careful not to shift or rotate the camera too much. The more photos the
better. Up to nine can be used with Fotoxx, but you can take more in order to have some to discard if they are not
sharp, a common problem with low light conditions and long exposure times.<br clear="all">
<br>
In Fotoxx, chose the Stack/Noise function and select up to nine images (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>). They
will be combined automatically and shown, and then a dialog will open. The initial output image is a combination of all
the selected input images, averaged together. This means that the RGB values for each output pixel are the average of
the RGB values for the corresponding input pixels. The following alternatives can be used to possibly reduce the
remaining noise a little more. The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">use median</span> button will change the
output pixels from an average of the input pixels to the median of the input pixels (1-3 middle RGB values are
averaged, depending on the number of images). This may or may not be better, so switch back and forth to compare (the
screen update may need several seconds). The checkboxes for <span style="text-decoration: underline;">omit low
pixel</span> and <span style="text-decoration: underline;">omit high pixel</span> will cause the lowest and highest RGB
input values to be discarded before the average is calculated. This may help to get noise spikes removed from the mix.
This has no effect if the median method is selected.<br>
<br>
<a name="panorama" id="panorama"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Panorama Image</span> (File View > Combine > Panorama)<br>
<img src="../images/panorama.jpg" alt="" width="237" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="284" align="left"><br>
<img src="../images/panorama1.jpg" alt="" width="533" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="266"><br>
This function stitches 2-4 images together to make a wide-angle image or panorama. The images must overlap by 15% or
more, so that the program can find where they match and join them together. Start by selecting 2-4 image files
(<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>). The images are initially joined and shown with a small transparent overlap. A
pre-align dialog (above) asks you to drag the images into rough alignment. Drag the images into the correct left to
right order. The image to drag may overlap other images. To be clear about which image is being dragged, drag from near
the center of the image. After the images are in the correct order, align each image to its left neighbor. It works
best to proceed from left to right. Move an image horizontally and vertically into rough alignment with its neighbor to
the left, then rotate the image if needed by dragging the bottom edge left or right - the image pivots around the
mid-point of its overlap with the image to the left. The fastest method is to align the overlap middle region first,
then rotate the right image if needed to bring the upper and lower overlap regions into alignment. Extreme accuracy is
not needed. Use the [resize] button to get a bigger combined image after moving them closer together. The images should
be correctly curved and fit together well. If they do not, then the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">lens
mm</span> parameter (focal length, 35mm equivalent) needs adjustment. The curvature of the images changes as
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">lens mm</span> is adjusted. The initial value is obtained from the EXIF data
if available, and this is normally good enough. You can measure and set <span style="text-decoration: underline;">lens
mm</span> manually using the [search] button described below. If the images have no curvature (e.g. scanned images),
use the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">no curve</span> checkbox to set the lens mm effectively to
infinity.<br>
<br>
If an image was trimmed so that the greater dimension (width or height) was reduced, then the EXIF focal length is no
longer valid, and the EXIF initial value may not work well. A section of an image taken from the middle has an
effective focal length greater than the original. Increase the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">lens mm</span>
parameter until the images fit together reasonably well, or use the [search] button to make a more precise
determination (described below).<br>
<br>
The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">no auto warp</span> checkbox is normally unchecked. Its purpose is
described below.<br>
<br>
The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">manual align</span> checkbox will use the manual pre-alignment as the
final alignment. This is for images that have no clear features to match and align the images automatically.<br>
<br>
Press [proceed] when pre-alignment is finished, and the program will do fine alignment and join the images. Internally,
the images are shifted and rotated and the degree of match is evaluated. This is done with increasing image sizes until
the best alignment is found. This may need a minute or more, depending on CPU speed and image size. You can speed up
the process greatly if you reduce the input images to 1/2 size. Do this also if the process fails for lack of memory.
Panoramas with 4 large images can require 2+ GB of memory during processing.<br>
<img src="../images/panorama2.jpg" alt="" width="252" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="292" align="left"><br>
When fine alignment is complete, the combined image is displayed. The dialog shown here is started for fine adjustment
of brightness and color match. You may see a sharp border between images if the images do not have the same brightness
and color balance. The [auto color] button can be used to perform an automatic color match, which is often satisfactory
by itself. Use this button multiple times to get improved matching at the expense of greater color shifts that could
add a false color tint. Restore the original image colors with [file color]. The image selected with the Select Image
radio buttons is the starting image for the auto color matching. Reset using [file color] and select a different
starting image to see results that may be slightly different. The brightness and RGB color controls allow you to make
additional changes to better match the images. Select one of the images with the radio buttons, change the values for
brightness and color, and press the [apply] button to see the results. Use [auto color] to match the other images to
the one changed. Use [file color] to restore the original values from the input images. The blend width input governs
how the images are blended together: at the image joints, the color balance is gradually shifted over this many pixels,
to mask imbalances that cannot be fully corrected. The default is 1 pixel, which makes any brightness or color
differences look obvious.</font></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><br>
<br>
If the images do not align perfectly, you may be able to improve the alignment by using the mouse to push the images
into alignment. In the final dialog, select <span style="text-decoration: underline;">mouse warp</span>, select which
one of the images with the radio buttons, and then drag the mouse carefully along the edge of the image where it should
align with its neighbor, and move the image into alignment. The image is moved locally around the mouse while more
distant parts stay fixed. Parallax shifting will require a compromise, since it is generally not possible to keep both
foreground and background in alignment.<br></font></font><br>
The <u>flatten image</u> control can be used to "unbend" the image, which will straighten curved lines (e.g. buildings
may look curved). A value of zero has no effect and a value of 1.0 will fully flatten the image.<br>
<br>
When done, you can use unbend, warp, trim/rotate and other functions for final adjustments.<br>
<br></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name=
"vertical_panorama"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br></font></font></a> Vertical Panorama</span> (File
View > Combine > Vertical Panorama)<br>
This function works the same as horizontal panorama, except that the images are arranged vertically. To change the
order of the images, drag them from near their centers. To rotate an image, drag the right edge up or down. It works
best to align from the top down.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Panorama Notes</span><br>
<small><small><small> <br></small></small></small> <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Scanned images</span>
can be combined if there is enough overlap. Check "no curve" since there is no curvature.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Auto Warping</span><br>
The images are slightly warped in various directions during alignment to find the best match. This is to compensate for
shifts in camera horizon or rotation, causing image distortions that reduce the quality of fit. If the overlap area of
two images includes a large object that moved in or out between the two photos, the alignment process may go crazy
trying to match the images, resulting in alignment that is very poor. By selecting <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">no auto warp</span> you may be able to get the alignment to succeed or have a smaller
error. Another option is to select <span style="text-decoration: underline;">manual align</span>.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Setting lens mm Automatically</span><br>
The [search] button in the panorama pre-alignment dialog initiates an automated search for optimum lens mm. Use a
suitable image pair: the subject is 50+ meters away, the images have a low horizon difference and little relative
rotation, and there is plenty of high-contrast detail in the overlap area. Input your nominal lens focal length for
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">lens_mm</span>. After doing a decent pre-align, press the [search] button and
wait a while for the results. Do this a second time and observe the change. If lens mm remains consistent, you can use
it for your panoramas. The search function steps through a range of values for lens_mm and the image alignment offsets
for x, y, and theta. It searches for the lens value that give the best alignment results for the given images. The
process needs a minute or more, but you only need to do this once to characterize a given camera lens and focal length
(zoom setting). Use the [save] button in the 1st dialog to put the focal length back into the image EXIF data.<br>
<br style="text-decoration: underline;">
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Setting lens mm Manually</span><br>
Make a panorama image of a brick wall (or any wall with lots of detail). The wall should be 5+ meters away. Take two
photos with about 40% overlap. Within the panorama pre-align process, adjust <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">lens_mm</span> until overlapping bricks coincide. When making the two images, be sure to
turn the camera on a vertical axis through the lens, minimizing lateral movement and rotation in other axes - otherwise
your lens mm may not be optimal. The result should roughly correspond to the nominal focal length of your lens (35mm
equivalent). It may be off somewhat (my 27mm lens works best with a lens_mm setting of 29-30mm). I speculate that this
is because wide-angle camera lenses are not ideal lenses (pinhole equivalent). Most panoramas will still work well even
if the lens_mm setting is off by 10%.<br>
<br style="text-decoration: underline;">
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Color Matching Problems</span><br>
If the images in a panorama have a large brightness difference, the automatic color matching may not work well enough.
The most common problem is false sky colors. You may be able to improve this by brightening or darkening an input image
to more closely match its neighbors. Sky can be easy to fix by selecting the false areas and copying sky from elsewhere
in the image (<a href="#clone_image">Clone Image</a>). It seems to work better if you brighten the darker image instead
of darkening the brighter one. You can do this in the final dialog as described above, or you can do this before
starting the panorama.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Panorama Limitations</span><br>
Panoramas including nearby objects can be tricky: when the photos are made, be careful to turn the camera on an axis
through the lens, with minimum lateral movement, otherwise the images may align poorly because foreground objects are
shifted against the background (parallax). This is not an issue when the subject is 50+ meters away, since a small
lateral movement has little impact on the image. Keep the camera level to avoid a large vertical shift (horizon shift),
which can cause image distortions that may not be fully corrected. Avoid rotating the camera for the same reason.<br>
<br></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><a name="PT_panorama"></a><br></font></font> PT Panorama</span> (File View >
Combine > PT Panorama)<br style="font-weight: bold;">
The Panorama Tools utilities (via the Hugin package) have been integrated into Fotoxx under the menu PT Panorama. The
user interface is very simple: select (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>) the input images in any order and
proceed. Everything else is automatic. After a minute or so the finished panorama is shown and is now the current file
in Fotoxx. The file name is <first input file>-PT.tif. This is an 8-bit TIFF file and is very large. You can save
the file as JPEG and delete the original TIFF to save space. Panorama Tools usually does a fine job, but I have noticed
minor alignment errors in some cases, usually too small to notice. It may be possible to eliminate these by using the
full features of Hugin directly instead of the automated script used in Fotoxx. They may also be fixed using Mashup -
see the related paragraph in Mashup, below.<br>
<br>
<a name="montage"></a><br>
<b>Montage<br></b></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans">Select many images and automatically join them into a compact format. This is a fast and easy alternative to
<a href="#mashup">Mashup</a>, which is harder to use but offers more flexibility to vary the size and position of each
image.</font></font><br>
<img src="../images/montage.jpg" alt="" width="793" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="502"><br clear="all">
The first dialog is shown at upper left. <u>Frame Width</u> is the width of the frame image that will be created. The
height is determined by the number of selected image files and the space required. <u>Frame Margin</u> is the margin
size (pixels) around the frame image. <u>Image Columns</u> specifies the number of columns in the frame image (6 in the
above example). The number of rows is determined by the number of image files selected. <u>Image Margin</u> is the
space between images (pixels). Select the image files to combine (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>). Press
<u>Proceed</u> when done. The resulting image will be made in a few seconds (or up to a minute for hundreds of images).
This image will typically have a very uneven bottom margin, as shown by the top image above.<br>
<br>
The Optimize dialog begins automatically. It can rearrange the images so that the bottom margin is more even. Press
<u>Start</u> and wait for the image to optimize. You can watch the progress. The function will exit if an optimum is
found that makes the bottom margin even within 2 pixels. It may continue to search indefinitely if this goal is not
reached. Press <u>Stop</u> to force the optimize function to exit with the best solution found so far. If optimization
is successful, you will get even columns as shown in the lower image.</font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">If the bottom edge is still uneven after optimization, you will
be asked if you want to add margins to some of the images to make the bottom edge even. This will result in an even
bottom edge, but the inside margins will no longer be equal.</font></font><br>
<b><br>
TIP</b>: Optimization works best if the number of images is divisible by the column count, i,e, the same number of
images in all columns. It also works better if the number of images per column is at least four (better more). This
gives the optimizer enough flexibility to find a solution with an even bottom edge.<br>
<br>
The last dialog appears, shown at lower left. You must now assign a unique name to your montage, one that does not
conflict with other montages you have made before. A file save dialog is started, and you can save the new montage file
anywhere you wish. If the map option is selected, a map of the included images is also created. This map allows you to
click on any image in the montage to get a larger popup image which can be zoomed up to the full size of the original
image, using the mouse wheel or F11. This will work now and at any time later, even if the montage file is moved,
presuming the map file and the original images are still available. The saved montage file is given a special suffix to
make it recognizable as a Fotoxx montage file.<br>
<br>
The full montage file name is: your-assigned-name (fotoxx montage).jpg.<br>
(if the map option is not selected, then "(fotoxx montage)" is not included in the name).<br>
The map files are stored in <big>~/.fotoxx/montage_maps/.<br></big><br>
Note that the popup image feature is not standard. It will not work outside of Fotoxx. <big><br></big> <br>
<a name="mashup" id="mashup"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Mashup</span> (File View > Combine > Mashup)<br>
<img style="width: 423px; height: 303px;" alt="" src="../images/mashup.jpg" width="423" vspace="5" height="303" align=
"left"><br>
<br>
Arrange multiple images and text in a layout. Images can be added, resized, rotated and moved around by dragging with
the mouse. Images can be made entirely or partly transparent in selected areas. Text can be added, moved, resized and
rotated. Text attributes can be specified: font, size, color, outline, shadow, transparency. Lines and arrows can
be added. The example here shows some of the possibilities.<br clear="all">
<br>
<img src="../images/mashup1.jpg" alt="" width="229" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="180" align="left"><br>
In the first Mashup dialog, choose a background or layout image where other images will be placed. Choose an existing
image or create a new monotone image with a specified size and color. You may also open a previously saved mashup
project and continue editing.<br clear="all">
<br clear="all">
<img src="../images/mashup2.jpg" alt="" width="236" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="222" align="left"><br>
The 2nd Mashup dialog is a choice: edit images, edit text, edit lines and arrows, rescale to a larger size, save the
completed composite image (Done) or abandon the image (Cancel). The first three choices lead to dialogs to perform the
respective edits. Each of these return to this dialog when done, so you can add or modify images, text, and
lines/arrows in any sequence. Rescale is explained below.<br clear="all">
<br clear="all">
<img src="../images/mashup3.jpg" alt="" width="261" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="442" align="left"><br>
Use this dialog to select and place images on the layout and revise their appearance: size, rotation, position, and
transparency. An image may be partly or wholly transparent, overall or within specified areas. This means that the
background image or an overlapped image can show through the transparent areas. The Add button leads to a gallery file
selection dialog (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>). Selected images are placed on the layout. After the images
are added, click on any image to select it for modifications. Drag the image from the middle to position the
image in the layout. Drag the lower right corner to resize the image. Use the dialog controls to adjust the image. The
dialog controls operate on the last image added, clicked or dragged. The Next button will cycle through the images one
at a time, flashing the selected image. This can be used when overlapped images make it difficult to select the desired
image by clicking it. Scale resizes the image. Angle rotates the image. The Stacking Order buttons raise or lower an
image relative to other images - this determines which of two overlapping image will be on top. Base Transparency is
used to make an entire image partly transparent. The [paint] button is used to make any part of an image partly or
fully transparent, using the Paint dialog below. The [warp] button is used to bend or warp an image, using the Warp
dialog below. The black margins checkbox can be used to remove black margins left by other edit functions, e.g. warp.
These will be made transparent. The Margins controls can be used to make image edge areas transparent. The Hard margins
cut off image edges. The Blend margins make the edges partly transparent to blend them into the background or
overlapped images.<br clear="all">
<br clear="all">
<img src="../images/mashup4.jpg" alt="" width="248" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="128" align="left"><br>
"Paint" more or less transparency for selected image areas. Click on an image to select it. The mouse will have a
circle around it to show the range of action. Use radius to adjust the size of the circle. Left-drag the mouse over the
image to make it transparent in the areas covered by the circle. Right-drag to make it opaque. If Gradual is checked,
transparency changes are made slowly as the mouse is dragged. Specify a power value for the mouse center and edges to
make the changes faster or slower.<br clear="all">
<br>
<img src="../images/mashup5.jpg" alt="" width="203" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="163" align="left"><br>
Click this dialog to insure it is active, and click on an image to select it. Drag the image with the mouse - the image
will warp or stretch locally in the direction of the mouse (like sheet rubber). The area of warping is roughly given by
warp span, which is a fraction of the image size. Each drag is a step that adds to previous steps. Recent steps
can be reversed with [undo last], and the unbent image can be restored with [undo all].<br clear="all">
<br clear="all">
<img src="../images/mashup6.jpg" alt="" width="256" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="329" align="left"><br>
The Edit Text dialog is used for placing text on the layout. Enter some text and press Add. You are asked to click on
the layout where the text will be added. Drag it into position, then use the dialog controls to set font, size, color,
angle, background color, outline size and color, shadow size and color, and transparencies for each of these. Drag the
text to a new position at any time. Click on any existing text to show its properties in the dialog and revise them.
Click on a text and press Delete to remove it. When done editing, press Done to return to the 2nd Mashup
dialog.<br clear="all">
<br clear="all">
<img src="../images/mashup7.jpg" alt="" width="246" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="276" align="left"><br>
The Edit Line/Arrow dialog is used for placing lines or arrows on the layout. It works very much like adding text.
Enter a length and width and press Add. You are asked to click on the layout where the line will be added. A line is
placed on the layout, or an arrow if one of the Arrow head options is checked. Drag the line/arrow to the desired
position. Adjust length, width, angle and attributes (background, outline, shadow) using the dialog. You can also drag
either end of the line/arrow to position that end while leaving the other end fixed.<br clear="all">
<br clear="all">
You can use the mouse to move and resize objects in the layout:<br>
• click the object to select it - it flashes to confirm the selection.<br>
• drag from the approximate center to position the object.<br>
• drag the image or text lower right corner to resize.<br>
• for a line/arrow, drag either end to move that end only.<br>
<br>
The keyboard arrow keys can also be used to move the currently selected object in 1-pixel steps.<br>
<br>
You can also add images saved by <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a>. In the Edit Images dialog, press [Add] to
start the file selection dialog. Use the [Top] button in the gallery window, select 'saved_areas'. Open any of the .png
images found there. The original area outline is used, and edge blending works from these edges.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Mashup project files</span><br>
You can save a project and open it later to continue editing. However, the project file will open successfully only if
the layout image and all the overlay images are still available in their original locations. The Mashup project is
rebuilt using these images and some saved metadata that is in the project file: image and text locations, scales,
transparency, etc.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Mashup Rescale</span><br>
Working with a very large layout (over 20 megapixels) can be quite slow, especially if the PC is not very strong.
Dragging a large overlay image can be slow and jerky. You can work much faster if you use a smaller layout to build the
project, and then make it larger after you are finished. There is no loss of resolution in the final image, since the
overlay images and text are regenerated from the inputs (e.g. an image that was scaled to 0.2x in the initial layout is
rescaled to 0.6x if the layout is magnified by 3x). The original full size image file is used for this rescale. The
Rescale button allows you to magnify the project by 2x, 3x or 4x (4x, 9x or 16x by area). There is also a <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">reset</span> option to restore the original smaller project size. With this method, you
can work with a 10 megapixel layout and resize it up to 160 megapixels when done. The larger layout can still be worked
on directly afterwards, but it will be much slower.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">PT Panorama Fix</span><br>
Mashup can be used to fix minor alignment offsets from PT Panorama. After running PT Panorama, start Mashup (in the
same Fotoxx session), and create a flat layout image with a good size for editing (e.g. 3000 pixels wide). Start the
dialog for adding images to the layout. Navigate to the directory <font size="+1">/tmp/fotoxx-xxx/</font> where you
will find the images left by PT Panorama. They have been color matched and warped to fit together. Add these images to
the layout. Check the box to make the black margins transparent. Resize them to fill the layout (all must have the same
scale) and move them around to fit together. Zoom the window larger for precise alignment and align the images as well
as possible. Small misalignments will persist if the images do not fit perfectly. There may also be brightness or color
mismatches at the image edges, but these can be fixed later. Start the Warp Images dialog. Drag the mouse in small
steps over a misaligned area to move an image into alignment with its neighbor. Use a small span (e.g. 0.1) to insure
that correcting one misalignment does not create others elsewhere. Several cycles of dragging the images in several
locations may be needed, but with patience you can make the alignments perfect. If there are visible brightness or
color mismatches at image edges, blend these together using the margin blend controls. This should be done only after
the alignment has been perfected - otherwise this will cause blurring where the images do not align, making alignment
corrections harder to see and control. Lastly, rescale the layout to a larger size if wanted. This does not lose
resolution, since the input images are rescaled and the warps are rescaled and re-applied.<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="process_menu"></a><br>
<img alt="" src="../images/process.png" width="49" height="49"><br>
<font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Process Menu</span></font> <big><small>(Gallery View >
Process)</small></big><br>
<br>
<a name="batch_convert" id="batch_convert"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Batch Convert Files</span> <big><small>(Gallery View > Process > Batch
Convert)</small></big><br>
This function is used to rename, convert, resize, upright and move multiple image files at once. An overlay image can
also be added at a selected position (e.g. a title, credit line or copyright notice).<br>
<img src="../images/batch-convert.jpg" alt="" width="491" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="348"><br clear="all">
<br></font></font></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="847" height="290" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Select Files<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Select the files to convert, from a gallery window (<a href=
"#gallery_selection">link</a>).<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">New Name<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Optional new name with optional inserted text (photo date,
sequence number)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Sequence Numbers<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Starting sequence number and adder for each output
file.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">New Location<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Optional new directory location for the converted
files.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">new file type<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">File type for converted images, or "no change".<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">max. width, height<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Output images will fit within these dimensions (ratio is not
changed).<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">delete originals<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Delete the input files after successful
conversion.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">copy metadata<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Copy all EXIF and IPTC metadata to the output
files.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">upright<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">If an image is rotated 90 degrees, upright it (if status known
from EXIF).<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">sharpen<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Sharpen output images using the two supplied
parameters<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Overlay Image<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Add an overlay image at a selected position in the output
images. See below.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Make constant size<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Make the visual overlay size independent of image dimensions.
See Below<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Plugins</span><br>
The new file name may have inserted text: a photo date (from EXIF metadata), a sequence number, or the original file
name. Specify what and where to insert with the following text:<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="843" height="74" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> $oldname<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">The original file name is inserted here<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> $s...<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">A running sequence number is inserted here. See
below.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> $yyyy $mm $dd<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">The photo date (year, month, day) is inserted at these
positions<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
Example: San Francisco $yyyy-$mm-$dd $oldname $sss<br>
The input image file "Golden Gate Bridge.jpg", with a photo date of May 12, 2014, would convert<br>
to the following output file name: "San Francisco 2014-05-12 Golden Gate Bridge 123.jpg".<br>
<br>
For the "$s..." plugin, specify the length of the field with the number of 's' characters, e.g. "$ss" will be adequate
for sequence numbers up to 99. Leading zeros are added for sequence numbers with fewer digits. Sequence numbers not
fitting in the specified length will be as long as needed. Keep in mind that the file name sort order in the galleries
is strictly ascii order, so the sequence of numbers 1, 2 ... 9, 10 will sort as 1, 10, 2 ... 9. You can keep the
numeric order by specifying a field length of 2 ($ss), resulting in the sequence 01, 02 ... 09, 10. <br>
<br>
Either "$oldname" or "$s..." must be present to insure output file names are unique.<br>
If <span style="text-decoration: underline;">New Location</span> is missing or unchanged, <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">delete originals</span> is ignored.<br>
If an output file already exists, the input file is not converted.<br>
For an explanation of the sharpen parameters, see the <a href="#sharpen_image">Sharpen</a> function.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Overlay Image</span><br>
A small overlay image can be added at a selected position in all the output images. Use the <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Open</span> button to select the image file. The overlay image will be scaled to
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Width</span> percent of the output image width. The position is selected by
clicking one of the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Position</span> buttons. If <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Make constant size</span> is checked, the visual size of the overlay image will be made
constant for the selected screen or window dimensions. Without this, a "tall" image that displays with left and right
margins would have a visually smaller overlay.<br>
<br>
An overlay image can be used to add a title, credit line or copyright to the converted output images. Prepare the
overlay image as follows: Use <a href="#new_blank_image">New Blank Image</a> to create a base image to hold the text.
The scale does not matter, so make it larger than needed, say 1000 pixels wide. Use <a href="#paint_transp">Paint
Transparency</a> to paint the entire base image transparent. Use <a href="#add_text"><span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Add Text</span></a> to put the desired text on the base image, using the font, color, and
other attributes as desired. Scale the text to fill most of the base image. The text is visible and the base image
(background) is transparent. Use <a href="#trim_rotate">Trim</a> to remove excess margins if needed. Save the final
image; a convenient location is ~/.fotoxx/saved_areas, but any directory can be used. This image is now ready to
use as an overlay image for Batch Convert.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Albums</span><br style="font-weight: bold;">
If image files are renamed or moved using Batch Convert, and if deletion of the original image files was also
specified, then all albums containing any of the input files are updated to reflect the new names and locations.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Preserving File Sequence</span><br>
If you specify a leading sequence number ($s...), the input file sequence will be preserved at the output location.
Thus you can select image files in any order, or use an album with ordered images, and preserve this sequence in the
output.<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> </font><br>
<a name="batch_upright" id="batch_upright"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Batch Upright</span> <big><small>(Gallery View > Process > Batch
Upright)</small></big><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><img style="width: 223px; height: 109px;" alt="" src="../images/batch-upright.jpg"
width="223" vspace="5" height="109"><br></span> This function works like Batch Convert Files but only does the upright
function. It uprights image files rotated 90 degrees. It depends on EXIF data to know if a file is rotated. It is much
faster than Batch Convert Files. You can simply select all candidate files and let it find the ones that are rotated.
The search speed is about 3000 image files per minute on a strong PC. There are two options to specify the files to
search. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Select Files</span> leads to a gallery file selection dialog
(<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>). <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Survey all files</span> will check
all image files in your database and upright those that are rotated.<br>
<br>
<a name="batch_delete_trash" id="batch_delete_trash"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Batch Delete/Trash</span> <big><small>(Gallery View > Process >
Delete/Trash)</small></big><br>
<img style="width: 219px; height: 107px;" alt="" src="../images/batch-delete-trash.jpg" width="219" vspace="5" height=
"107"><br>
Select files from a gallery (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>).<br>
Select the option to delete or move to trash.<br>
[Proceed]<br>
<br>
<a name="batch_raw" id="batch_raw"></a> <a name="batch_raw_therapee"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Batch RAW</span> <big><small>(Gallery View > Process > Batch
RAW)</small></big><br style="font-weight: bold;">
<img alt="" src="../images/batch-convert-raw.jpg" width="491" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="232"><br clear="all">
This function converts selected RAW image files to JPEG, PNG-8, PNG-16, TIFF-8 or TIFF-16 format, using the library
program <span style="text-decoration: underline;">libraw</span> or the application program <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Raw Therapee</span>. The PNG and TIFF formats have either 8 or 16 bits per color. RAW
files generally have 10-12 bits per color, and noise beyond that. Therefore use a 16-bit format to keep all of the data
available from a RAW file. The difference between 8- and 16-bit color is rarely visible, but a higher color depth
provides a greater margin for retouch functions that can radically shift the brightness distribution, causing a problem
known as "banding" or "posterization".<br>
<br>
Use the [Select Files] button to choose one or more RAW image files from a gallery window (<a href=
"#gallery_selection">link</a>). Choose one of the output formats. Choose one of the downsize options if wanted, and set
the auto sharpen parameters if wanted. See the <a href="#sharpen_image">Sharpen</a> function for an explanation of
these parameters.<br>
<br>
The image files are converted one at a time and displayed in the main window. Depending on the number of files, this
can take a long time (a strong PC does about 40 files per minute for most RAW file types and TIFF-16 output). PNG-16
produces much smaller files than TIFF-16 because the files are compressed (with no quality loss). This also needs more
time to do the compression work.<br clear="all">
<br>
<a name="script_files" id="script_files"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Script Files</span> <big><small>(Gallery View > Process > Script
Files)</small></big><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><img alt="" src="../images/script-files.jpg" width="251" vspace="5" hspace="5" height=
"228"><br></span> Script files allow you to define a set of edits once, and carry them out on as many image files as
you wish. This can be useful when many photos of the same subject were made under the same lighting. You can choose one
photo and edit it to perfection, recording every function used and adjustment made in the dialogs and curves. Then you
can apply these edits to the entire batch of photos. Certainly this will not be as good as editing each photo
individually, but it is much faster, and you can always go back and make additional adjustments after viewing the
results.<br>
<br>
Press [start] to begin a new script file. You will be asked to choose a file name for the script. Now choose an image
file and perform your edits. After each edit function is done, a message appears to confirm its addition to the script.
All the dialog inputs and curve edits are now saved in the script file. After the last edit, open the script menu again
and choose [close] to complete the script.<br>
<br>
To execute a script, open the script menu and choose [select]. This is the standard file selection dialog (<a href=
"#gallery_selection">link</a>). Select the files to edit with the script. Now choose [run]. You will be asked to select
a script file to execute. The script starts up and processes all the image files in sequence. You can watch the action
as the images fly past. All modified images are saved as new versions, so the original files are not lost. Those you
decide you no longer need can be quickly removed using the <a href="#batch_delete_trash">Batch Delete/Trash</a>
function.<br>
<br>
If RAW files are processed, the corresponding outputs are TIF-16 files.<br>
<br>
Not all edit functions are scriptable. Some edit functions use mouse drags on the image, e.g. Trim/Rotate and all
warping functions. These are not scriptable. If you try to use one of these while building the script, you are told
this is not possible.<br>
<br>
The following functions are currently scriptable. Others are possible but have not been converted for scripting. If
there is a need for some function not included, <a href="https://kornelix.net/contact/contact.html">contact
me</a>.<small><small><small><small><br></small></small></small></small></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="738" height="722" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Retouch Combo</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Brightness/Contrast/Color adjustments</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Edit Brightness<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Reshape the brightness distribution</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Flatten</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Enhance dark areas with low contrast</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Gradients</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Enhance local contrast where weak</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Resize</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Specify width/height or ratio (e.g. 1/2)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Voodoo1</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Automatic enhance</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Voodoo2</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Automatic enhance</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Mirror Image<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Mirror image horizontally or vertically<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Sharpen<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Sharpen fuzzy edges<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Blur</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Blur image<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Denoise<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Reduce image noise<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Color Mode<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Make image B&W or color, positive or negative, or sepia<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Shift Colors</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Tune colors using a slider<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Color Saturation<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Change color saturation (intensity)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Adjust RGB/CMY</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Tune colors using RGB or CMY sliders<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Color Profile<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Change the color profile, e.g. Adobe RGB <-> sRGB<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Color Depth<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Reduce the color depth (bits/color) for "poster" effect<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Sketch<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Convert image to simulated sketch<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Cartoon<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Convert image to a cartoon<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Line Drawing<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Convert image to a color line drawing<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Color Drawing<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Convert image to a color drawing<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Graduated Blur<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">"Soften" the image while retaining details<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Embossing<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Add a 3D relief effect to an image<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Tiles<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Convert an image to tiles<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Dots<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Convert an image to dots (Roy Lichtenstein effect)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Painting<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Convert image to a simulated painting<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Texture<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Add texture to an image (e.g. image on a rug)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Pattern<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Add a pattern to an image (e.g. image on a brick wall)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Custom Kernel<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Apply a custom convolution kernel to the image<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Alien Colors<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Add strange coloring to an image<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="burn_DVD" id="burn_DVD"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Burn Images to DVD/BRD</span> <big><small>(Gallery View > Process > Burn Images
to DVD/BRD)<br>
<img style="width: 300px; height: 122px;" alt="" src="../images/burn_DVD.jpg" width="300" vspace="5" height=
"122"><br></small></big> Select any number of image files and copy ("burn") them to a DVD or BlueRay optical
disc.<br></font>
<ol>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Insert a blank disc and wait for the initial clatter to finish. A message may appear asking
you what to do with the blank disc, or a program may start which the window manager thinks you want to run. Dismiss
this window or program.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Start the Fotoxx Burn function after step 1 is complete.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Select Files</span> button starts a dialog for
selecting the image files to be copied (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>).<br>
Select any image files, but stay within the capacity of the disc (DVD 4.7 GB, BlueRay 25 GB).<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Select a DVD/BlueRay disc drive to use from the drop-down list (even if there is only
one).<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Press the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Start</span> button. The list of selected
image files is sent to <a href="http://linuxcommand.org/man_pages/growisofs1.html">growisofs</a>.<br>
(an optical disc recording utility used by K3b, Brasero, and others).<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Progress is shown in a popup window, along with any growisofs error messages.<br>
The job will fail right away if the selected files do not fit on the selected disc.</font></li>
</ol>
<font face="FreeSans">The resulting disc is frozen. Leftover space cannot be used later to add more images.<br>
<br>
<a name="find_duplicates" id="find_duplicates"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Find Duplicate Images</span> <big><small>(Gallery View > Process > Find
Duplicate Images)</small></big><br>
<img src="../images/find-dups.jpg" alt="" width="275" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="184"><br>
This function is used to find duplicated image files anywhere within your image database. A duplicate image file can be
an image file that exactly duplicates another image file, or an image file that "almost" duplicates another. For the
sake of speed, thumbnail images are compared in memory. Hence it is possible that identical thumbnails are found for
which the main images have some minor (likely invisible) differences that do not show up in the thumbnails. An image
copy that was reduced to 1/2 size is likely be classified as a duplicate. The thumbnail size can be set from 32 to 256
pixels (max. width or height). A larger size reduces the probability of false positives. The thumbnail size greatly
affects the amount of main memory required - e.g. for 100K images, size 32 needs 220 MB, whereas size 64 needs 880 MB.
The memory required is roughly size x size x 0.75 x 3 x (image count). Two parameters are used to set the sensitivity
for detection of identical or nearly identical images: pixel difference is the RGB value difference below which pixels
are considered equal. Set to 1 to detect any pixel difference. pixel count is the number of different pixels below
which two images are classified as duplicates. Example: if pixel difference = 3 and pixel count = 100, then images are
classified as duplicates if fewer than 100 pixels are different by less than 3. The output is a gallery view, showing
each set of duplicate images. Screening 8K images needs about 16 seconds on a strong PC.<br>
<br>
<a name="export_filelist" id="image_list"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Export File List</span> <big><small>(Gallery View > Process > Export File
List)</small></big><br>
<img style="width: 395px; height: 115px;" alt="" src="../images/export-file-list.jpg" width="395" vspace="5" hspace="5"
height="115"><br>
This function is used to create a file containing a list of image files. These are fully qualified file names, one per
line in the text output file. This has no use inside Fotoxx. If you need to select images to feed into a shell script
or another program, this is the way. The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Select Files</span> button starts a
dialog for selecting the image files (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>). Use the <u>Browse</u> button to select or
define the output file.<br>
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><a name="export_images"></a><br>
<b>Export Image Files</b> <big><small>(Gallery View > Process > Export Image Files)</small></big><br>
<img src="../images/export-files.jpg" alt="" width="360" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="145"><br>
<big><small>This function copies selected image files into another directory. This would be typically used for copying
files to a thumb drive, uploading files to a photo web service, etc. Select any number of image files by clicking
gallery thumbnails (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>). Select a directory where the image files will be copied. A
limited set of metadata is also copied (relevant for a photo web services like Flickr). These are: photo date, keywords
(tags), copyright, caption, comments, and geotag data (location).<br></small></big></font></font> <font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="batch_tags" id="batch_tags"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Batch Add/Remove Tags</span> (</font></font></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><big><small>Gallery View >
Process</small></big></font></font> > Batch Add/Remove Tags)<br>
<img src="../images/batch-add-remove-tags.jpg" alt="" width="450" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="475"><br>
When adding tags to a large number of images having many of the same tags (i.e. the same event or subject), use this
function to speed up the process. In the dialog, use the [select files] button to open a gallery window with thumbnail
images from which you can select the image files (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>).<br>
<br>
The dialog shows two lists of tags: those to be added to the selected image files, and those to be removed. Select
whether the tags you will enter subsequently are to be added or removed. You can go back and forth as you select
tags.<br>
<br>
Available tags are shown in the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Defined Tags</span> window below. One of
these can be added to the currently selected tag list by clicking it. A tag can be deleted from either tag list by
clicking it. Tags recently added are shown in <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Recent Tags</span>. This is a
convenience to make adding tags to a new batch of images easier, assuming that many of the same tags will be used
repeatedly. Point and click the same way.<br>
<br>
If the list of defined tags is long, it may be easier to type the desired tag into <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Enter New Tag</span>. Existing tags matching what you have typed so far will appear in
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Matching Tags</span>, and you can point and click one of these to add the tag
to the image. If the input tag is new (no matching tag is shown), press [Add] when the tag is complete. It will be
added to the selected tag list and to the list of defined tags under the category "nocatg".<br>
<br>
If you are using tag categories, you can select a category, and only those tags will be shown in the list of defined
tags. If your tags list is huge, this can reduce the list to a manageable size for pointing and clicking.<br>
<br>
The [manage tags] button can be used to define tags with categories, as described above in <a href=
"#edit_metadata">Edit Metadata</a>.<br>
<br>
To replace tags, specify the new names in the add tags list and the old names in the remove tags list. To get a list of
images having specific tags (which you want to remove or replace), use the <a href="#search_images">Search Images</a>
function to find the images, then start this function and use the [select files] button to add all the image files that
you just found, or select any subset.<br>
<br>
<a name="batch_rename_tags" id="batch_rename_tags"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Batch Rename Tags</span> (</font></font></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><big><small>Gallery View >
Process</small></big></font></font> > Batch Rename Tags)<br>
<img src="../images/batch-rename-tags.jpg" alt="" width="548" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="342"><br>
With this function, you can rename any number of tags and apply these changes to your entire image collection. Click on
a tag to rename from the list of defined tags, enter a new name in the <u>Rename to</u> box, then click on the arrow
button to add this pair of names to the list on the right side. Repeat for each tag to rename. If you make a mistake or
change your mind, click on the pair of names in the list to remove them. Press [Proceed] when done.<br>
<br>
A popup window shows the number of image files containing the affected tag names. Press [Yes] to proceed. The update
rate is around 500/minute on a strong computer. The next time Fotoxx is started, the image index function will update
all thumbnails for the same images, because the file modification date has changed.<br>
<br>
<a name="batch_photo_date"></a><br>
<b>Batch Photo Date/Time</b></font></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><big><small>(Gallery View > Process > Batch Photo
Date/Time)</small></big></font> <br>
<img src="../images/batch-photo-date.jpg" alt="" width="653" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="288"><br>
This function lets you quickly fix a batch of photos that have no photo date/time or an incorrect
one.</font></font></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">Use the [select files] button to open a gallery window where you
can select the image files to be processed (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>).</font></font></font><br>
<br>
There are two ways to change photo date/times:<br></font></font></font>
<ol>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Set a new date/time (left image above)<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">enter a new year only
(</font></font></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"Liberation Mono">yyyy</font></font></font></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">) -
only the year will be changed in the image files.</font></font></font></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">enter a date only
(</font></font></font><font face="Liberation Mono">yyyy-mm-dd</font><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">) - the date will be changed but not the time.</font></font></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">enter a full date/time
(</font></font></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"Liberation Mono">yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss</font></font></font></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">) - the image file date/times are fully replaced.</font></font></font></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">Shift existing date/time (right image)<br>
Enter + or - values into any of the 6 fields: years, months, days, hours, minutes, seconds.<br>
Image file date/times will be shifted by the entered values.<br></font></font></font></li>
</ol>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">Shifted date/time values propagate to the next higher
value when necessary:<br>
Time 08:30 shifted by -50 minutes results in 07:40<br>
Date 2016-10-20 shifted by +6 months and -30 days results in 2017-03-21 (March has 31 days).<br>
<br>
If the checkbox <u>test</u> is selected, a report of the old and new date/times for the selected files is produced for
your inspection. No changes to the files are made. If you are satisfied that the results are correct, remove the
checkbox and run again to update the files. The same set of files will be already loaded into the Select Files
dialog.<br>
<br>
<a name="batch_change_metadata" id="batch_change_metadata"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Batch Add/Change Metadata</span> (</font></font></font><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><big><small>Gallery
View > Process</small></big></font></font> > Batch Add/Change Metadata)<br>
<img src="../images/batch-add-change-metadata.jpg" alt="" width="589" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="345"><br>
This function can revise metadata for multiple image files. You can add new metadata, revise existing metadata, and
delete metadata. Use the [select files] button to open a gallery window with thumbnail images from which you can select
the image files to be processed (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>). Enter metadata key names and values to be
assigned, or leave the value blank to delete this key. Press [apply]. You will get a confirmation message and you can
proceed or cancel at this time. A list of commonly used key names is provided on the left. Click one of these to insert
it into the first empty key name field in the dialog. This list comes from the file<br>
/home/<user>/.fotoxx/metadata_short_list<br>
which you can edit to add other keys to the list. The [Full List] button provides information on how to get a list of
all available key names.<br>
<br>
<a name="batch_report_metadata" id="batch_report_metadata"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Batch Report Metadata</span> (</font></font></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><big><small>Gallery View >
Process</small></big></font></font> > Batch Report Metadata)<br>
<img src="../images/batch-report-metadata.jpg" alt="" width="247" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="131" align=
"left"><img src="../images/add-metadata-items.jpg" alt="" width="450" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="295"><br>
This function can report any metadata for any number of images. The output is a text file which is displayed in the
default text editor for your system (e.g. Gedit for a Gnome desktop). You can use the search features of the text
editor to find images matching desired metadata, or you can use the text file as input to other programs. Use the
[select files] button to open a gallery window with thumbnail images from which you can select the image files to be
processed (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>). You can navigate through any number of galleries and select any
number of image files in each. The [edit] button opens a new dialog (right) where you can select the metadata items to
be reported. Click an item in the left column to add it to the right column and to the report. Click an item in the
right column to remove it. Click the last item in the left column, "Other Item ...", to type-in any item name not
appearing in the list, which contains only the most likely needed items.<br>
<br>
<a name="batch_geotags" id="batch_geotags"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Batch Geotags</span> (</font></font></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><big><small>Gallery View >
Process</small></big></font></font> > Batch Geotags)<br>
<img src="../images/batch-add-geotags.jpg" alt="" width="337" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="183"><br clear="all">
With this function, you can select many images and add the same location data to all of them. Use the [select files]
button to select the image files from a gallery window (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>). Then get the location
data as described above in <a href="#edit_metadata">Edit Metadata</a>, using the buttons [Find], [Web] and [Prev], or
one of the map views. Press [proceed] to start the update process. Use this function also to fix inconsistencies in
location spellings or latitude/longitude data. If latitude and longitude are left missing, only the location names are
updated in the image files. This gives you a way to add missing names, or replace screwy names inserted by a camera GPS
receiver. <br>
<br>
<a name="image_locations" id="image_locations"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Image Locations (report)</span> (</font></font></font><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><big><small>Gallery
View > Process</small></big></font></font> > Image Locations)<br>
<img src="../images/image-locations.jpg" alt="" width="753" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="531"><br clear="all">
This is a fast way to find all photos made at a given location or location and date range. In the dialog, select the
desired level of grouping: by country, by country and location, by country and location and date, or by date and
country and location. In the last two cases, you can select a date range for grouping of images having nearby dates. A
number N will group images together with dates that are N days or less apart from other images in the group (i.e. gaps
are <= N days).<br>
<br>
A popup window shows all locations found and the dates of photos taken in those locations. The count of photos taken is
also shown. In the above example, 29 photos are from Grindlewald in March 2008. Click on a line in the report to get a
thumbnail gallery of those images, and from there you can click on any image to view or edit. Note that this method
uses only location and country to find the images. Earth coordinates are not used. If you have images with missing or
inconsistent earth coordinates for a given location, use this function to get all of them, and then use <a href=
"#batch_geotags">Batch Geotags</a> to make the earth coordinates consistent.<br>
<br>
You can also use the keyboard up/down arrow keys to rapidly step through the report lines and view the gallery for each
line. The page up/down keys and the home/end keys also work. You can enter other keys from the keyboard to jump to
matching lines in the report. This is a fast way to find a desired location.<br>
<br>
<a name="image_timeline" id="image_timeline"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Image Timeline (report)</span> (</font></font></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><big><small>Gallery View >
Process</small></big></font></font> > Image Timeline)<br>
<img src="../images/timeline-report.jpg" alt="" width="667" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="526"><br>
This report produces a timeline of image counts by month. Click on a year and month in the report to get a thumbnail
gallery of all images with a photo date (EXIF) in the selected month. The example here shows 377 images for May 2016.
You can also use the keyboard arrow keys (up/down/left/right) to step quickly through the months or years and view the
corresponding galleries.<br>
<br>
<a name="search_images" id="search_images"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Search Images (report)</span> (</font></font></font><font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><big><small>Gallery View >
Process</small></big></font></font> > Search Images)<br>
Use the Search Images function to find images having any desired metadata. A metadata index file is used for searching,
which makes it possible to search thousands of images per second. The index contains a subset of the EXIF and IPTC
metadata in the image files. Some of this data is automatic, created by the camera. Other data, such as tags and star
ratings, can be added by the user.<br>
<br>
There are two report formats: a gallery of thumbnails showing all images that match the search criteria, or a metadata
report which combines thumbnails with metadata text. Here is an example of the metadata report format:<br>
<img src="../images/search-images-metadata.jpg" alt="" width="602" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="482"><br>
</font><br>
<b>Dialogs</b> <font face="FreeSans"><br>
<img src="../images/search-images.jpg" alt="" width="777" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="662"><br clear="all">
The main dialog is on the left. If the button "search other metadata" is used, the dialog on the right appears. This
can be used to select metadata that is not available in the main dialog. Details are given below.<br>
<br>
In the main dialog, select which images to search, either <span style="text-decoration: underline;">all</span> (the
entire image database) or <span style="text-decoration: underline;">current set</span>, meaning the images in the
current gallery list, which can be a directory, album, or the results of a prior image search. Then choose what to do
with the matching images found: <span style="text-decoration: underline;">new set</span> means replace the current set
with the images found, <span style="text-decoration: underline;">add</span> means add them to the current set
(gallery), and <span style="text-decoration: underline;">remove</span> means remove them from the current set. To
remove images, you must search the current set.<br>
<br>
Select the desired <span style="text-decoration: underline;">report type</span>. The gallery report is a page of
thumbnail images, as long as needed to hold all the images that match the search criteria. The metadata report has both
thumbnail images and a list of metadata items beside each thumbnail. These are some standard items (date, rating, tags,
geotags, captions, comments) and any items you added in the optional search metadata dialog.<br>
<br>
Enter your search criteria. Select desired tags, dates, star ratings, text (comments, captions), file or directory
names, and location names. More details about these are below.<br>
<br>
Press the [proceed] button to perform the search. Matching images are displayed in gallery view mode. Choose images to
view or edit by clicking the thumbnails. Navigate this set of searched images using the navigation buttons in the
gallery view window, or the [Prev/Next] button in the file view window. You can save the searched images as a permanent
album, which can be further edited to add or remove images (see <a href="#manage_albums">Manage Albums</a>).<br>
<br>
Available tags are shown in <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Defined Tags</span> and can be chosen with point
and click. If the list of defined tags is long, it may be easier to type the desired tag into <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Enter Search Tag</span>. Existing tags matching what you have typed so far will appear in
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Matching Tags</span>, and you can point and click one of these to add the tag
to the search list. If you type a tag with no match (it does not exist in any image), the list of matching tags will be
empty.<br>
<br>
If you are using tag categories, you can select a category, and only those tags will be shown in the list of defined
tags. If your tags list is huge, this can reduce the list to a manageable size for pointing and clicking.<br>
<br>
A <span style="text-decoration: underline;">date range</span> may be entered to restrict the search to images within
the date range. Choose photo date (EXIF, from camera) or file date (last file modification date). The format is
yyyy-mm-dd. Images are selected which have a date on or after the first date, if present, and on or before the second
date, if present. Missing month/day default to 01/01 for the low date limit and to 12/31 for the high date limit. Times
may optionally be specified using the format yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm. Missing times default to 00:00 and 23:59. <br>
<br>
A pair of <span style="text-decoration: underline;">star ratings</span> may be entered to restrict the results to
images having a star rating within the given range. A missing low value implies no stars, and a missing high value
means the highest rating, 5 stars.<br>
<br>
If <span style="text-decoration: underline;">last version only</span> is checked, image files with multiple versions
will be filtered to include only the last version of each file. This depends on the Fotoxx version naming convention:
The original file name is normally filename.ext, and edited versions are filename.v01.ext, filename.v02.ext, etc. If no
versions are present, the original file is selected. Otherwise, the last available version is selected. If this
convention is not followed, then this option will do nothing.<br>
<br>
Image directory and file names may be searched. In the field <span style="text-decoration: underline;">search
files</span>, enter any number of names used for your image directories and file names, separated by blanks. An
input of [ egypt cairo ] would match all image directory or file names containing either of these strings. Substrings
will also match.<br>
<br>
Image comments and captions may be searched. Enter the words to search for in the dialog <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">search text</span> field, separated by blanks. These will be matched to every word in the
comments and captions of all images, and matching images are selected. Substrings will also match.<br>
<br>
To search locations, enter one or more location or country names in the <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">search locations</span> field. Only image files with geotags matching one of the entered
locations will be selected.<br>
<br>
The radio buttons <span style="text-decoration: underline;">all</span> and <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">any</span> apply to tags, text, file names, and locations. You can select images having
ALL the entered strings, or ANY of the entered strings. Example: if the location search field is "new york" and "any"
is selected, then images located in New Mexico or York, PA would be included. If "all" is selected, then only images
located in New York would be selected.<br>
<br>
If you wish to find images with missing data, you can enter "null" as a match value.<br>
<br>
Starting with release 17.04, the tag "fotoxx" is automatically added when an image is edited. This enables you to
search for edited images by specifying the tag "fotoxx" along with whatever other criteria you need.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Search Metadata Dialog</span><br>
You may use this dialog to search for "extra" metadata items not present in the main dialog. The items available for
any given image file can be shown using <a href="#view_metadata">View Metadata</a> <a href="#view_metadata">(long)</a>.
These include camera make and model, exposure time, F-number, ISO, metering mode, focal length, shooting mode, etc.
etc. You can enter shortcut names like "exposuretime" instead of "Exposure Time". You may also enter match criteria, if
wanted, so that only the images with matching metadata are reported. For example, if you enter "model" with the match
value "DMC-FZ28" (a Panasonic camera) then only the images taken with this camera will be reported.<br>
<br>
The matching logic can be selected for each metadata key:<br></font></font></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="802" height="146" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;">match
method</span><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;">match
value(s)</span><br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">matches<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">one or more metadata text values to be selected, separated by
commas<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">contains<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">as above, but any metadata containing these text values will be
selected<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">number =<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">a single numeric value - equal metadata values will be
selected<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">number =><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">a single numeric value - equal or greater metadata values will
be selected<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">number <=<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">a single numeric value - less or equal metadata values will be
selected<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<b>Performance</b> (SSD, 3 GHz computer)<br></font>
<table width="798" height="122" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><b><font face="FreeSans">Report Type<br></font></b></td>
<td valign="top"><b><font face="FreeSans">metadata search items<br></font></b></td>
<td valign="top"><b><font face="FreeSans">search speed<br></font></b></td>
<td valign="top"><b><font face="FreeSans">report speed<br></font></b></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">gallery<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">indexed items only<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">>1000/sec<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">>1000/sec<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">gallery<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">some non-indexed items<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">90/sec<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">>1000/sec<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">metadata<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">indexed items only<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">>1000/sec<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">130/sec<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">metadata<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">some non-indexed items<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">90/sec<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">130/sec<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<u>S</u><u>earch speed</u> is the speed to screen the entire image collection to find matches. <u>Report speed</u> is
the speed at which matching images are output to the report window (thumbnail and reported metadata).<br>
<br>
There is a separate topic for <a href="#organizing_images">image organization options</a>, which explains the options
for optimizing image searching.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Album "Search Results"</span><br>
The output of Search Images is automatically saved in the album Search Results. This is for convenience. You may
perform a search and then perform other functions which change the current gallery, replacing the search results. If
you need to refer to the previous search, this is instantly available in the album Search Results.<br>
<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="tools_menu" id="tools_menu"></a> <br>
<img style="width: 40px; height: 40px;" alt="" src="../images/tools.png" vspace="5"><br>
<big><font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Tools Menu</span></font> <small>(File View >
Tools)</small></big><br>
<br>
<a name="index_files" id="index_files"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Index Image Files</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Index Image
Files)</small></big><br>
<img src="../images/index-image-files1.jpg" alt="" width="347" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="434" align="left"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
top image directories, one or more<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
thumbnail directory<br>
<font size="-1"> <br></font> extra metadata items to include in file index<br clear="all"></font> <font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
Fotoxx needs to know where all your image files are located (directory and file names) and their embedded metadata
(dates, tags (keywords), geotags, captions, comments, ratings). This data is indexed for fast searching. Fotoxx also
creates thumbnail images so that the gallery windows (thumbnail pages) will work fast. Fotoxx does not modify or copy
your image files - it only reads them to make the index and thumbnails. These are typically 2% as large as the JPEG
files from a modern camera.<br></font><br>
The Index Image Files function runs whenever Fotoxx is started. This function will create missing thumbnails, replace
outdated ones, and refresh the metadata index using current data from your image files. This may need significant time
if you have many thousands of new images. The speed can range from 800 to 6000 images per minute, depending on
processor speed, disk speed, and average image file size. If there are no new image files, indexing completes quickly.
Indexing can also be started manually from the Tools menu.<br></font><br>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">NOTE about indexing speed: The rates stated above are for JPEG files around
5 MB. Larger JPEGs and TIFFs are slower. RAW files and large PNG files may be very slow: 200 per minute or less. You
can find some benchmark data for indexing speed in the <a href="#technical_notes">Technical Notes</a> topic.<br>
<br></font> Image files modified or moved within Fotoxx are taken care of automatically. The Index function is
used only for new image files created from outside Fotoxx (e.g. a new batch of photos was added), or for files moved or
renamed from outside Fotoxx.<br>
<br>
Enter your <span style="text-decoration: underline;">top image directories</span> (e.g. /home/<user>/Pictures).
Use the [browse] button to locate and add directories. These directories and any subdirectories containing images will
be processed. It does not matter if other files are mixed with the images. The simplest way is to use
/home/<user> as the only top directory, but it is better to separate the image files from the 100,000 other files
that may be under /home/<user>. Delete an entry by clicking the corresponding <span style=
"font-weight: bold;">X</span>.<br>
<br>
Enter the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">thumbnails directory</span> where thumbnail files will be stored.
Use the supplied default or set your own location. The directory name must end with .../thumbnails, and this will be
added to your selection if needed. The directory is created if not already present. Indexing will run faster if this is
on a separate physical disk from the image files.<br>
<br>
If you have used directory or file names to classify your images, you can make immediate use of these in the Search
Images function. If you have saved dates, captions, tags, geotags, titles, or ratings in your image metadata (using
other image edit apps), these will also be searchable. After the images have been indexed, searching them by any of
these criteria is almost instantaneous. Other items in the image metadata can also be searched, but at a slower speed.
See <a href="#search_images">Search Images</a> for details.<br>
<br>
<u>Index Metadata Ite</u><u>ms</u><br>
<img src="../images/index-image-files2.jpg" alt="" width="450" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="297"><br>
You may add up to 20 other metadata items to the image file index. These are in addition to the standard items
mentioned above. Metadata in this list can be searched as fast as the standard items. You may not need this, but if you
sometimes need to search non-standard metadata items, you can add them here and the search speed will be almost
instantaneous. Press the [select] button for "extra metadata" to get the above dialog. Click on items in the left list
to add them to the right list - the items to be added to the index. Click on an item in the right list to remove it.
Press [done] to commit the changes. If you make any changes to this list, your entire image collection will need to be
indexed again. This will proceed much faster than the initial indexing, because the thumbnails are already there and do
not need to be created. Only the image file index will be refreshed. On a strong computer with SSD disk, the speed is
over 6000/minute.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Fotoxx Startup Time</span><br>
If you have a huge image collection, the first startup after a reboot may need significant time, even if there are no
new image files. Subsequent startups are faster because file directories are now cached in memory. If startup time is
still a problem, you can bypass the indexing. This may be especially useful if you use a file manager (e.g. Nautilus)
to start Fotoxx with a selected image file, and you want the image to display instantly. See the User Settings topic
immediately below for more information.<br>
<br>
<a name="user_settings" id="user_settings"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">User Settings</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > User
Settings)</small></big><br>
Various user preferences and settings are collected in this dialog.<br>
They are also saved in the file /home/<user>/.fotoxx/parameters.<br>
<img src="../images/user-settings.jpg" alt="" width="470" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="456"><br>
<small><small><small> <br></small></small></small></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="941" height="555" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">Startup Display </font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Determines the initial display when Fotoxx is started:<br>
Recent Files Gallery: the most recently seen image files (gallery display)<br>
Newest Files Gallery: image files most recently added to the image database (gallery)<br>
Specific Gallery: the specified directory gallery<br>
Album Gallery: the specified album gallery<br>
Previous Gallery: the gallery last used in the prior Fotoxx session<br>
Previous Image File: the file last viewed in the prior Fotoxx session<br>
Specific Image File: the specified image file<br></font> <font face="FreeSans">Blank Window: start with no current
image and the first top image directory gallery<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Browse<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Opens a dialog to browse for the starting directory, album, or
image file<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td nowrap="nowrap" valign="top">Background color<br></td>
<td valign="top">The background color for F-view and G-view windows<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">MenuText<br></td>
<td valign="top">Main menu font color and background color<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">Menu Style</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">The menu style: icons only or both text and
icons<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Dialog font<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">The font name and size to use in all menus and dialogs (Bold,
Italic, etc. are ignored).<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">Zoomed Image<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Drag: image moves with the dragged mouse.<br>
Scroll: image moves against the dragged mouse (like invisible scroll bars).<br>
Fast: movement is magnified so that the entire image can be scrolled with one sweep of the mouse.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">Zooms/2x<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Choose 1-8 zooms (mouse click or [+] key) for each 2x increase
in image size.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">JPEG quality</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">The default quality value when saving an image as a jpeg file
type.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Curve node<br>
capture distance<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">The minimum node separation for edit curves. Also the mouse
capture threshold when a node is clicked or dragged. The default is 5% of scale, allowing up to 20 nodes in a curve. If
you use a touchpad instead of a mouse, set this value higher to compensate for lower positioning
accuracy.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Map marker size<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">The pixel size of the markers (red dots) marking image locations
on maps.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">last file version<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Show only the last version of image files, for both file view
and gallery view (if a directory).<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">shift image right<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">If the window is wider than the image, shift the image right to
maximize left margin for dialogs.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" nowrap="nowrap"><font face="FreeSans">image index level <br>
(2 parameters)<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">0/1/2 = no image index / old index only / old index with search
for new image files<br>
This affects startup speed. See below for a complete explanation.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">RAW file types</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">The RAW file types recognized. If your camera uses something
else, add it to the list and this may work.<br>
You can also shorten the list to those file types you actually use.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">video file types<br></td>
<td valign="top">The video file types recognized (e.g. .mpeg .mp4 .h264 etc.)<br></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Image index level</span><br>
These two parameters govern a tradeoff between fast Fotoxx startup time and the completeness of the image index. A
complete image index is required for accurate results from image search and map functions. Building a complete image
index when Fotoxx starts can take from 0.1 seconds to 3 hours (if indexing was never done and you have a million image
files). The time to start Fotoxx depends on the following factors:<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">The first startup after a reboot needs more time than subsequent startups. Subsequent
startups are faster because the index file and the image directories are now cached in memory. First startup time with
a 5400 rpm disk is roughly 1 second per 10K image files. Subsequent times are roughly 5x faster. First startup with an
SSD disk is roughly 1 second per 40K image files (these numbers assume a strong PC).<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">If there are (new) image files that have never been indexed, they must be found and added to
the image index. New files are processed at 800-6000 per minute, depending on computer and disk speed and average image
file size.<br></font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">If you start Fotoxx by selecting a file from your file manager (e.g. click on the file name in
Nautilus), you may want to see the image immediately and not wait for indexing. You can control this with the two
parameters <span style="text-decoration: underline;">image index level</span>.<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">The first parameter controls how Fotoxx indexes when started from a launcher or command. The
2nd parameter controls how Fotoxx indexes when started by clicking a file name displayed in Nautilus,
etc.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">A value of '0' means no indexing at all. Startup is very fast. Image search and map functions
are disabled. Viewing and editing images and metadata can be done normally.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">A value of '1' means load the old index file but do not search for new image files to update
the index. Startup time is moderately fast. Image search and map functions do work, but any new (not yet indexed) image
files are excluded from the outputs.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">A value of '2' means full indexing: load the old index file, search for new files, merge
these two, and update the index file. Startup time depends on how many image files must be indexed and the speed of
your computer. Image search and map functions produce complete results.</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">You can also start the index process manually (Tools > Index Image Files) if you want to use
search and map functions with complete results. You do not have to go back to User Settings and change the
parameters.<br>
<br>
<a name="KB_shortcuts" id="KB_shortcuts"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Keyboard Shortcuts</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Keyboard
Shortcuts)</small></big><br>
<img src="../images/KB-shortcuts.jpg" alt="" width="358" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="539" align="left"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<img src="../images/KB-shortcuts2.jpg" alt="" width="529" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="458"><br>
<br clear="all">
This function is used to view or change custom keyboard shortcuts. The currently assigned shortcuts are shown in the
first window. If you press the [Edit] button, the second dialog is shown, where you can add and change keyboard
shortcuts. Enter a new shortcut using the keyboard. You can use the keys A-Z, 0-9, F2-F9, and most of the symbols (# $
& ^ < etc.). You can combine a key with Ctrl, Alt or Shift: Press and hold Ctrl, Alt or Shift, then press
the key, then release both. Select one of the available menu assignments from the list on the right. To remove a
shortcut, select it and press [Delete]. Press [Done] when you are finished. [Cancel] will discard all changed.<br>
<br>
<a name="brightness_graph" id="brightness_graph"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Brightness Distribution Graph</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Brightness
Graph)<br>
<img style="width: 282px; height: 252px;" alt="" src="../images/brightness-graph.jpg" vspace="5" hspace=
"5"><br></small></big> This function opens a small window that shows a brightness distribution graph of the current
image in F-view, or the currently selected area of the image. This graph updates immediately for new images or as edit
functions change the image. There are four graphs in four colors: red, green, blue graphs are for the respective
colors. The black graph is for overall brightness. Use the buttons [All] [Red] [Green] [Blue] to select the
colors to show.<br>
<br>
<a name="grid_lines" id="grid_lines"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Grid Lines</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Grid Lines)</small></big><br>
<img src="../images/grid-lines.jpg" alt="" width="265" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="210"><br clear="all">
This function adds or removes horizontal and vertical lines across the image. The lines are useful when an image must
be rotated for horizon alignment, or when an image is unbent or warped to straighten walls or other objects in the
image. The settings for x- and y-spacing control the spacing (pixels) between the lines. If the controls for x- and
y-count are NOT zero, then the x- and y-spacing values are ignored and the number of lines will be set to these counts.
Example: set x- and y-count to 2 lines each in order to divide the image into thirds horizontally and vertically. The
x- and y-enable checkboxes can be used to enable and disable the vertical and horizontal lines separately. The keyboard
shortcut Alt+G can be used to toggle the grid lines on and off (this shortcut can be <a href=
"#KB_shortcuts">changed</a>). If an image is printed with grid lines enabled, the grid lines are also printed. The x-
and y-offset controls can be used to shift the grid lines to intersect a desired point in the image.<br clear="all">
<br>
Several edit functions have a button [grid] which starts this same dialog. The resulting grid line settings are
specific to that function only, and will be restored whenever that function is in use.<br>
<br>
<a name="line_color" id="line_color"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Line Color</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Line Color)</small></big>
Change Color of Foreground Lines<br>
Some functions draw lines over the image (Trim/Rotate, Select Area, others). You can change the color of these lines to
maximize contrast against the background image. The small dialog can be left open while editing, to conveniently switch
among the available colors (black, white, red, green).<br style="font-weight: bold;" clear="all">
<br>
<a name="show_RGB" id="show_RGB"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Show RGB</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Show RGB)</small></big><br>
<img src="../images/show-RGB.jpg" alt="" width="261" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="311"><br>
When a point on the image is clicked, the RGB values are shown in a dialog window. The last 9 clicked points are
displayed. The values have the format xxx.dd, where xxx is the upper 8 bits of the color value and .dd is the lower 8
bits. The range is 0.00 to 255.99. The lower 8 bits are zero unless the image is being edited or the image is a 16-bit
TIFF or PNG file. EV (exposure value) is an alternative unit, useful for precise color adjustment. EV is zero for
mid-brightness (128). The outputs are updated immediately if the image is being edited. The last nine points clicked
are shown. The points are labeled on the image corresponding to the letters A-I in the dialog window. If "delta" is
checked and the image is being edited, then the changes are shown instead of the absolute values. If no edit is active,
"delta" does nothing.<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="585" height="43" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> RGB</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 0</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 1</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 2</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 4</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 8</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 16</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 32</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 64</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 128</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 256</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> EV</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="+1" face="FreeSans"> -∞</font><br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -7</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -6</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -5</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -4</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -3</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -2</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> -1</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 0</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> 1</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="magnify" id="magnify"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Magnify Image</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Magnify
Image)</small></big><br>
<img src="../images/magnify-image.jpg" alt="" width="600" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="385"><br>
This function magnifies the image in an area around the mouse pointer. Left-drag the mouse around the image to magnify
different areas, analogous to viewing a printed image through a magnifying glass. Use the dialog to adjust the radius
of the area and the amount of magnification. A mouse click will end the magnify, and a new mouse drag will start it
again.<br>
<br>
<a name="darkbrite_pixels" id="darkbrite_pixels"></a> <br style="font-weight: bold;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Dark/Bright Pixels</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Dark/Bright
Pixels)</small></big><br>
This function is used to highlight the darkest and brightest pixels in an image. Adjust the two sliders to set the
brightness thresholds, which are initially 0 for dark pixels and 255 for bright pixels. Pixels with a brightness less
than the dark threshold or greater than the bright threshold are highlighted on the image. The image responds quickly
to changes in the sliders. You can use this function in parallel with edit functions to control edit results.<br>
<br>
<a name="monitor_color" id="monitor_color"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Monitor Color</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Monitor
Color)</small></big><br>
<img style="width: 417px; height: 262px;" alt="" src="../images/colorchart.png" vspace="5"><br>
Eight color bands are written across the screen with brightness from zero (black) to 100%. You can use this to adjust
the brightness of your monitor. The left end of each stripe should be as black as possible, but you should start to see
some color within a few mm from the left edge. If the completely black portion is wider than this, adjust the monitor.
There are 255 brightness steps from black to 100% (8 bits per color). The steps are too small to distinguish with the
eye. This evaluation should be done in a darkened room (with little external light falling on the monitor).<br>
<br>
<a name="monitor_gamma" id="monitor_gamma"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Monitor Gamma</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Monitor
Gamma)</small></big><br>
<img style="width: 146px; height: 345px;" alt="" src="../images/gammachart-reduced.png" vspace="5"><br>
Gamma determines how RGB brightness values (0-255) are converted into brightness on the monitor. The standard value is
2.2 and this should normally be used for image editing. Adjust the dialog slider until the middle band has the same
brightness as the left and right bands at the scale location 2.2. Be far enough from the monitor that you cannot see
the fine lines in the chart. The chart only works at 100% size, so do not zoom the chart. The command line utility
"xgamma" is required (normally present).<br>
<br>
The chart image originates from <a href="http://www.normankoren.com/makingfineprints1A.html#gammachart" target=
"_blank">Norman Koren</a>. The linked web site has more information about this chart.<br>
The chart here in the User Guide has been reduced<br>
<br>
<a name="change_language" id="change_language"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;"> <br>
Change Language</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Change Lanuguage)</small></big><br>
This function allows you to change the GUI to one of the available languages. If your language is not available or has
missing translations, how about some help? See menu Help > Translations.<br>
<br>
<a name="missing_translations" id="missing_translations"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Missing Translations</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Missing
Translations)</small></big><br style="font-weight: bold;">
This function lists all missing translations to a popup window. Translations left as English are not reported, since
this is often deliberate, e.g. words like "font" or "icon".<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face=
"FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="color_profile" id="color_profile"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Color Profile</span> (File View > Repair > Color Profile)<br>
Use this function to change the ICC color profile. If you have images with Adobe RGB color, you can change to sRGB for
better colors on a monitor, or for uploading to a web site. Any EXIF embedded color profile is removed, and the EXIF
key "ICCProfileName" is set to the new profile. Because the relevant metadata is changed, a new file version is created
automatically, and the input file is left unchanged with the old color profile. To view the color changes, use the KB
arrow keys to switch back and forth between the old and new images.<br></font> <font size="-2"> </font><br>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">You may need to install ICC color profiles. In Ubuntu, the package names
are <span style="text-decoration: underline;">icc-profiles</span> and <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">icc-profiles-free</span>.<br></font></font> <br>
<a name="calibrate_printer" id="calibrate_printer"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Printer Color Calibration</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Calibrate
Printer)</small></big><br>
This utility may be able to improve the color accuracy of printed images.<br>
<img style="width: 197px; height: 279px;" alt="" src="../images/printer-calibrate-chart.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5"
align="left"><br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">How It Works</span><br>
A chart of known colors is printed on the target printer. Some of the printed colors will be slightly wrong due to
printer imperfections. This printed page is scanned into a file, and the colors in this file are compared to the
original colors that were sent to the printer. Any differences are errors that are now known. When an image file is
printed, these errors are subtracted from the image colors before printing. The printer adds the errors back, leaving a
result that is theoretically correct. Practice may be otherwise. My own result was a modest improvement, detailed
below.<br>
<br clear="all">
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Hopeful Assumptions</span><br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Your scanner produces accurate colors. Scanners are generally more accurate than
printers.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">The printer color errors are small enough that negating them before printing will cancel<br>
most of the error. This is less likely if the errors are large.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">The limited set of colors in the chart (1728) can be used to calculate all other colors.<br>
(each color adjustment is interpolated from the nearby colors in the chart).<br></font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">Perform the following steps in sequence, as listed by the dialog window. Each step has
instructions to perform the step. All files normally reside in the directory
/home/<user>/.fotoxx/printer_color/.<br></font>
<ol>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Generate and print the color chart file (printchart.png) on the printer to be calibrated.<br>
Use a large paper size (A4 or US Letter), vertical paper orientation, no margins.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Scan the printed chart into a PNG file. Use 300 dpi or more to make a large
file.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Edit the PNG image to trim off margins left by the scanner. Save the edited image<br>
as <chosen-name>.png. Use a name indicating the printer settings and type of paper.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Process the edited chart file to create a color map file <chosen-name>.dat.<br>
Use a name indicating the printer settings and type of paper used.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Print a color-adjusted image. You are asked for the color map file created in step
4.<br></font></li>
</ol>
<font face="FreeSans">Once you have made the color map file, you can print any image using step 5 only.<br>
There is also menu function to do step 5 only: <a href="#print_image">Print Calibrated</a>.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Precautions For Best Results</span><br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Use a large paper size for printing the chart (A4 or US Letter) to make the color tiles as
big as possible.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Clean the scanner glass before scanning the color chart. Dust spots or smudges will falsify
the colors.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Scan with a high DPI setting (300+) to make a large chart file. This will make the next step
more accurate.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Scanners can skew a scanned image into a slightly non-rectangular form. If this happens, you
will notice it when trying to trim off the margins: the fat green margin lines will not align perfectly with the trim
rectangle, even after slightly rotating the image for best fit. If this happens, use <a href=
"#fix_perspective"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Fix Perspective</span></a> to square the image first, then
trim the margins.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">When editing the scanned chart image, be sure the darkest row is at the top. Trim off the
margins surrounding the color tiles. Use the fat green margin line surrounding the color tiles as a guide: cut off this
line exactly, leaving only the tiles. Work with 2x magnification while adjusting the trim rectangle. Accurate trimming
is critical. The tile positions are calculated from the final image dimensions, assuming 35 equal columns and 50 equal
rows. If some edge tiles are cut short, or if margins are left, then the calculated tile positions will be offset, and
the measured colors will be wrong. A small error of 1-2 pixels is tolerated, because the outer 20% of each tile is not
used to read the tile color. You can use the keyboard arrow keys to make 1-pixel movements in the trim rectangle. The
last corner pulled with the mouse is the corner that the arrow keys will move.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">If you notice any black or white spots in the scanned chart image (from dust), fix them with
<a href="#clone_image">Clone Image</a>.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">The output color map file can be used only for the paper, ink, and printer settings used for
the calibration. Any other combination needs its own calibration and color map file. Use the name of the color map file
to include this information, e.g. cmyk-glossypaper.dat.<br></font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Results (my Canon printer)</span><br>
<small><small><small><small><small> </small></small></small></small></small><br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="863" height="319" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 400px; height: 303px;" alt="" src=
"../images/printer-calibrate.jpg" hspace="5" align="left">A standard color chart was scanned and printed on photo
paper. The left print had no adjustments. The right print was adjusted. This image has all three charts in one photo.
The printer did a fairly good job by itself, but the adjusted print is slightly better. Some colors are more accurate.
Others are little changed.<br>
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 266px; height: 138px;" alt="" src=
"../images/printer-cal-study.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5"><br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
You may be able to find a real <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ICC_profile">ICC color profile</a> for your
printer and its proprietary inks and photo paper. Using this would most likely produce better results. Check the
installation CD supplied with your printer, and also the manufacturer's web site. There are also professional services
to generate an ICC color profile. The procedure is similar to the one described above: you print a color chart supplied
by the service, send the printed chart back to them (along with some money), and receive an ICC profile, a file which
you can install. Try a web search for "icc profile service".<br>
<br>
<big><small><a name="uninstall_appimage"></a><br>
<b>Uninstall AppImage</b></small></big> <big><small><big><small>(File View > Tools > Uninstall AppImage)<br>
This function will completely remove the AppImage package.<br>
Desktop menu/launcher, icon, and executable file are all deleted.<br></small></big></small></big> <br>
<a name="show_resources" id="show_resources"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Show Resources</span> <big><small>(File View > Tools > Show
Resources)</small></big><br>
This is a diagnostic tool to monitor resources, especially memory leaks.<br>
The following data is output to the log file (or terminal window):<br>
• process time: CPU time used, since the last time shown<br>
• zdialog counts: total dialogs in memory and those still active (visible)<br>
• zmalloc counts: memory allocations and releases since the last time shown here<br>
• MB: total allocated memory at this time in megabytes<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="help_menu" id="help_menu"></a> <br>
<img style="width: 40px; height: 40px;" alt="" src="../images/help.png" vspace="5"><br>
<font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Help Menu</span></font> (File View > Help and Gallery
View > Help)<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Quick Guide</span><br>
This is a 1-page introductory document with Fotoxx essentials.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">User Guide</span><br>
The user guide (this document) is displayed.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">User Guide Changes</span><br>
This is a summary of recent changes in the User Guide. The intent is to enable you to survey the changes without
reading the whole document.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">README</span><br>
Displays the README file distributed with Fotoxx, which may contain new information about installation or dependencies.
When you install a new release of Fotoxx, you should look at README and the Change Log to check if there is anything
special you need to be aware of.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Change Log</span><br>
Displays the change log file distributed with Fotoxx, containing details about functional changes, additions, or bug
fixes for the current and previous releases.<br>
<br>
<u>Log File</u><br>
Display the current session log file, where some error messages may appear.<br>
This is the same data that is visible when you start Fotoxx from a terminal.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Translations</span><br>
Displays a short text file which explains how to make a new translation or change an existing one.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Home Page</span><br>
Shows the Fotoxx home page from the Internet. Look here for program updates (the page named "recent changes"). This
page is published via RSS and you can subscribe to get timely notification of changes.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">About</span><br>
This displays a short message about the Fotoxx version number, license, credits, and contact address.<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<big style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="gallery_view_menus" id="gallery_view_menus"></a></big> <br>
<big style="font-weight: bold;"><img style="width: 41px; height: 41px;" alt="" src="../images/viewG.png"><br>
<font size="+2">Gallery View</font></big><br>
<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Image Management in Fotoxx</span><br>
<img src="../images/image-management.jpg" alt="" width="533" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="404"><br>
A gallery of thumbnails can represent a file directory, the output of an image search function, one of the built-in
galleries (recent files, newest files), or an album (an ordered list of files with a user-given name). <a href=
"#batch_convert">Batch Convert</a> can accept files selected from any gallery and output converted files into a
directory. The image cache is a holding area for user-selected files that can be later added to an album. Manage Albums
(see below) can create new albums from a gallery or the image cache, or select images from galleries and add them to
the image cache.<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="gallery_menu" id="gallery_menu"></a><br>
<img style="width: 40px; height: 40px;" alt="" src="../images/folder.png" width="64" vspace="5" height="60"><br>
<big><font size="+2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Gallery Menu</span></font> <small>(Gallery View >
Menu)</small></big><br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Sync Gallery</span> (Gallery View > Menu > Sync Gallery)<br>
This is a duplicate of the <a href="#sync_gallery">Sync Gallery</a> function in File View.<br>
<br>
<a name="all_directories"></a></font> <font face="FreeSans"><br>
<b>All Directories</b> <big><small>(Gallery View > Menu > All Directories) (or [TOP] button > ALL)<br>
<img alt="" src="../images/all-directories.jpg" width="300" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="237" align="left"><br>
All top image directories are shown initially.</small></big> <big><small><big><small>Click on <b>[+]</b> to unfold
subdirectories, or on <b>[-]</b> to fold them back in.</small></big> You can click on any directory name to get a
gallery list of all the images in that directory. Keep the window open for a convenient means to navigate anywhere in
your image collection.<br>
<br></small></big><br clear="all">
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><br>
<a name="bookmarks" id="bookmarks"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Bookmarks</span> <big><small>(Gallery View > Bookmarks)</small></big><br>
<img style="width: 612px; height: 276px;" alt="" src="../images/bookmarks1.jpg" vspace="5" hspace="5"><br>
<img src="../images/bookmarks2.jpg" alt="" width="469" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="387"><br>
Assign names ("bookmarks") to chosen gallery locations (directory and image file), keep in a list, and use the list to
select a name and go instantly to the associated gallery position. There are two parts: an edit dialog to build the
list of bookmarks, and a dialog to show the bookmarks and select a location to go to. To assign new bookmarks, select
the bookmarks menu and then select [Edit Bookmarks] in the dialog that follows. The Edit Bookmarks dialog is started.
Click on a gallery thumbnail to add this location to the bookmark list. The assigned bookmark name will default to the
file name. This name appears in an edit field where you can assign a better name. If you select an existing bookmark
with a mouse click, its name is shown in the input field. You can change the name or press [delete] to remove the
bookmark. New bookmarks are inserted at the last bookmark location selected. To go to a bookmark, select the bookmarks
menu. The list of bookmarks is shown. Click on an entry to go there.<br>
<br></font> <a name="manage_albums" id="manage_albums"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Manage Albums</span> <big><small>(Gallery View > Menu > Manage
Albums)</small></big><br>
An album is an arbitrary sequence of images that is manually assembled from existing images. This is one method to make
groups of associated images. An album is simply a list of its member image files. The image files themselves are not
copied or changed. A given image file can be a member of multiple albums, or may be present more than once within an
album. Albums can be used to group images with some shared attributes, such as photos from a vacation trip, photos of a
given person taken at different times or events, a "best photos" collection, etc. You can add and remove images in an
album and rearrange the order of the images. Once an album is made, you can call it up by name and it becomes a
gallery. This gallery works like any other: you can scroll through the gallery, step through the images with the
[Prev/Next] button, or edit the images. Keep in mind that editing an image in an album will edit the underlying image
file, so any other way to view this image will show the same changes.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Image Cache</span><br>
This is an intermediate storage area used to hold selected images for later insertion into an album. In general, you
select image files from gallery windows and add them to the cache, then you make a new album with images from the
cache, or you add the cached images to an existing album at a chosen position within the album. After this you can
rearrange the images using drag and drop.<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="913" height="503" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Manage Albums
Dialog</span><br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><img src="../images/albums1.jpg" alt="" width="245" vspace="5" hspace=
"5" height="366" align="left"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br>
<br>
New</span>: Start a new album or replace an existing one.<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><span style=
"text-decoration: underline;"><br>
Choose</span>: Choose an album to view or edit. The gallery window will show the album images.<br>
Use the thumbnail popup menu (below) to add or remove images.<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><span style=
"text-decoration: underline;"><br>
Add:</span> Add images to the image cache using the standard dialog for selecting images from gallery windows (<a href=
"#gallery_selection">link</a>). Select image files in any order from any gallery. Selected images are added to the
image cache. Add cached images to the album using the popup menu (below).</font><font face="FreeSans"><br></font>
<font face="FreeSans"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br>
Clear</span>: Discard all images in the image cache.<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><span style=
"text-decoration: underline;"><br>
Delete</span>: Select an album to delete. Image files are not deleted.<br clear="all">
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">New Album dialog</span><br></font>
<font face="FreeSans"><img src="../images/albums2.jpg" alt="" width="359" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="170" align=
"left"><br>
Specify an album name, or use the [browse] button to select an existing album to be replaced. Select one of the three
options. Option 1 creates the album with no images. Option 2 fills the album from cached images, if any. Option 3
creates the album from the current gallery. This may be a directory, the output of an image search, or an
album.<br clear="all"></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Right-click Popup Menu</span><br>
<img src="../images/albums3.jpg" alt="" width="611" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="407"><br>
<small><small><small> <br></small></small></small></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="898" height="228" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Popup Image</font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Pop-up a large resizable window for the image.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">View Metadata</font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Metadata short report for clicked image file.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Edit Metadata<br></td>
<td valign="top">Open dialog to edit primary metadata items.<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Edit Any Metadata<br></td>
<td valign="top">Open dialog to edit any metadata items.<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Copy to Desktop<br></td>
<td valign="top">Copy the image file to the desktop.<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Copy to Clipboard</font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">Copy the image to the clipboard (for other apps to paste).</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Copy to Image Cache<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Add the clicked image to the image cache.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Cut to Image Cache<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Remove the image from the album and add it to the image
cache.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">Paste Image Cache Here (keep)<br></font>
<font face="FreeSans">Paste Image Cache Here (clear)<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Click on the left / right side of a thumbnail to insert cached
images<br>
before / after the thumbnail. Keep or delete the image cache.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Remove from Album<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Remove the clicked image from the album</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Drag and Drop</span><br>
You can rearrange images within an album by dragging thumbnails with the mouse. Drag the thumbnail until the mouse
cursor changes to a small image of the thumbnail. Continue dragging this image to the position where it should be
inserted, and release the mouse button. Position the mouse roughly between the images where the dragged image is to be
inserted. If the drag approaches the top or bottom edge of the window, the gallery will scroll to bring more images
into view. You can use two instances of Fotoxx to make the selection or movement of many images faster. Drag and drop
images from any source gallery on to an album gallery. The source gallery can also be an album or any other gallery.
Make a temporary album from the image cache in order to select images in any desired order.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Summary</span><br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Make a new album: Use the Manage Albums [New] button and provide a name.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Add images to the image cache: Use the [Add] button to select images from any gallery and add
them to the image cache by clicking thumbnails. At any time, from any gallery, right click on a thumbnail and choose
the menu "Copy to Image Cache".<br></font></li>
<li>Add image to an album: <font face="FreeSans">Use the [Choose] button to open an album. Right-click on a thumbnail
and select one of the Paste menus to insert the image cache. Click on the left / right side of the thumbnail to insert
the images before / after the thumbnail.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Remove images from an album: Right-click each thumbnail, then select the "Remove from Album"
menu.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Move images within an album: Right-click each thumbnail to move, select the "Cut to Cache" or
"Copy to Cache" menu. Right-click at the target position, select the "Paste Cache Here" menu. To move one image at a
time within a single album, you can use mouse drag and drop.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Drag and drop can be used with two instances of Fotoxx to move images from any gallery in one
instance to an album gallery in the other instance.<br></font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans"><u>TIP</u>: If image files are renamed or moved using Batch Convert, and if deletion of the
original image files was also specified, then all albums containing any of the input files are updated to reflect their
new names and locations. Therefore, don't just rename directories if they contain images in albums, or manually move
image files among directories. Instead, use Batch Convert to move the image files to the new directory, then delete the
old directory if it is left empty.<br>
<br>
<a name="update_albums"></a><br>
<b>Update Album Files</b> <big><small>(Gallery View > Menu > Update Albums)<br>
<img src="../images/update-albums.jpg" alt="" width="220" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="105"><br>
Update the image files in selected albums with the latest file versions. If image files are edited and new versions
created, albums will still reference the prior versions. This function checks album files for later versions and
replaces the album files (links) where needed. You can select any number of albums for processing.</small></big>
<big><small>No files are deleted or moved. The file names (or links) within albums are updated.<br>
<br></small></big> <a name="replace_album_file"></a><br>
<b>Replace Album File</b> <big><small>(Gallery View > Menu > Replace Album File)<br>
<img src="../images/replace-album-file.jpg" alt="" width="492" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="215"><br></small></big>
Replace a designated old image file in all selected albums with a new image file, or add a new file to the albums
following the designated old file. If an image file is edited and a new version or new file is created, albums
referencing the old file may need updating. Choose any number of albums and specify the old file name and the new file
name. No files are deleted or moved. The file names (or links) within albums are updated. After editing and creating a
new version of an image file, right click on the image (or its gallery thumbnail) and select this function from the
popup menu. The names of the new image file and its previous version are stuffed into the dialog automatically, making
it easier to update albums after completing an image update.<br>
<br>
<a name="slide_show" id="slide_show"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Slide Show</span> <big><small>(Gallery View > Menu > Slide
Show)</small></big><br>
With this function you can show an album of images as a slide show.<br>
<img src="../images/slide-show.jpg" alt="" width="750" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="749"><br>
Use the <a href="#manage_albums">Manage Albums</a> function to assemble the images for a slide show as an album with an
assigned name. This allows you to collect images from anywhere in your image database and order them as desired. In the
slide show dialog (top left), press [Select] and choose an album from the list provided. You can use the current
gallery for the slide show by pressing the button [use gallery].<br>
<br>
Press the Proceed button to start the slide show with the first image (or the current image, if a member of the slide
show album). Use the escape key or F11 to exit the slide show and return to the dialog.<br>
<br>
Dialog Controls:<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Seconds</span>: The standard time each image is shown.<br>
This time can be extended for selected images in the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Images
Preferences</span> dialog (below).<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Clip Limit</span>: Images are scaled to fit the window. If the image and
window aspect ratios are different, this will create black margins above and below or left and right of the image. You
can optionally make the images expand to fill these margins and cut off the opposite sides of the image (e.g. if the
margins are on the left and right, the image is expanded to fill these margins and cut off the top and bottom equally).
You control how much of this is allowed with the Clip Limit, which is the percent difference in aspect ratios above
which expansion and clipping will not be done. Zero means no clipping is done, 10% means that images with 10% or less
difference in aspect ratio will be expanded and clipped.<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Music File</span>: An optional music file or playlist that will start when
the slide show is started.<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Full Screen</span>: If checked, images are shown full-screen without menu,
title bar, etc.<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Auto-replay</span>: if checked, the slide show will start over after reaching
the end.<br>
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">Keyboard keys can be used to control the slide show. The button
[KB controls] shows the current assignments and allows you to change them (top right). The following actions can be
assigned:<br>
• Pause or resume the slide show (toggle).<br>
• Blank the current image and pause the slide show, or restore the image (toggle).<br>
• Resume a paused slide show with the next image, including the transition animation.<br>
• Magnify the image - show selected image areas at higher magnification (see the <a href=
"#magnify">Magnify</a> function).<br>
The following KB keys are assigned to actions and cannot be changed:<br>
• Escape: Interrupt the slide show. Switch to gallery view to choose an image to resume, if desired.<br>
• Arrow keys: You can go back and forward at any time and the slide show will continue from
there.<br></font><br>
Press [transitions] to start a dialog (bottom right) to select and customize the transitions between images. These
include instant replacement, fade-out/fade-in, and many animated methods of image replacement (e.g. the new image
expands from the center to replace the old image). Select the transitions to be used and whether they are used randomly
or in sequence. The slowdown parameters can be used to slow transitions that may operate too fast on some computers
(some may be too slow on slow computers, but this cannot be helped). The preference parameters specify a relative
preference which will influence how frequently the transition type is used when a random sequence is selected.<br>
<br>
The buttons [load] and [save] allow you to save transition settings in a file and load them later. These files are
independent of the slide show files. A slide show will default to the transition settings last used for that slide
show, but you can always override these by using the [load] button to load some other settings, or changing them in the
dialog.<br>
<br>
Press [image files] to start a dialog (bottom left) for image preferences. These are optional. An image is selected for
customizing by clicking its thumbnail. The dialog is filled-in with default settings or the previous settings for this
image. Enter revisions and press [done], or click on the next image to be customized. If <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">Play Tone</span> is selected, a tone is played when the image appears during the slide
show. The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Show Caption / Show Comments</span> times determine how long the
image caption and comments will be shown above the image. After this time they disappear. Captions and comments are
edited with <a href="#edit_metadata">Edit Metadata</a>. The <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Wait times</span>
determine how long the image will wait before and after the optional zoom, until moving on to the next image. These are
always used, even if there is no zoom. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Zoom type</span> selects zoom-in
(image approaches) or zoom-out (image recedes). <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Zoom size</span> controls how
much the image will be zoomed and <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Steps</span> determines how many steps are
made during the zoom. 1.0 means no zoom, and 3.0 is the maximum zoom (image is 3x larger). Use at least 300 steps for a
smooth zoom, and more than this if you want it to zoom more slowly. To set the center of the zoom, press the
[<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Zoom Center</span>] button first, then click on the thumbnail image at the
desired zoom center. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Transition</span> is used to select a transition type to
be used from this image to the next image. If transition type "next" is selected, then the normal transition sequence
is used, as specified in the Transitions dialog.<br>
<br>
Sequence of slide show events for each image:<br>
• show the image at normal size if no zoom or zoom-in is selected<br>
• show the image at zoom size and position if zoom-out is selected<br>
• play the tone if specified<br>
• show the caption and comments for the specified times (may be zero)<br>
• wait for the first interval (may be zero)<br>
• perform the zoom-in or zoom-out if specified<br>
• wait for the 2nd interval (may be zero)<br>
• wait for the standard interval specified in the Slide Show dialog<br>
• do the transition to the next image<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="gallery_view_buttons" id="gallery_view_buttons"></a> <a name="sort_gallery" id="sort_gallery"></a><a name=
"scroll_gallery"></a><br>
<font size="+1"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Gallery View Buttons</span> </font><br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="880" height="164" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src=
"../images/zoom+.png"><img style="width: 32px; height: 32px;" alt="" src="../images/zoom-.png"></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Zoom-in / zoom-out.</span>
Increase or decrease the gallery thumbnail size.<br>
The smallest step changes the gallery format to show each thumbnail with a list of metadata items.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle; text-align: center;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 40px; height: 40px;"
alt="" src="../images/sort.png" vspace="5"></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Sort</span> the gallery
thumbnails in an alternative sequence. You can sort by file name (default), Photo date/time (from EXIF data), or file
modification date/time (file creation or last modification date/time). The sequence may be ascending or
descending.</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 24px; height: 24px;" alt="" src=
"../images/top.png"><img style="width: 24px; height: 24px;" alt="" src="../images/bottom.png"><br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Jump to the beginning or end of the gallery.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"><img style="width: 24px; height: 24px;" alt="" src=
"../images/up.png"><img style="width: 24px; height: 24px;" alt="" src="../images/down.png"></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Scroll back (up) or forward (down) by one gallery
page.<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<b>Sort Dialog<br>
<img src="../images/gallery-sort.jpg" alt="" width="199" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="208" align="left"><br>
<br></b> Choose the sort key and ascending or descending order.<br>
<br>
Directory galleries restore their prior sort order and scroll position when opened later.<br>
The <u>Reset</u> checkbox resets all galleries to file name ascending and top position.<br>
<br>
An <a href="#manage_albums">Album</a> gallery cannot be sorted.<br>
Albums retain image sequence they were created with.<br>
<br clear="all">
<br>
<b>Scrolling the Gallery</b><br>
The gallery can be scrolled up and down using the arrow buttons shown above. The keyboard up and down arrow keys,
page-up and page-down, and [home] and [end] keys may also be used. Use the right-side scroll bar to move rapidly to any
position. Left-click and hold on the scroll bar, over or under the scroll button, and the gallery will scroll rapidly
to the click position. Right click and hold on the scroll bar to make the gallery smooth-scroll to the click position.
Continue holding the mouse button and move to the side to increase the scroll speed.<br>
<br>
<font size="+1"><b>The following menus are repeated here in the Gallery Menu for convenience:<br></b></font></font>
<a href="#metadata_menu">Metadata</a><br>
<a href="#combine_menu">Combine</a><br>
<a href="#process_menu">Process</a><br>
<a href="#tools_menu">Tools</a><br>
<a href="#help_menu">Help</a><br>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="map_view_menus" id="worldmap_menus"></a></span><br>
<font size="+2"><b>Map View Menus</b></font><br>
There are two map view methods: World Map view and Net Map view. The differences are explained here.<br>
<br>
<a name="worldmap_menus"></a><br>
<img style="width: 40px; height: 40px;" alt="" src="../images/viewW.png" width="64" vspace="5" hspace="0" height="64">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
<font size="+2">World Map Menus</font></span><br>
The World Maps functions use locally stored map files which can be downloaded as explained below. You can also install
custom maps and use them like any other map.<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"> <br></span> <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="images_by_map" id=
"images_by_map"></a></span> <span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
Images by Map Location<br>
<img style="width: 800px; height: 249px;" alt="" src="../images/map-click.jpg" vspace="5"></span><br>
If the separate package <span style="text-decoration: underline;">fotoxx-maps</span> is installed, a set of geographic
maps is available for Fotoxx. These are a world map and maps of each continent. Click the left side menu bar World Maps
button to change to world map view mode. A world map is shown at first. Click on any area to get a much larger view of
that area. The map image can then be panned and scrolled to any other area by dragging the mouse. Map markers (red
dots) show locations having corresponding geotagged images. Click on a marker to get a gallery of images from that
location. The window changes to the gallery view and the gallery appears. Press the world maps button and click a new
location for a new gallery report.<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br>
Map Navigation</span>: zoom and pan/scroll for a map is slightly different from image files:<br>
• mouse wheel forward: zoom the map to full size, centered on the mouse position<br>
• mouse wheel backward: shrink the map to fit within the window<br>
• left click on a marker: show gallery of images geotagged for that marked location<br>
• left click NOT on a marker: zoom the map to full size, centered on the clicked position<br>
• right click: shrink the map to fit within the window<br>
• keyboard Z key: alternate between full size and shrink to fit<br>
• mouse drag: the zoomed map image pans and scrolls like other images<br>
<br>
When in world map mode, menus are available for choosing a new map and for searching images.<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"> <br>
<a name="choose_worldmap" id="choose_worldmap"></a></span><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Choose Map<br>
<img alt="" src="../images/choosemap.png" width="48" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="48"><br></span> Choose Map allows
you to choose any available map. All maps will show markers (red dots) where there are geotagged images. Click on a
marker to get a gallery view of all the images at this location. The range of images selected corresponds to the marker
size: images located within the marker area on the map are selected.<br>
<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><font face="FreeSans"><a name=
"custom_maps"></a><br></font> Installing Custom Map Files</span> <br></font> <font face="FreeSans">Obtain the map
from any suitable source, e.g. Google Maps or Open Street Map. You need to get the map as a JPEG or PNG file. You can
use a screen capture function to create the map file. You can use the Fotoxx Mashup tool to stitch many maps together
to make a huge map (e.g. 100 megapixels). These work well with Fotoxx pan and zoom. You can also use a scanner to
capture one or more paper maps and accurately stitch them together with Mashup.<br>
<br>
To install a map, put the map file into the directory /home/<user>/.fotoxx/user_maps. In this directory you will
also need a text file: maps_index. Each map requires a line in this file which specifies the map file name and the
latitude-longitude range of the map.<br>
Here is an example maps_index file:<br></font> <font face="Liberation Mono"> Hamburg.jpg,
53.455, 53.553, 9.906, 10.067<br>
Houston.jpg, 29.479, 30.053, -95.786, -94.905</font><font face="FreeSans"><br></font>
<font face="FreeSans">The entries are map file name, low and high latitude, low and high longitude. All values are
degrees, separated by commas. Spacing does not matter. Fotoxx assumes a Mercator projection, but this is not
significant for maps covering less than 100 km (e.g. city maps).<br>
<br>
If you make a custom map, getting accurate latitude and longitude values for the map edges can be tricky. Use the Open
Street Map "export" option to view maps with an overlay rectangle labeled with latitude and longitude. Adjust the
rectangle to match a corner of a map you have created and record the latitude and longitude values. You need accurate
latitude and longitude data for the upper left and lower right corners of the completed map. The precision should be
suitable for the scale of the map. 1 degree of latitude corresponds to about 110 km on the earth's surface. 0.001
degree corresponds to 110 meters.<br>
<br>
<a name="set_map_markers"></a><br>
<b>Set Map Markers</b><br>
<img alt="" src="../images/viewW-dots.png" width="41" height="41"><br>
Here you may choose to show markers for all images, or only images in the current gallery. You can use the latter
capability to show markers for a chosen subset of images, e.g. images from particular file locations, from a particular
vacation trip, having particular tags, etc. Use the Search and Album functions to select and screen images to produce
the desired set in a gallery. The gallery can also be saved as an album for repeated use.<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="netmap_menus"></a> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><img style="width: 41px; height: 41px;" alt="" src="../images/viewM.png" vspace=
"5"><br>
<font size="+2">Net Map Menus</font></span><br>
The Net Map functions use an internet service to provide maps from any location at any scale. The Net Map offers
superior functionality, but depend on having a fast and reliable internet connection. Markers (red dots) will show the
locations for any of your images with geotags. Use the mouse wheel or double-clicks to zoom-in on any location. Drag
the map to change the center. Click on a marker to get a gallery view of the images at this location. The range of
images selected corresponds to the marker size: images located within the marker area on the map are selected. The
marker area varies with the map scale. Nearby markers on a large map will consolidate when the map is scaled back
(zoomed out), and clicking the consolidated marker will get all the images of the contained markers.<br>
<br>
<a name="netmap_source" id="netmap_source"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Net Map Source<br>
<img alt="" src="../images/choosemap.png" width="48" vspace="5" height="48"><br></span> At this time, two internet map
sources are supported: Mapnik and Mapbox. The default is Mapnik. It is entirely open and free and works quite well if
your internet connection is good. The one drawback is that location names are in the language script of the location
(e.g. Arabic, Chinese ...), so for Westerners these maps are only useful for Western countries using Latin script.
Mapbox uses Latin script for all major location names. Mapbox, however, requires an access key, which you must request.
These are free for modest usage: up to 50,000 "map tiles" per month, which is adequate for most purposes. To use
Mapbox, go to the Mapbox web site, developers page, and follow the instructions. In Fotoxx, use the Net Map Source menu
function and select mapbox. You must input your access key the first time only.<br>
<br>
<a name="netmap_locs"></a><br>
<b>Net Map Locations<br>
<img src="../images/netmap-locs.png" alt="" width="48" vspace="5" height="48"><br>
<img src="../images/netmap-locs2.jpg" alt="" width="200" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="219" align="left"></b><br>
You can save a map location (map center and zoom level) with a given name, and recall the map location later with one
click. To save a map location, navigate the map to a location and zoom-in to include what you want within the window.
Enter the <u>map location</u> name and press the [Add] button. The new location is added to the list of available
locations in the window. To recall a saved map location, simply click on the location name in the list. To delete a map
location, click on the name and press the [Delete] button. A few map locations are included by default. You can keep or
delete them.<br>
<br clear="all">
<br>
<br>
<font size="+1"><b>The following</b> <b>World Map functions are also available for Net Maps:</b></font><br>
<a href="#images_by_map">Images by Map Location</a><br>
<a href="#set_map_markers">Set Map Markers</a><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<a name="other_topics" id="other_topics"></a><br>
<big style="font-weight: bold;"><font size="+2">Other Topics</font><br>
<br>
<a name="video_files"></a><br>
Video Files<br></big></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font size="-2"> <br></font></font> <font face="FreeSans">Video
files (.mpeg, .mp4, etc.) may be mixed-in with your image files. They will show as image files in both file and gallery
view. The image shown is the first frame of the video. In file view, the keyboard is used to control the video. The 'P'
key will start the video, pause the video, resume the video, or replay a video that has ended. The 'Q' key will quit
the video and close the window. These keys cannot be customized (required by player program).<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><big style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
<a name="web_upload"></a><br>
Web Service Photo Upload<br></big></font> <font face="FreeSans"><font size="-2"> <br></font> There used to be a
dedicated function to upload image files to <u>Flickr</u>, but this stopped working and was removed. It is actually not
needed, since Flickr offers a capable upload service directly from the Flickr web site.<br></font> <font face=
"FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"> <br>
Most photo websites have the ability to upload multiple image files from a single directory, using only a web browser.
Use one of the Fotoxx functions listed below to select and copy image files to the desktop or any other directory. From
there, use the photo website's native browser interface to upload the image files.<br></font></font> </font><br>
<a href="#export_images">Export Image Files</a> - select image files from multiple locations and copy to a single
output directory<br></font> <font face="FreeSans"><a href="#batch_convert">Batch Convert</a> - same functionality plus
many more options<br>
<br>
The first function is simple to use and can only downsize and copy image files.<br>
The second function can also downsize and copy, but it has many more features:<br>
• rename the files (combine old and new names, sequence numbers, photo dates)<br>
• convert to another file type<br>
• upright images turned 90 degrees<br>
• remove metadata<br>
• sharpen<br>
• add an overlay image (e.g. copyright text) at designated position<br>
<big style="font-weight: bold;"> <br></big> <a name="organizing_images" id="organizing_images"></a> <br>
<big><span style="font-weight: bold;">Organizing Images for Efficient Searching </span></big><br>
<small><small><small> </small></small></small><br>
Relevant links: <a href="#edit_metadata">Edit Metadata</a>, <a href="#batch_tags">Batch Add/Remove Tags</a>, <a href=
"#batch_rename_tags">Batch Rename Tags</a>, <a href="#batch_geotags">Batch Geotags</a>, <a href=
"#batch_convert">Batch Convert</a>, <a href="#search_images">Search Images</a>, <a href="#image_locations">Image
Locations</a>, <a href="#images_by_map">Images by Map Location</a>, <a href="#index_files">Index Image Files</a>,
<a href="#manage_albums">Manage Albums</a>, <a href="#slide_show">Slide Show</a>.<br>
<br>
The goal is to find all images for given criteria, e.g. photos of a given person at a given place and/or time range,
all photos of a given person, photos from a specified location or event, etc. There are several ways to organize an
image collection to accomplish this, with advantages and disadvantages you need to understand. The methods listed here
(except for albums) are standards compliant and will work with other programs that support the same methods. These are
(1) searching based on metadata (dates, ratings, tags (keywords), geotags (locations), captions and comments, and (2)
searching based on file names or partial names, including directory (path) names.<br>
<br>
Fotoxx can search using the following image metadata: photo date, rating (stars), tags (keywords), geotags (location
names and earth coordinates), and text appearing in captions or comments. Searching based on file and directory names
can also be combined with metadata searching. Any other metadata can also be searched, although not nearly as fast as
the items listed, which are duplicated in a special index file for fast searching. A strong computer can search images
for the listed metadata items and file names at a speed exceeding 50,000 images per second.<br>
<br>
All of the search methods described below can be used in combination. The output of a search function can be the input
of another search function (to further narrow the search), and search outputs can be added to prior searches.<br>
<br>
The following is an overview of the different ways images can be made searchable.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Directory and File Names</span><br>
These can be used as a basic organization that will enable you to find images even if more effective organizations
(tags, captions) are not used. The highest physical organization should be by time, because this will naturally group
photos together that are related. I suggest using one subdirectory per year named 2001, 2002, etc. This will also
prevent any one subdirectory from getting too big. Optionally, image files may be further organized in time sequence by
using MM.DD as the start of the file name. The rest of the name can be a topic or event, and a sequence number.<br>
Example: /images/2011/08.20 Spitzbergen 23.jpg<br>
This very basic organization allows Fotoxx to find files by searching for years and topics (file names). In the above
example, a search for "spitzbergen" or even "spitz" will produce all the images of Spitzbergen. Years can be also be
searched and combined with topic searches, e.g. "2012 Paris". The Batch Convert function lets you rename a batch of
photos taken at one location or event by specifying a template name like this:<br>
"$mm.$dd Spitzbergen $ss"<br>
Month and day (from the EXIF photo date) replace $mm and $dd. "Spitzbergen" replaces the camera file name (P00123456),
and a sequence number replaces $ss.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Captions and Comments</span><br>
A simple method of organization is to use captions and comments. These are arbitrary text strings that can be added to
a series of images in rapid sequence: Start Edit Metadata, open an image, input some text, press [apply], press [next],
input some text ... Captions and comments are two separate inputs but treated logically the same. They are
searchable: words appearing in captions and comments can be searched. You can specify persons, location, topic, etc.
for each image and then find them again quickly.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Tags</span></font> (EXIF keywords<font face="FreeSans">)<br>
The most powerful tool is tags, but this is also the most demanding of organizational care. You can go through your
images sequentially and add tags by clicking on a list of defined tags. New tags can be defined as needed. Images can
have many tags, and can be searched using AND/OR combinations of tags, also in combination with other criteria. Tagging
is generally fast, needing a few seconds per image. Fotoxx has two methods of adding tags, a "managed" system and a
"random" system. In the managed system, you define tag category names and the tags within each category. When adding
tags to images, you can point and click from a list of tags organized by category and alphabetically within category.
In the random system, you simply create tags as needed while you tag your images, following no particular system and
without categories. When you enter the first few characers of a tag, existing tags that match these characters are
shown in a pick-list which you can click to complete adding the tag. If there is no match, a new tag is created.
Recently used tags are also shown in a list that can be clicked. Photos made at the same time will normally be tagged
in sequence, and will also share many of the same tags. The recent tags list helps to speed the tagging process. Use
Batch Add/Remove Tags to add the same tags to many images. Batch Rename Tags can be used to rename tags in selected (or
all) images. Tags can be searched in any combination, combined with other search criteria such as a date range or
location(s).<br>
<br>
Note that images downloaded from the Internet may have many tags adhering to no system. You will need to clean these
out or redo them to stop them from cluttering your list of defined tags. If you see undesired tags in your list of
defined tags, it is easy to find the offending image files and purge or change their tags: use the Image Search
function to find the images, using the unwanted tags as search criteria, and feed this list to Batch Add/Remove Tags or
Batch Rename Tags. Tags from downloaded files will have no category, which keeps them separate from tags you define (if
you are using the managed tags method). Still, you should avoid accumulating thousands of random tags, and it is easy
enough to get rid of them whenever they appear.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Geotags</span><br>
Use geotags to assign a city or location and country to your images, and optionally latitude/longitude. This enables
all images for a location to be quickly found. If you use a camera with a GPS receiver, geotags are added to the image
EXIF data, and location searching is available automatically. Since image dates are also automatic (in EXIF), images
can be searched by date range and location without you having to enter any data for each image. You can leave it at
this, or add some of the above extras if you accept the extra effort required. My experience so far with in-camera GPS
is that the location names are chaotic and you may want to sanitize them (mixed upper/lower case, with/without states
or other political subdivisions, mixed languages, etc.). You can fix the mess with a little effort: search for the
location name you want to change (e.g. MUENCHEN, BAYERN, DEUTSCHLAND), then process the resulting images with the Batch
Geotags function to change the location name (e.g. Munich, Germany). Location names can be searched in any
combination.<br>
<br>
When you add geotags to an image manually, it is usually sufficient to enter just the city or location name and then
press [Find]. If the location has been entered sometime in the past, it will be recalled and all geotag data will be
filled-in automatically (city/location name, country, latitude, longitude). This will also work if only a few
characters of the name is entered, e.g. "hono" will recall the data for Honolulu, if available. When a location is
entered for the first time, enter the city or location name and the country, and press the [Web] button. A web service
will usually find the latitude and longitude automatically. If not, you can use Wikipedia or other web services to find
the location coordinates and enter them manually.<br>
<br>
Images with geotags are also searchable by clicking markers on a world map. The markers are automatically added to the
map for all images containing geotag coordinates. The map can be zoomed to any scale from street-level to planet
level.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Albums</span><br>
Another method of organization is to use Albums. Choose a name for each album and assign any desired images to the
album by clicking thumbnails in gallery pages. The images are not duplicated: the album is simply an ordered list of
file names. Albums can be selected by name and viewed as a gallery of thumbnails. These can be rearranged via thumbnail
drag and drop. The images can then be viewed sequentially using keyboard arrow keys, randomly by clicking thumbnails,
or as a slide show with animated transitions between images. Albums are also implemented in some other photo management
apps, but each one is different and incompatible.<br>
<br>
The image search function can be used to find images to start a new album, and then images can be added, removed, and
rearranged as needed. Images can be added simply by clicking gallery thumbnails as you browse your image
collection.<br>
<br>
<b>Summary</b><b><u><br></u></b> The following is a summary of some ways to organize a large image collection, with
factors to consider when choosing which methods you want to use. In the list below, "search by" specifies which search
criteria can be used with each option. Many of the methods below can be combined, and the possible search criteria
increases accordingly. Searching by photo date (EXIF) is available with any organization.<br>
<br>
Images Organized by Topic <u><br></u></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">images are in a topic-named directory (a very common practice)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">e.g. </font> <font face="FreeSans">/.../Susan 8th
birthday/P00123456.jpg</font><font face="FreeSans"> (file names from
camera)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">e.g. </font> <font face="FreeSans">/.../Paris 2014/Notre Dame 12.jpg</font><font face=
"FreeSans"> (meaningful file names
added)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">fast implementation: no work if this is your starting point</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">gallery view is by topic only (poor overview of a large image collection)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">search by: topic (using directory and file names)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">no overview of available search topics</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">Images Organized by Year and Topic<b><br></b></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">e.g. </font> <font face="FreeSans">/.../2014/Italy/Rome-12.jpg</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">e.g. </font> <font face="FreeSans">/.../2014/Susan Wedding/P123456.jpg</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">fast implementation: move your topic directories into year directories</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">gallery overview by year and by topic within year</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">search by: topic (using directory and file names)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">no overview of available search topics</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">Images Organized by Year, Month, Day and Topic<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">e.g. </font> <font face="FreeSans">/.../2014/08.22 Rome-12.jpg</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">use Batch Convert to format new names from existing groups of image files</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">natural grouping of related images</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">gallery overview by year, in time order, with topics visible</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">search by: topic (using file names)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">no overview of available search topics</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">Image Directory and File Names Contain Topics<u><b><br></b></u></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">e.g. </font> <font face=
"FreeSans">/.../travel/2014/Italy/Rome-Susan-Coliseum.jpg</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">many folks have done this, to search for images using a file search utility<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">you may end up with thousands of galleries with a few images each<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">search by: topic (using directory and (partial) file names)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">no overview of available search topics</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">Captions and Comments<b><br></b></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">e.g. "Susan 2014, Coliseum in background"</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">simple and easy to use</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">moderately fast implementation: 10+ seconds per image</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">risk inconsistent names, unreliable search<br>
(e.g. search "Rome" would miss the example above)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">search by: captions and comments (any contained word or words)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">no overview of available search topics</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">Managed Tags<u><b><br></b></u></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">e.g. "Rome, Italy, Susan, birthday"</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">point and click in a tag list to add tags to images</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">tags have categories for faster visual location of tags to click</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">typing a few characters is usually enough to retrieve a defined tag<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">recent tags are also available for fast reference and re-use while tagging images</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">no inconsistent or redundant tags, no typos to make searches unreliable</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">requires careful planning of tags - later revisions are cumbersome</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">batch add/delete/rename is available for tag revisions</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">search by: tags in any combination</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">good overview of available search topics (tags organized by category)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">tag categories are not standard - they will not be visible in other
applications<br></font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">Random Tags<u><b><br></b></u></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">no tag organizing system, tags created as needed while tagging images</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">legacy tags can be kept unchanged</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">typing a few characters is usually enough to retrieve a tag that has been used
before</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">recent tags are also available for fast reference and re-use while tagging images</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">risk inconsistent tags (scenery, landscape), redundant tags (Susan, Sue), and
typos</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">search by: tags in any combination</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">overview of available search topics: one large pile of tags in alphabetic order</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">Geotags<b><br></b></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">e.g. Rome, Italy, 41.89 N, 12.48 E</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">cameras with GPS store this data automatically in images</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">you can manually add locations (5-10 seconds per image)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">you can batch add geotags to many images at once</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">inconsistent location names from cameras (fixable using search and batch update)</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">map markers are generated automatically from image geotag data</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">search by: location (city, park, monument ...) and country</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">good overview of available search topics: clickable table of locations [+ date
groups]</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">you can also click on a map marker to show a gallery of images at location</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">Albums<u><b><br></b></u></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">album names like this: favorites, best scenery, Italy 2014, Susan childhood</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">albums are a list of contained image files, which are not duplicated</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">make albums using any criteria, containing any images</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">images can be in multiple albums or multiple times within an album</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">images can be arranged in an album by dragging thumbnails to position</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">add images by selecting / dragging gallery thumbnails to album gallery<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">albums are the basis for the slide show function</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">overview of available albums - click on album name to view gallery</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">albums are only usable within Fotoxx (there is no standard for albums)</font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<a name="translations" id="translations"></a> <br>
<big style="font-weight: bold;">Translations </big><br>
Translation files for Fotoxx are found here: /usr/share/fotoxx/locales/translate-xx.po.gz<br>
The file may or may not be compressed (.gz ending). <span style="text-decoration: underline;">xx</span> is a standard
2-character language code (e.g. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">de</span> for German) or a combination
language and region code (e.g. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">de_AT</span> for Austrian German). This code
normally corresponds to the locale of the computer, as shown by the command <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">echo $LANG</span>. If there is no installed translation file for <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">xx</span>, you can use the dummy translation file for <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">en</span> (English) as a template. Replace the translations of english to english with
english to new-language, and save the new file with the right <span style="text-decoration: underline;">xx</span> code.
The translation files are protected and cannot be edited unless you have root privileges. It is better to copy a
translation file to a more convenient location for editing, and save the edited file in the standard location when
ready to test. Translation files are available for use immediately - no conversion to a binary format is needed since
the text files are processed directly by Fotoxx. However, it is advisable to go through the standard GNU translation
process to find possible errors. This is explained below.<br>
<br>
Translation files are commonly called ".po files" and have the file type ".po" (or ".po.gz" if compressed).<br>
A typical translation in a .po file looks like this:<br>
msgid "The file name is: \n %s"<br>
msgstr "Der Dateiname ist: \n %s"<br>
<br>
"msgid" is an English text for translation. "msgstr" is the translation (German in this case). The special codes "%s"
and "\n" are for inserted text and formatting. A file name will be inserted at "%s", and "\n" starts a new line. In the
example above, the displayed file name will start on a new line. In the translation (msgstr line), these codes must
match the English codes (msgid line) in both type and sequence.<br>
<br>
A missing translation looks like this:<br>
msgid "The file name is: %s \n"<br>
msgstr ""<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Revising an existing translation</span><br></font>
<ol>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Edit <span style="text-decoration: underline;">translate-xx.po</span> to add or
update translations for language "xx".</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Replace the original file in /usr/share/fotoxx/locales/</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Option: compile the .po file to check for errors: <br>
$ msgfmt -v --check-format -o /dev/null translate-xx.po</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Run Fotoxx and check how the translations look. If the computer locale is not "xx", start
Fotoxx in language "xx" with the command: $ fotoxx -l xx</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Send the modified .po file to me [<a href=
"https://kornelix.net/contact/contact.html">contact</a>] so it can be included in Fotoxx release
packages.</font></li>
</ol>
<font face="FreeSans">Step 3 is optional. The usual binary translation files (.mo) that are output by <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">msgfmt</span> are not needed by Fotoxx. The translation source files (.po) are read
directly by Fotoxx, and changes made to a .po file are effective the next time Fotoxx is started. Step 3 is useful to
find errors (e.g. missing or non-matching format codes, quote marks, etc.).<br>
<br>
Whenever Fotoxx is started from a terminal, missing translations are listed in the terminal window. There is also a
function for this: Tools > Missing Translations lists missing translations in a popup window.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Problems with long translations</span><br>
English can be terse compared to other languages (e.g. "undo" is "Rückgängig machen" in German), and this can cause a
confusing appearance in the GUI layouts. Therefore try to make dialog labels and buttons short, and look closely at the
resulting GUI layout.<br>
<br>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">User Guide translation</span><br style="text-decoration: underline;">
The English user guide is normally found here: /usr/share/fotoxx/data/<br>
The file is a text HTML file, which may be edited with any HTML editor. This is a large document, so expect a week or
more of work to translate it. In order to reduce the work, you can use a simple text editor and supply text without
images - in this case I will convert to HTML and supply the images. If you make a new or revised translation, please
send it to me [<a href="https://kornelix.net/contact/contact.html">contact</a>] so it can be included in
future releases.<br>
<br>
<a name="recent_changes" id="recent_changes"></a> <br>
<big><span style="font-weight: bold;">Recent Changes to User Guide</span></big><br>
This section is provided to help you quickly review the changes in the user guide.<br>
Fotoxx version numbers correspond to year and month of release.<br>
<br>
v.18.01 (this release)<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Menus renamed: Zonal Flatten > Flatten, Tone Mapping > Gradients, Flip > Mirror.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#replace_album_file">Replace Album File</a>: A better way to update albums after an
image file is updated or added.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#video_files">Video Files</a>: The keyboard keys to control playing a video file
were revised.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#fotoxx-home">Redirect Fotoxx home</a>: How to move Fotoxx home away from</font>
<font size="+1"><tt>/home/<user>/.fotoxx</tt></font><font face="FreeSans">.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#retinex">Retinex</a>: New tool to fix extreme fog/haze and enhance detail in areas
with weak contrast.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#batch_photo_date">Batch Photo Date/Time</a>: New tool to fix missing or wrong
date/time in photos.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#image_locations">Image Locations</a> and <a href="#image_timeline">Image
Timeline</a> reports can be navigated with the KB navigation keys.<br>
A desired location can be found by entering leading characters from the keyboard.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#gallery_selection">Gallery Selection</a> dialog: selected image files can be
reviewed using the KB navigation keys.<br>
Jump to a desired file or directory name by entering leading characters from the keyboard.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#KB_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</a>: the revised GUI reflects additional
functionality and flexibility.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#sort_gallery">Gallery Sort</a>: new capabilities are described.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#slide_show">Slide Show</a>: customize the keyboard controls.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#custom_widgets">Custom Widgets</a>: some GTK widgets have been downsized. This is
reversible if desired.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#user_settings">User Settings</a>: the background color for the left-side menu panel
is now adjustable.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#batch_raw">Batch RAW</a>: two functions were consolidated into one, with added
options.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#search_images">Search Images</a>: you can select and sort by photo date or file mod
date.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#view-360">View 360° Panorama</a>: new function to view 360° panorama images with a
rotating viewpoint.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#scroll_gallery">Scroll Gallery</a>: a description of gallery scrolling
methods was added.<br></font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">v.17.08<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#retouch_combo">Retouch Combo</a>: revised user interface and edit
curve.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#netmap_locs">Net Map Locations</a>: new function added to save and recall named
locations.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#select_hairy">Select Hairy</a>: the user interface was revised for faster and
easier operation.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#custom_kernel">Custom Kernel</a>: revised user interface, more pre-installed
filters.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#paint_image">Paint Image</a>: an HSL color chooser option was
added.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#custom_widgets">Custom widget types</a>: space-saving widgets for entering numbers
and text.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Flickr Upload was removed because it quit working.<br>
See the topic <a href="#web_upload">Web Service Upload</a> for a better alternative.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#export_images">Export Image Files</a>: metadata relevant for photo web services was
added.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#video_files">Video Files</a>: play video files within the image
collection.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#color_profile">Color Profile</a>: revised for functional changes.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#panorama">Panorama</a>: revised for changes in the "flatten"
control.<br></font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">v.17.04<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans">Paint/Clone was separated into two functions, <a href="#paint_image">Paint Image</a> and
<a href="#clone_image">Clone Image</a>.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#paint_image">Paint Image</a>: the dialog controls were revised for using with a
Wacom tablet,<br>
and a capability for a custom color palette was added.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#clone_image">Clone Image</a>: minor revisions in the user
interface.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#delete_trash">Delete/Trash</a> Image: minor revisions in the user
interface.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#trim_rotate">Trim/Rotate</a> Image: minor revisions in the user
interface.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#rename_file">Rename</a>: minor revisions in the user interface.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#copy_move">Copy/Move</a>: minor revisions in the user interface.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#montage">Montage</a>: combine many selected images into a compact
format.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#manage_albums">Manage Albums</a>: albums can now be sorted, with implications for
editing albums.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#alien_colors">Alien Colors</a>: repaint an image or area with strange random
colors.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#search_images">Search Images</a>: edited images can now be a search
criteria.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#stack_paint">Stack/Paint</a>: capability added to show or hide transient objects
automatically.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#uninstall">Uninstall AppImage</a>: new - completely uninstall an AppImage
package.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#twist">Twist Image</a>: new Effects function - twist an image around a chosen
center.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#script_files">Script Files</a>: most of the Effects functions can now be
scripted.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#sort_gallery">Sort Gallery</a>: added explanations about sorting albums and
metadata reports.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#denoise">Denoise</a>: the measure noise function gives a better characterization of
the noise.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#edit_functions_index">Edit Functions Index</a> was added<br></font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans">v.17.01<br></font>
<ul>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#batch_rename_tags">Batch Rename Tags</a>: Text edit file for old and new tag names
was replaced with a proper GUI.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">New: <a href="#set_map_markers">Set Map Markers</a>: map markers can come from current
gallery or from all image files.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#bright_ramp">Brightness Ramp</a> (was 'Ramp'): both functionality and user
interface were improved.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">New: <a href="#all_dirs">All Directories</a>: List all image directories, click any for
gallery view.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#replace_album_file">Replace Album File</a>: New option to add a new file after
designated old file, or replace old file.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans">New: <a href="#blend_image">Blend Image</a>: Blend image pixels in areas painted by the
mouse.<br></font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#color_mode">Color Mode</a>: Functionality and user interface have been
revised.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#adjust_HSL">Adjust HSL</a>: target color selection via mouse click on
image.</font></li>
<li><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#slide_show">Slide Show</a>: new button to use current gallery (no album
selection).<br></font></li>
</ul>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<br>
<a name="technical_notes" id="technical_notes"></a> <br>
<big><span style="font-weight: bold;"><font size="+2">Technical Notes<br></font><br></span></big> Additional technical
topics can be found on the <a href="https://kornelix.net/fotoxx_topics/index.html">Fotoxx web site</a>.<big><span style=
"font-weight: bold;"><br></span></big><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Fotoxx Limitations</span><br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="903" height="141" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">image files<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Fotoxx has been tested with 500K image files and the performace
was good. See Benchmarks below.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">image size</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">The max. supported image width or height is 20,000 pixels
(compile time constant).<br>
The maximum image size is 4 GB (about 240 megapixels).<br>
Images edited in memory have 4 float numbers (16 bytes) per pixel (RGB + alpha).<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">image edits</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">99 edits for undo/redo and file version numbering (filename.v01
to filename.v99).</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><font face="FreeSans">image tags<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">10,000 tags, 200,000 chars. for all tags, 1000 chars. for one
image (compile time constants).<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">thumbnail<br>
cache</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Thumbnail images are cached in main memory to improve gallery
performance. Gallery scrolling is slower for the initial pass, and faster thereafter. Revisited galleries are fast
unless the cached thumbnails have been replaced.<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Running out of memory</span><br>
Fotoxx can require a huge amount of main memory to edit a large image. A 20 megapixel image requires 640 megabytes for
the simplest edits, and more for complex edits. Images in memory are not compressed and each RGB pixel is represented
by three floating-point numbers and a transparency value (16 bytes total). HDR, Panorama and other composite functions
hold all images in memory during alignment and post-process tuning. If you push the memory limits on a small PC, the
Linux kernel may kill the Fotoxx process without warning and with no message (this is to keep the operating system
itself from failing). What you see is that the Fotoxx window simply vanishes.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Running out of disk space</span><br style="font-weight: bold;">
During a series of image edits, each edit step is saved on disk, and the before/after results can be viewed with the
Undo/Redo button. These images use floating point numbers for color values and are not compressed. A 20 megapixel image
makes a 320 MB file. If there are 10 edit steps in the undo/redo stack, the required disk space is 3.2 GB. If disk
space runs out during an edit session, the program terminates with a message. To avoid this, be sure there is plenty of
disk space wherever your /tmp/ directory resides. When you open a new image or quit Fotoxx, the disk space is
recovered. If Fotoxx crashes, the space is recovered the next time Fotoxx is started or when the computer is
rebooted.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Packages required for Fotoxx source build</span><br>
See the README file for instructions on compiling Fotoxx from source.<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="733" height="146" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> g++</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">GNU C++ compiler and C libraries</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> libgtk3.0-dev </font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Gnome GTK3/GDK3/Pixbuf/etc. function libraries</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> libtiff5-dev</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">tiff library development files</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> libpng12-dev</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">png library development files</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> liblcms2-dev</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Little CMS development files</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> libchamplain-gtk<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Gnome geographic mapping functions<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Note</span>: package naming and contents vary by Linux
distro (the usual chaos). The above names are valid for Debian-based distros (including Ubuntu). For other distros the
names are different. Good luck.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Additional programs required or optional for Fotoxx</span><br>
Fotoxx uses the following programs which are installed separately:<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="849" height="194" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> xdg-utils</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> req.<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">open text or html files with user's preferred
application</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> exiftool</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> req.<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">(v. 8.60 or later) read and write image metadata (tags,
comments, etc.) <br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Raw Therapee<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> opt.<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">open a RAW file for editing using its native GUI<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> growisofs</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> opt.</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">burn a CD or DVD with selected images</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> xgamma</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> opt.<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">used for the Monitor Gamma function (adjust monitor
gamma)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> fotoxx-maps<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> opt.<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">set of geographic maps to show image locations and report images
by mouse click<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> hugin<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> opt.</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">PT Panorama function uses Panorama Tools (normally packaged with
Hugin)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> ffmpeg, totem<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> opt.<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">required for inline viewing of video files<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">zappcrash</span> - backtrace dump after a fatal error<br>
If Fotoxx has a fatal error, it attempts to intercept the error and produce a backtrace dump which appears in a popup
window. Please send this information to me so I can fix the error (<a href=
"https://kornelix.net/contact/contact.html">contact me</a>). A description of what you did immediately before the crash
would also be helpful.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Preview Mode</span><br>
Some edit functions use a reduced image size for a faster interactive response time. This is shown on the top panel as
"(reduced)". When [done] is pressed, the full-size image is then processed. This is why [done] sometimes takes
noticeable time. A monitor-size image (2-4 megapixels) is much faster to process than a 15-40 megapixel image (camera
file). This method is used whenever the preview edits can be applied to the full-size image without visible impact
(e.g. Trim/Rotate, Warp functions, brightness and color related functions). It cannot be used for some functions (e.g.
sharpen, Gradients) because the results for a small image cannot be converted for a larger image.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">File Size</span><br>
The file size shown on the top panel while an image is being edited is the original (unedited) file size. The file size
for an edited image is not known until the image is saved on disk. In memory the size is (pixels x 16). A 20 megapixel
image uses 320 megabytes in memory and typically < 4 megabytes on disk (high quality JPEG). When the edited image is
saved, the correct file size is updated on the top panel.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Custom Icons</span><br>
Fotoxx icons are contained in <big>/usr/share/fotoxx/icons</big>. You can change these if wanted.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">File Types Supported</span><br>
Fotoxx uses libraries to support reading and writing of image files: the GDK pixbuf library, libpng and libtiff. The
file types that can be read and written include JPG/JPEG, PNG, and TIF/TIFF. Three RGB colors with 8 bits per color are
supported for all types. PNG and TIFF also support 16 bits per color. Fewer than 8 bits per color and grayscale images
are partly supported, and are converted to RGB internally.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Index Files</span><br>
These can be found in the directory <big>/home/<user>/.fotoxx/image_index/</big><br>
The file "indexB" contains image file pathnames and metadata items that are indexed for fast searching (dates, ratings,
tags, caption, comments, geotags). The file "top_directories" contains a list of the top image directories. These are
searched for new image files whenever Fotoxx starts up. The last entry is the thumbnails directory.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Color Depth</span><br>
8-bit color (256 brightness levels), as supported by JPEG files, is the norm for image files and is generally adequate.
A difference of one brightness step (0.4% of the entire range) cannot be seen. A greater color depth than 8 bits can be
useful if some part of the brightness range within an image has been greatly expanded using retouch or repair
functions. This expansion can lead to visible "banding" or "posterization". If the RAW image is edited instead of the
JPEG (and if the RAW image really has more than 8 bits of low-noise color), this problem can be reduced, even if the
edited image is converted back to JPEG for final storage. Only the most expensive cameras with large sensors produce
RAW files with more than 8 bits of low-noise color at normal light levels (status 2016).<br>
<br>
The image below changes gradually from black to white. The color depth is 6 bits (64 brightness levels).<br>
Note that the brightness steps are barely visible.<br>
<img src="../images/brightness-steps.png" alt="" width="400" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="31"><br clear="all">
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Denoise Function - Noise Measurement</span><br style="font-weight: bold;">
An area of radius 10 pixels around the clicked position is sampled. The RGB brightness levels reported (0-255) are the
averages for this area. Within this area, every pixel is measured and compared with the mean of the surrounding 5x5
block of pixels. The RGB noise levels reported are the average differences. If the sampled area has a small gradient in
brightness, the measurement is not sensitive to this. This is because the central pixel in a 5x5 block will naturally
have the average RGB values of the surrounding pixels (if noise is zero). If a RAW image is measured, a 16-bit TIFF
image made from the RAW is used, preserving up to 16 bits of color data if this much is available from the RAW
image.</font> <font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans">You may be surprised at the typically high noise levels in
RAW images. Cameras filter out this noise when making a JPEG image. Expensive cameras with large sensors may still have
RAW noise levels > 1 on the scale 0-255 (i.e. noise in bits 7-8), and even for normal ISO values around 100.<br>
</font><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Alignment Algorithm</span> (HDR, HDF, Stack, Panorama)<br>
Relatively few high-contrast or "edge" pixels are selected to control alignment. The actual pixels used are shown in
red during the alignment process, which is also more entertaining. Each image in succession is systematically warped
various small amounts and the fit with other images is tested. This is done because two photos made with slightly
different horizons or rotations will not fit perfectly with simple translation and rotation. Also camera lenses are not
geometrically perfect.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Alpha Channels</span><br>
Images having alpha channels (transparency information) can be edited, and the alpha channel is preserved if the image
is saved as a PNG or TIFF file. JPEG files do not support alpha channels.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Image Deterioration From Repeated Editing</span><br>
If you save an edited image file and then use this file later to perform additional edits, pixel resolution may be
lost. It is better if you do all edits when the image files are first processed, to minimize image deterioration (or go
back to the originals if you still have them). Any function that changes image size or shape will reduce resolution
about 1/2 pixel. These are the resize, rotate, warp, and all the composite functions. Rotating 90 degrees does not
affect resolution. When downsizing an image, using the ratios 1/2, 1/3, 1/4 will give the least loss of resolution.
Functions that change brightness and color do not affect resolution.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">JPEG Compression</span><br>
If a JPEG file from a digital camera is saved with Fotoxx, you will likely notice a large reduction in file size, even
if a high JPEG quality level is used. This is because Fotoxx can afford to invest more processing power in the
compression. A camera CPU is not very fast and must save an image quickly to be ready for the next photo, so the
processing time available for compression is limited. The CPU of a PC is typically much faster and has more time, so
the compression level is higher. The smaller file size does not mean that the quality is less.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Image Deterioration From Repeated Saving of JPEG files</span><br>
Reading a compressed JPEG image and saving it again can lead to loss of detail and increased image artifacts. The
effect seems to be negligible if JPEG "quality" is set to a high value when the image is saved. The image below was
saved 10 times using quality=90 (Fotoxx default), each time opening and saving the previous image. Differences can be
found if you look hard enough. The images are 2x size and the insets are 5x.<br>
<img src="../images/jpeg-quality.jpg" alt="" width="553" vspace="5" hspace="5" height="248"><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">EXIF Errors</span><br>
Cameras (esp. older ones) do not always produce structurally correct EXIF data, and the program exiftool (used by
Fotoxx to manipulate EXIF data) may produce error messages. I have been able to fix these cases by saving the image
file on top of itself, which will replace the EXIF data with whatever exiftool was able to read correctly. If desired
data gets lost, you can restore it using the <a href="#edit_any_metadata">Edit Any Metadata</a> function.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Newline characters in user Comments and Captions</span><br>
When editing metadata Comments or Captions, if you need to align text in columns, you can use the [enter] key to force
new lines. These are converted into the string "\n" before being stored in image EXIF/IPTC data, since newline
characters are not allowed (exiftool converts them into periods). If the text is viewed or edited again, the "\n"
strings are converted back to new lines, so that the original text alignments are restored. <span style=
"text-decoration: underline;">This is not standard</span>, so don't expect the text to remain aligned if viewed in
Photoshop, etc. If this is a requirement, then do not use the enter key to make new lines when entering long text -
just let the text overflow to the next line by itself. In this case, column alignment is not possible.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Installed Files</span><br>
Foloxx installs files in the following locations.<br>
Repackaging by Linux distros could put them somewhere else, e.g. /opt... instead of /usr...<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="776" height="74" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="+1"><tt> /usr/bin/fotoxx</tt></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">the executable program file</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="+1"><tt> /usr/share/fotoxx/*</tt></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">user guide, translation.po files, icons, default data,
etc.<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="+1"><tt> /usr/share/doc/fotoxx/*</tt></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">change log, man page, README and other documentation
files. <br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
Installed Files - optional fotoxx-maps package<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="722" height="50" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="+1"><tt> /usr/share/fotoxx-maps/*<br></tt></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">geographic maps data files (112 MB) <br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="+1"><tt> /usr/share/doc/fotoxx-maps/*<br></tt></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">change log, man page, README <br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Local Files</span><br>
Files in Fotoxx home (default</font> <tt><big>/home/<user>/.fotoxx/</big></tt><font face="FreeSans">)<br>
These are preserved when a new release of Fotoxx is installed.<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="874" height="946" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> add_line/<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">image lines and arrows saved from Add Lines/Arrows function</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> add_text/<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">image text overlays saved from Add Text function</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> albums/</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">image albums from Manage Albums function<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> custom_kernel/</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saved custom kernel data files</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> edit_scripts/<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saved edit script files (for batch editing)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> favorites/</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saved data for user-configuration of favorites menu</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> image_index/</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">top directories, thumbnail directory, image index
file<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> mashup/</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saved mashup project files</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> montage_maps/<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">saved image montage maps<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> patterns/<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saved background patterns<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> printer_color/<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saved printer color calibration files<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> retouch_combo/</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saved settings for the Retouch Combo function</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> saved_areas/</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">"cutout" files saved from the Select Area > Save
dialog</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> saved_curves/</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">curve data saved from Retouch curve edit dialogs</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> slideshows/</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">user preferences from Slide Show function<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> slideshow_trans/<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saved slide show transition parameters<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> thumbnails/</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">thumbnail files (default location, user can change
this)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> user_maps/<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">custom map files made by the user<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> bookmarks</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">bookmark names and image file locations</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> colorwheel.jpg<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">color selection palette for Paint Image function<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> gallery_memory<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">saved sort order and position for gallery windows<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> KB-shortcuts2</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">user-defined or modified keyboard shortcuts</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> logfile</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Fotoxx outputs that may be relevant for diagnosing
problems</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> metadata_report<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">Batch Report Metadata output report - tabular text
file<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> metadata_report_items<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">list of metadata items reported by Batch Report
Metadata<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> metadata_short_list<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">metadata key names for Batch Add/Change Metadata<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> metadata_view_extra<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">extra items for the metadata short report, added by the
user<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> netmap_locations<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">saved locations in net map view<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> pagesetup</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saves page setup data for print function</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> parameters</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">setup parameters that are saved across Fotoxx
sessions</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> plugins</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saves the plugins menu contents</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> printsettings</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saves print settings data for print function</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> README<br></td>
<td valign="top">text file - how to install Fotoxx from the source code tarball<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> recent_files</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">a list of the last 100 files opened by Fotoxx, saved when Fotoxx
exits</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> search_results</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">list of the last image files found with Search
Images</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> slideshow-tone.oga<br></font></td>
<td valign="top">a short music tone for slide show<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> stuck-pixels<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">data saved from the Fix Stuck Pixels function<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> tags_defined</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">a list of all categories and tags currently used in all
images</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"> translate-xx.po<br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">GUI translation file for language code xx<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> widgets.css<br></td>
<td valign="top">styling changes to standard GTK widgets<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> zappcrash<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">if Fotoxx crashes, a backtrace dump is deposited
here<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> zdialog_inputs</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saved dialog data for dialogs that recall prior
inputs</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> zdialog_positions</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans">saved dialog window positions (relative to main
window)</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Metadata used by Fotoxx</span><br>
The following metadata items (stored inside the image files) are used by Fotoxx. These items (and any other metadata)
can be viewed or edited using Fotoxx. Images can be searched using these items (or any other metadata) as selection
criteria. Those marked "indexed" can be searched very fast, others more slowly (see benchmarks below).<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="890" height="290" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Metadata section and name</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Usage</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> Indexed</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> IPTC Keywords</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> tags entered by user</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> yes</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> IPTC Rating</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> "star" rating entered by user</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> yes</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> EXIF ImageSize</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> pixel width and height, 1234x2345<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> yes</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> EXIF DateTimeOriginal</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> date/time photo was made, or entered by user</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> yes</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> EXIF ImageHistory</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> history of edits made by Fotoxx<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> no</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> EXIF UserComment</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> comment text entered by user</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> yes</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> IPTC Caption-Abstract</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> caption or abstract text entered by user</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> yes</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> EXIF FocalLengthIn35mmFormat</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> camera focal length used, 35mm equivalent</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> no</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> EXIF City, Country</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> city/location and country from camera GPS, or entered by
user</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> yes</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> EXIF GPSLatitude, GPSLongitude</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> earth coordinates from camera GPS, or entered by
user</font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> yes</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> EXIF RollAngle<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> camera tilt angle - can be used to auto-level an
image<br></font></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font face="FreeSans"> no<br></font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br>
<font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Fotoxx Benchmarks</span><br>
Conditions: Fotoxx 18.01, Intel Core i5, 2.8 GHz, 6 processor cores.<br>
<br>
Image Index rate: large JPEG files (average 4.1 MB), 7200 rpm disk: 960/min.<br>
Image Index rate: large JPEG files (average 4.1 MB), SSD disk: 6454/min.<br>
</font> <font face="FreeSans"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
Startup time by Image Index Level</span> (Tools > User Settings)<br>
measured with 109K old image files and zero new image files<br></font>
<table style="text-align: left;" width="479" height="156" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1" bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;">Disk Type<br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Index<br>
Level (*)</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">initial startup<br>
after reboot<br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">subsequent<br>
startups<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">7200 rpm<br></td>
<td valign="top"> 2<br></td>
<td valign="top"> 8.5<br></td>
<td valign="top"> 2.5<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">7200 rpm<br></td>
<td valign="top"> 1<br></td>
<td valign="top"> 0.6<br></td>
<td valign="top"> 0.6<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">7200 rpm<br></td>
<td valign="top"> 0<br></td>
<td valign="top"> 0.2<br></td>
<td valign="top"> 0.2<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">SSD<br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"> 2<br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"> 2.9<br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"> 2.5<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">SSD<br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"> 1<br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"> 0.6<br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"> 0.6<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">SSD<br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"> 0<br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"> 0.2<br></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"> 0.2<br></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font size="-2"> <br></font> (*) Index level:<br>
0 = indexing disabled (search functions disabled)<br>
1 = use current index without updates for new image files<br>
2 = use current index + search and update for new image files<br>
<br>
<font face="FreeSans">Search speed for indexed metadata: >100K files/sec.<br>
Search speed for non-indexed metadata, 7200 rpm disk: 3170/min.<br>
Search speed for non-indexed metadata, SSD disk: 4980/min.<br>
</font><br>
<font face="FreeSans"><font face="FreeSans"><b>Dialog Window Positioning</b><br>
For commonly used dialogs, Fotoxx saves the dialog window position (relative to the main window) and tries to restore
the same position the next time the dialog is started. This works, mostly. Sometimes the window manager decides some
other location.</font><br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Fotoxx Source Code</span><br>
The C++ source code is available at my web site <a href="https://kornelix.net">https://kornelix.net</a>. The code is
heavily commented in the hope that others can understand and use the code for their own projects. If you have a
technical question about how something works, or a better idea to pass along, you may <a href=
"https://kornelix.net/contact/contact.html">contact me</a>.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Questions, Problems, Bugs</span><br>
If you have a question or a problem, you may <a href="https://kornelix.net/contact/contact.html">contact me</a>. If
there is a traceback dump (zappcrash window), please send this to me. Please explain how to produce the error, if you
can.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Technical Reference Book</span><br>
I used the book "Introduction to Image Processing and Analysis" by Russ and Russ, CRC Press. It is clear and
concise.<br>
The following functions were adapted from this book:<br>
flatten brightness distribution<br>
noise reduction (median smoothing, top hat)<br>
sharpen (unsharp mask, kuwahara method)<br>
embossing<br>
RGB/HSL conversion<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Acknowledgements</span><br>
These program libraries and utilities are used within Fotoxx: GTK, libtiff, libpng, liblcms, libraw, libchamplain,
exiftool, and many other libraries and tools included in Gnu/Linux. Many individuals have contributed ideas for
development, time for testing, and bug reports. Translation credits are in Help > About.<br></font>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<br>
<a name="all_functions_index"></a><br>
<big><b>Index of All Fotoxx Functions</b></big><br></font>
<table width="930" height="3701" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" border="1">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a href="#add_lines"><font face="FreeSans">Add Lines to Image<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">add lines or arrows to an image, set position and style options<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#add_text"><font face="FreeSans">Add Text to Image</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">add text, set position and size, set style options<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#add_transparency"><font face="FreeSans">Add Transparency</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">convert a color or brightness level into transparency level<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#adding_geotags">Adding Geotags</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">add geotags (location name, earth coordinates) to an image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#adjust_HSL"><font face="FreeSans">Adjust HSL</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">replace a color tone with another, based on HSL color model<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#adjust_RGB_CMY"><font face="FreeSans">Adjust RGB/CMY</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">adjust color levels based on RGB color model<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#alien_colors">Alien Colors</a><br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">repaint an image or area with random strange colors<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#all_dirs">All Directories</a><br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show all image directories at all levels, click any directory for gallery
view<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#anti_alias"><font face="FreeSans">Anti-Alias</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">remove pixelated edges from low-resolution images<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#area_copy_paste"><font face="FreeSans">Area Copy and Paste</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">select image area, copy and paste across images, load and save to
file<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#area_enable_disable"><font face="FreeSans">Area Enable/Disable</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">toggle between area editing and whole image editing<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#area_invert"><font face="FreeSans">Area Invert</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">exchange inside area <--> outside area<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#area_open_save"><font face="FreeSans">Area Open and Save</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">save area to a file, open and re-use (paste into an image)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#area_show_hide"><font face="FreeSans">Area Show and Hide</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show or hide area outline during image editing<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#area_unselect"><font face="FreeSans">Area Unselect</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">permanently remove a selected area<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#batch_change_metadata"><font face="FreeSans">Batch Change Metadata</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">add or revise metadata items for selected images<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#batch_tags"><font face="FreeSans">Batch Add/Remove Tags</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">add or remove multiple tags (keywords) for selected images<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#batch_convert"><font face="FreeSans">Batch Convert Files</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">convert size, file type, name, location ... for selected images<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#batch_delete_trash"><font face="FreeSans">Batch Delete/Trash</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">delete or trash selected images<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#batch_geotags"><font face="FreeSans">Batch Geotags</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">add or revise location name and coordinates for selected images</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#batch_photo_date">Batch Photo Date/Time</a><br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">change photo dates or times, or shift time zone</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#batch_raw"><font face="FreeSans">Batch RAW</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">process selected RAW images, save as editable files in 8 or 16 bit
color<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#batch_rename_tags"><font face="FreeSans">Batch Rename Tags</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">rename multiple tags (keywords) for selected images<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#batch_report_metadata"><font face="FreeSans">Batch Report Metadata</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">output metadata text file for selected metadata items and images<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#batch_upright"><font face="FreeSans">Batch Upright</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">find rotated images and upright them<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#blank_window">Blank Window</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">toggle the window between blank screen and current image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#blend_image">Blend Image</a><br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">blend image pixels in areas painted with the mouse<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#blur_background">Blur Background</a><br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">select image areas to remain sharp and blur the rest (aka Bokeh)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#blur_image"><font face="FreeSans">Blur Image</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">blur an entire image or selected area<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#bookmarks"><font face="FreeSans">Bookmarks</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">add bookmarks to image collection, go to bookmarked location<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#brightness_graph"><font face="FreeSans">Brightness Distribution<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show a brightness histogram, for all colors or each RGB color<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#bright_ramp"><font face="FreeSans">Brightness Ramp<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">add a brightness or color ramp to an image (fix uneven lighting or
color)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#burn_DVD"><font face="FreeSans">Burn Images to DVD/BR</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">burn selected image files to DVD or Blue Ray disc<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#cartoon"><font face="FreeSans">Cartoon Image<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">convert an image into a cartoon<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#change_language"><font face="FreeSans">Change Language</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">change the user interface language<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#choose_worldmap"><font face="FreeSans">Choose Map</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">choose a local map file in World Map view (world, continent, country, city
...)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#clone_image">Clone Image</a><br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">use the mouse to copy from one image area to another<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#color_depth"><font face="FreeSans">Color Depth</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">set color depth from 1 to 16 bits per RGB color<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#color_drawing"><font face="FreeSans">Color Drawing</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">convert an image into a simulated color drawing<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#color_fringes">Color Fringes</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">reduce color fringes (chromatic aberration) in an image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#color_mode"><font face="FreeSans">Color Mode</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">change between black/white and color, positive or negative<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#color_profile"><font face="FreeSans">Color Profile</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">change color profile (e.g. sRGB <--> Adobe RGB)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#color_saturation"><font face="FreeSans">Color Saturation</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">adjust the color saturation of an image<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#copy_move"><font face="FreeSans">Copy/Move Image File</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">copy or move an image file to another location<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#copy_to_clipboard">Copy to Clipboard</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">copy image to clipboard (for subsequent paste into other app)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#copyto_desktop"><font face="FreeSans">Copy to Desktop</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">copy an image file to the desktop<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#copy_to_cache">Copy to Image Cache</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">copy an image to image cache (for subsequent addition to album)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#custom_kernel">Custom Kernel</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">apply a custom convolution kernel to an image</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#custom_maps">Custom Map Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">install custom maps for World Map view<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#cycle_prev_file">Cycle 2 Previous Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">cycle through the two most recently seen image files</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#cycle_prev_file">Cycle 3 Previous Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">cycle through the three most recently seen image files</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#darkbrite_pixels"><font face="FreeSans">Dark/Bright Pixels</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">highlight pixels outside a selected brightness range<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#delete_metadata"><font face="FreeSans">Delete Metadata</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">delete selected metadata items or all metadata<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#delete_trash"><font face="FreeSans">Delete/Trash Image File</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">delete an image file or move it to the trash bin<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#denoise"><font face="FreeSans">Denoise Image</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">reduce noise in a photo made under low light conditions<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#directed_blur"><font face="FreeSans">Directed Blur</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">blur the image in one direction (perpendicular direction remains
sharp)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#dot_matrix"><font face="FreeSans">Dots Image<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">convert an image into a dot matrix (Roy Lichtenstein effect)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#edit_any_metadata"><font face="FreeSans">Edit Any Metadata</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">edit any metadata item<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#edit_brightness"><font face="FreeSans">Edit Brightness<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">edit the brightness distribution directly (shift pixel brightness
levels)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#edit_metadata"><font face="FreeSans">Edit Metadata</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">edit main metadata items (date/time, tags, rating, location,
caption)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#embossing"><font face="FreeSans">Embossing Image<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">add a 3D relief effect to an image<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#export_filelist"><font face="FreeSans">Export File List</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">export a text file list of selected images (for external program
feed)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#export_images">Export Image Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">export (copy) selected image files to a directory (for web upload ...)<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#favorites_menu"><font face="FreeSans">Favorites</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">graphic popup menu with user-selected functions, icons, and
layout<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#find_area_gap"><font face="FreeSans">Find Area Gap</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show where there is a gap in a Select Area hand-drawn outline<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#find_duplicates"><font face="FreeSans">Find Duplicate Images</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">find duplicate images within the entire image collection<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#fix_perspective"><font face="FreeSans">Fix Perspective</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">correct the perspective of a photo made at an angle<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#flatten"><font face="FreeSans">Flatten Distribution<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">flatten brightness distribution within local zones to enhance
details</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#flatten_book"><font face="FreeSans">Flatten Book Page</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">flatten a photo of a curvy page from a thick book<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#gallery_view_buttons">Gallery Scroll</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">scrolling a thumbnail gallery in rows or pages, or with scroll bar<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#sort_gallery">Gallery Sort</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">changing the sort order of a thumbnail gallery<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#gradients"><font face="FreeSans">Gradients</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">enhance image details by increasing brightness gradients in low contrast
areas</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#graduated_blur"><font face="FreeSans">Graduated Blur</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">preserve high-contrast pixels and blur the rest, scaled by
contrast<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#grid_lines"><font face="FreeSans">Grid Lines</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">set grid lines on or off, or change horizontal and vertical
counts<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#HDF"><font face="FreeSans">High Depth of Field<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">HDF - combine near- and far-focus photos for extended focus
depth<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#HDR"><font face="FreeSans">High Dynamic Range<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">HDR - combine low- and high-brightness photos for extended brightness
range<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#image_locations"><font face="FreeSans">Image Locations/Dates<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">list image locations and date groups, click on list for gallery of
images<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#images_by_map"><font face="FreeSans">Images by Map Location</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">click on a map marker for a gallery of images at that location<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#image_timeline"><font face="FreeSans">Image Timeline Report</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">list image counts by year and month, click on list for gallery of
images<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#index_files"><font face="FreeSans">Index Image Files</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">installation utility - find all image files and make an index for fast
searching<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#KB_shortcuts"><font face="FreeSans">Keyboard Shortcuts</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show keyboard shortcuts and define custom shortcuts<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#leverage_edits"><font face="FreeSans">Leverage Edits</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">regulate the intensity of an edit function using brightness, contrast, or
color<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#line_color"><font face="FreeSans">Line Color</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">change the color used for image lines (area outlines, mouse
circle)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#line_drawing">Line Drawing</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">transform a photo into a color line drawing<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#magnify">Magnify Image</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">magnify the image at the mouse position - like a magnifying lense<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#make_waves"><font face="FreeSans">Make Waves</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">image wave warp, vary intensity, wavelength, randomness<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#manage_albums"><font face="FreeSans">Manage Albums</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">create and arrange arbitrary ordered views of images without
duplications<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#manage_tags"><font face="FreeSans">Manage Tags</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">create tags (keywords) and categories, for managed image tagging<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#mashup"><font face="FreeSans">Mashup</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">photomontage - combine images and text in an arbitrary layout<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#match_colors"><font face="FreeSans">Match Colors</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">match colors in one image to the colors in another image<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#mirror_image"><font face="FreeSans">Mirror Image</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">invert an image left-right or top-bottom</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#missing_translations"><font face="FreeSans">Missing Translations</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">list the missing translations for a given language<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#monitor_color"><font face="FreeSans">Monitor Color</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show a color pattern on the monitor for adjusting brightness and
contrast<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#monitor_gamma"><font face="FreeSans">Monitor Gamma</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show a special image on the monitor for adjusting gamma<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#montage"><font face="FreeSans">Montage</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">join many images together in a compact rectangular format</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#mosaic"><font face="FreeSans">Mosaic</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">convert an image into a mosaic of image tiles which can be clicked to
view<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#netmap_view"><font face="FreeSans">Net Map</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show image positions on an internet world map, at any scale<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#netmap_locs"><font face="FreeSans">Net Map Locations</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">save and recall map locations (center and zoom level)</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#netmap_source"><font face="FreeSans">Net Map Source</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">select optional source (web site) for internet map<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#new_blank_image"><font face="FreeSans">New Blank Image</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">create a blank image with a desired color (background for later
use)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#newest_images"><font face="FreeSans">Newest Images</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show the newest images based on photo date or file date<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#new_window"><font face="FreeSans">New Window</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">create a parallel Fotoxx window<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#open_image_file"><font face="FreeSans">Open Image File</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">standard file open dialog to select an image file to view or
edit<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#open_raw_file"><font face="FreeSans">Open RAW File</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">open a RAW file to view or edit (tiff file with 16 bits per RGB
color)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#organizing_images"><font face="FreeSans">Organizing for Searching</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">how image organization, naming, and metadata affect search
capability<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#painting"><font face="FreeSans">Painting</font></a></td>
<td valign="top">transform an image into a simulated painting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#paint_image"><font face="FreeSans">Paint Image<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">paint a color over an image area with the mouse<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#paint_edits"><font face="FreeSans">Paint Edits</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">"paint" an edit function locally and gradually with the mouse<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#paint_transp"><font face="FreeSans">Paint Transparency</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">"paint" image transparency locally and gradually with the mouse<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#panorama"><font face="FreeSans">Panorama Image</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">combine 2-4 images into a wide panorama with automatic edge
fitting<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#pattern"><font face="FreeSans">Pattern</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">tile the image with a repeating pattern, vary contrast and
transparency<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#plugins"><font face="FreeSans">Plugins</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">add a menu for an external plugin function, or call the function<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#prev_next"><font face="FreeSans">Previous/Next Image</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">go to the previous or next image in the current gallery<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#print_calibrated"><font face="FreeSans">Print Calibrated Image</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">print an image using a predefined printer color profile<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#calibrate_printer"><font face="FreeSans">Printer Color Calibration</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">compute a calibrated color profile for a printer<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#print_image"><font face="FreeSans">Print Image File</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">print an image with custom margins and scaling<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#PT_panorama"><font face="FreeSans">PT Panorama</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">combine images into a panorama using Panorama Tools program<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#recent_changes">Recent Changes</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">view recent changes to this document<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#recent_images"><font face="FreeSans">Recent Images</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show the most recent images viewed or edited<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#redeye_remove"><font face="FreeSans">Red Eyes</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">remove red eyes from photos made with flash lighting<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#remove_dust"><font face="FreeSans">Remove Dust</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">remove dust spots from scanned slides or archaic images<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#rename_file"><font face="FreeSans">Rename Image File</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">file rename function, easy to use for a series of images<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#replace_album_file"><font face="FreeSans">Replace Album File</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">substitute one file for another in selected or all albums<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#resize_image"><font face="FreeSans">Resize Image</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">change the image scale with presets for 3/4, 2/3, 1/2, 1/3, 1/4<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#show_resources"><font face="FreeSans">Resources</font></a></td>
<td valign="top">show computer resources currently used</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#retinex">Retinex</a></td>
<td valign="top">rescale RGB values to reduce color cast and fog/haze<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#retouch_combo"><font face="FreeSans">Retouch Combo</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">edit brightness, contrast, color, color temperature, white balance
...<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#file_save"><font face="FreeSans">Save to Disk</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">save modified image to same file, to new version or to new file<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#script_files"><font face="FreeSans">Script Files</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">record a series of edits with one file, then execute on many
files<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#search_images"><font face="FreeSans">Search Images<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">find images based on date, rating, tags, caption text, location/file name
...<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#select_area"><font face="FreeSans">Select Area</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">select image area(s) to be edited separately from background<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#select_hairy"><font face="FreeSans">Select Hairy</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">special tool to select a ragged or hairy area with speed and
precision<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#selective_rescale"><font face="FreeSans">Selective Rescale</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">shrink an image while leaving a selected area unchanged<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#set_map_markers">Set Map Markers</a><br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">set the map markers to show all images or only the current
gallery<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#sharpen_image"><font face="FreeSans">Sharpen Image</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">sharpen fuzzy edges within an image<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#shift_colors"><font face="FreeSans">Shift Colors</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">shift image RGB colors with a sliding scale: GBR <-- RGB -->
BRG<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#show_captions"><font face="FreeSans">Show Captions</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">toggle display of captions and comments in upper left image
corner<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#show_RGB"><font face="FreeSans">Show RGB</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show RGB values at selected image locations, also during edits<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#sketch">Sketch</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">transform an image into a simulated sketch<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#slide_show"><font face="FreeSans">Slide Show</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show album images in sequence with animated transitions and
pan/zoom<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#smart_erase"><font face="FreeSans">Smart Erase</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">replace power lines, signs, ground litter, etc. with neighborhood
pixels<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#sphere"><font face="FreeSans">Spherical Projection</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">project an image into a sphere, variable size and flatness<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#stack_noise"><font face="FreeSans">Stack/Noise</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">combine multiple high ISO noisy photos to make one with reduced
noise<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#stack_paint"><font face="FreeSans">Stack/Paint</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">combine photos taken at different moments to eliminate transient
objects</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#stuck_pixels"><font face="FreeSans">Stuck Pixels</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">find and map stuck pixels, use map to heal photos from the same
camera<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#sync_gallery"><font face="FreeSans">Sync Gallery</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">set the gallery to the directory of the current image file<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#technical_notes">Technical Notes</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">various Fotoxx technical topics<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#texture"><font face="FreeSans">Texture</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">add texture to an image by amplification of existing brightness
variation<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#tiles"><font face="FreeSans">Tiles</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">convert an image into tiles with variable 3D effect<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#translations">Translations</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">how to make language translations for the Fotoxx GUI<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#trim_rotate"><font face="FreeSans">Trim (crop) and Rotate<br></font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">combination function to level a tilted image and trim margins<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#twist">Twist Image</a><br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">twist an image around a chosen center point<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#unbend_image"><font face="FreeSans">Unbend Images</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">fix perspective for a curved wide-angle image, especially
panoramas<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#undo_redo"><font face="FreeSans">Undo/Redo Button</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">step forward or backward through image edit stages, or go to any
stage<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans"><a href="#uninstall">Uninstall Appimage</a><br></font></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">completely remove Fotoxx AppImage package<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#unwarp_closeup"><font face="FreeSans">Unwarp Closeup</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">remove distortion from close-up face photos (balloon face, big
nose)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#update_albums"><font face="FreeSans">Update Albums</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">auto update albums to latest file versions<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#upright"><font face="FreeSans">Upright Image</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">rotate image -90 or +90 degrees (automatic if EXIF orientation
available)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#user_settings"><font face="FreeSans">User Settings</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">dialog for user settable options<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#vertical_panorama"><font face="FreeSans">Vertical Panorama</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">combine 2-4 images into a vertical panorama with automatic edge
fitting<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#video_files">Video Files</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">play video files contained in the Fotoxx image collection<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#view-360">View 360° Panorama</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">view a 360° panorama with a rotating viewpoint and wrap-around<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#view_metadata"><font face="FreeSans">View Metadata</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">brief report of most significant metadata, or full report of
everything</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#vignette"><font face="FreeSans">Vignette</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">fix camera vignette (dark corners) or design a vignette with any
shape<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#voodoo"><font face="FreeSans">Voodo 1 and Voodo 2</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">automatic image enhancement (1-click) that often works well
enough<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#warp_affine"><font face="FreeSans">Warp Affine</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">warp image with affine transformation (parallel lines remain
parallel)<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#warp_area"><font face="FreeSans">Warp Area</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">warp within a Select Area by dragging the image with the mouse<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#warp_curved"><font face="FreeSans">Warp Curved</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">warp image by mouse dragging, with range from 1-100% of image
size<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#warp_linear"><font face="FreeSans">Warp Linear</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">warp image by dragging one corner - straight lines remain
straight<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#web_upload">Web Service Upload</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">how to batch upload image files to an online photo service<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#worldmap_view"><font face="FreeSans">World Map</font></a></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">show image positions using local map files: world, continents, countries, cities
...<br></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#image_scroll_zoom">Zoom in/out</a><br></td>
<td valign="top">zoom an image in or out, pan and scroll a zoomed image<br></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><a href="#zonal_colors">Zonal Colors</a><br></td>
<td valign="top"><font face="FreeSans">adjust colors in multiple image areas with adjustable blending</font></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<font face="FreeSans"><br>
<br></font>
</body>
</html>
|